Anc Ment 638607125039291167

CONTENT
Solution to Chapter 9, 10 and 11
Topics Page no.
9. Mechanical Properties of Fluids 1
10. Thermal Properties of Matter 71
11. Thermodynamics 142

Copyright
The copyright for the material contained in this book is held by BASE Educational Services Pvt. Ltd. No part of the book may be
reproduced, stored in a retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means mechanical, electronic, photocopying, recording,
or otherwise, by anyone, without prior written permission from BASE Educational Services Pvt. Ltd. 27, Bull Temple Road,
Basavanagudi, Bangalore 560 004. Violators are liable for prosecution.
Note:
This courseware is designed to provide accurate and authoritative information with regard to the subject matter covered. The
contents of this courseware have been checked for accuracy. Since deviations cannot be precluded entirely, and also as this
courseware is intended for educational purpose, BASE Educational Services Pvt. Ltd. shall not be responsible for any errors,
omissions or damages arising out of the use of the information contained in this book.
9. Mechanical Properties of Fluids
9.1 Fluid thrust
Exercise
Very Short Answer questions (VSA)
1. How are fluids different from solids?
Solution
Fluid has no definite shape of its own.
2. Define thrust of a liquid.
Solution
The total normal force exerted by a fluid on any surface in contact with it is called thrust of a liquid.
3. Define liquid pressure.
Solution
Liquid pressure is defined as the normal force acting per unit area.
4. Is pressure a scalar quantity?
Solution
Yes.
5. How can a liquid easily change its shape while a solid cannot?
Solution
The force between the molecules is stronger in solids than in liquids.
(Because, liquids cannot sustain shear strain).
6. Three vessels shown in the figure have the same base area. Equal volumes of liquid are poured into three
vessels. In which vessel will the force on the base be maximum?
(1) (2) (3)

Solution
Height of the liquid level in vessel 3 is maximum. Therefore, pressure on the base is maximum.
So, force = pressure × area is maximum in case of vessel (3).
7. Mention the SI unit and dimensions of pressure.
Solution
Pascal, [ML–1T–2].
8. Write the SI unit and dimensions of thrust.
Solution
Thrust is the normal force acting on the surface. It has the dimension of [M1L1T–2]. The SI unit of thrust
is newton (N).
9. Suppose a few drops of water are introduced in the barometer tube. What would be the effect on the
barometric height?
Solution
The barometric height would decrease due to the pressure of water vapours.
10. What is the atmosphere pressure at sea level in Pascal?
Solution
1.013 × 105 Pa
1
1PBDBEPS-Mechanical Properties of Fluids
Short Answer questions (SA)

11. Define thrust and buoyant force.
Solution
Thrust on a surface is the normal force exerted on the surface by a fluid in contact with it.
Buoyant force is the net upward force exerted by the fluid when a body is immersed in the fluid.
12. Define pressure and explain atmospheric pressure.
Solution
Thrust per unit area is called pressure.
Thrust
Pressure =
Area
The atmosphere of the earth consists mostly of gases like nitrogen, oxygen and traces of carbon dioxide,
inert gases and water vapour. The pressure due to the atmosphere is known as atmospheric pressure.
13. Explain the meaning of the statement “atmospheric pressure at a place is 760 mm of mercury”.
Solution
It means that the pressure due to air at the place is equal to the weight of a mercury column of unit area
of cross section and of height 760 mm.
14. Obtain the relation between torr and millibar.
Solution
1 torr = 1 mm of mercury
1.013 × 10 5
= N m–2
760
1 bar = 105 N m–2
1.013 × 10 5 1.013
∴ 1 torr = 5
bar = bar = 0.0013 bar = 1.3 × 10–3 bar = 1.3 milli bar
760 × 10 760
15. Explain the unit pascal and obtain the relation between a torr and a pascal.
Solution
Pascal is the pressure due to a normal force of 1 N acting on the area of cross section of 1 m2.
1 torr = 1 mm of mercury
760 mm of mercury = 1.013 × 105 pascal
1.013
∴ 1 mm of mercury = × 105 = 1.33 × 102 Pa
760
∴ 1 torr = 133 pascal
16. A boat carrying a number of large stones is floating in a big water tank. If the stones are unloaded into
the water, then what is the effect on the level of water in the tank?
Solution
When the stones are in the boat, their weight will be balanced by a certain Volume V of water whose
weight is equal to the weight of the stones. When the stones are unloaded into water, the volume V′ of
water displaced will not be equal to the volume of stones
∴ V′ > V
So, the water level will fall.
∵ ρ′ < ρ (density of stone)
ρ′, V′ → density and volume of water
2
17. A wooden cylinder floats in water in a vessel with its axis vertical. If the cylinder floats with its axis
horizontal, how does the level of water change?
Solution
In both the positions the cylinder displaces the same volume of water. Hence, there is no change in the
level of water.
18. A vessel filled with water is supported on a knife-edge. If a small board carrying a weight is placed on
the surface of water, whether the equilibrium gets disturbed?
Solution
According to Pascal's law, the pressure on the bottom will be the same at every point. Hence, the
equilibrium is not disturbed.
19. A match box with a small piece of stone inside it floats in a vessel of water. If the stone is taken out of
the box and dropped into the water, will there be a change in the level of water?
Solution
The level of water in the vessel will go down. The volume of water displaced when the stone is inside
the match box is more, when compared to the volume of water displaced when the stone sinks in water.
Therefore the water level in the vessel will go down.
20. An air bed is filled with air so that pressure inside is greater than the atmospheric pressure. When will
the air pressure in the bed be greater? (i) a person of weight 50 kg stands on it, (ii) a person of weight
75 kg lies on it?
Solution
When the person stands on the bed, his weight acts on a small area. When he lies down, his weight acts
over a large area. Thus, the pressure in the bed is more in case (i).
21. A boy carrying a tube of the tyre of a truck wants to make it lighter by making use of the principle of
buoyancy of air. So, he inflates the tube, thus increasing the volume. Discuss whether he succeeded
using his idea?
Solution
No. The increase in buoyancy of air is compensated by the weight of air pumped in. The density of
compressed air is greater than the density of atmospheric air. Thus, the inflated tube becomes heavier!
22. A vessel containing water is placed on a spring balance. A stone is lowered into water with the help of a
string, without touching any part of the vessel. Will there be a change in the reading of the spring
balance?
Solution
The reading of the spring balance scale increases.
Reading of spring balance, R = Wstone + B
R increases by an amount equal to the weight of the liquid displaced, which is equal to the buoyant force.
23. A piece of ice floats in a vessel filled with water. As the ice melts, how does the level of the water
change in the following cases?
(i) the ice contains a small stone (ii) the ice contains an air bubble (iii) the ice is homogeneous.
Solution
(i) the level of water will decrease.
(ii) the level of water will not change.
(iii) the level of water will not change.
3
24. A solid cylinder is placed in a vessel such that its bottom is in contact with the base, of the vessel. When
water is poured into the vessel, no water goes beneath the solid cylinder. Will there be a buoyant force
on the cylinder?
Solution
There will be no buoyant force on the cylinder. Since the water is not in contact with the bottom of the
cylinder, there is no upward force on it.
25. Explain hydrostatic paradox.
Solution
The liquid pressure is the same at all points at the same horizontal level (same depth) the result is
appreciated through the example of hydrostatic paradox when different shaped vessels are connected at
the bottom by a horizontal pipe & on filling with water the level in the three vessels is the same through
they hold different amounts of water.
26. How does the pressure at a point in a liquid vary with?
(a) Depth of the point (b) density of the liquid
Solution
(a) directly proportional (b) directly proportional
27. What is the difference between atmospheric pressure and gauge pressure?
Solution
The pressure of the atmosphere at any point is known as atmospheric pressure and gauge pressure is the
difference of the actual pressure & the atmospheric pressure.
28. Explain why
(a) The blood pressure in humans is greater at the feet than at the brain
(b) Atmospheric pressure at a height of about 6 km decreases to nearly half of its value at the sea level,
though the height of the atmosphere is more than 100 km
(c) Hydrostatic pressure is a scalar quantity even though pressure is force acting per unit area.
Solution
(a) The pressure of a liquid is given by the relation: P = hρg
where,
P = Pressure
h = Height of the liquid column
ρ = Density of the liquid
g = Acceleration due to the gravity
It can be inferred that pressure is directly proportional to height. Hence, the blood pressure in human
vessels depends on the height of the blood column in the body. The height of the blood column is
more at the feet than it is at the brain. Hence, the blood pressure at the feet is more than it is at the
brain.
(b) Density of air is the maximum near the sea level. Density of air decreases with increase in height
from the surface. At a height of about 6 km, density decreases nearly half of its value at the sea level.
Atmospheric pressure is proportional to density. Hence, at a height of 6 km from the surface, it
decreases to nearly half of its value at the sea level.
(c) When force is applied on a liquid, the pressure in the liquid is transmitted in all directions. Hence,
hydrostatic pressure does not have a fixed direction and it is a scalar physical quantity.
4
Long Answer questions (LA)

29. Obtain an expression for the pressure at a point inside a liquid.
Solution
Refer module
30. State and prove Pascal’s law.
Solution
Refer module
31. Explain any two applications of Pascal’s law.
Solution
Refer module
32. Explain how the atmospheric pressure is measured using mercury barometer.
Solution
Refer module
33. Explain with a neat diagram, the working of open tube manometer.
Solution
Refer module
Classwork Problems
34. A 50 kg girl wearing high heel shoes balances on a single heel. The heel is circular with the diameter
1.0 cm. What is the pressure exerted by the heel on the horizontal floor? [6.24 × 106 Nm−2]
Solution
Mass of the girl, m = 50 kg
Diameter of the heel, d = 1 cm = 0.01 m
d
Radius of the heel, r = = 0.005 m
2
Area of the heel = πr = π (0.005)2 = 7.85 × 10−5 m2
2
Force exerted by the heel on the floor: F = mg = 50 × 9.8 = 490 N

Force 490
Pressure exerted by the heel on the floor P = = = 6.24 × 106 Nm−2
Area 7.85 ×10−5
Therefore, the pressure exerted by the heel on the horizontal floor 6.24 × 106 Nm−2
35. Torricelli’s barometer used mercury, Pascal duplicated it using French wine of density 984 kg m−3.
Determine the height of the wine column for normal atmospheric pressure. Given density of mercury
= 13.6 × 103 kg m–3. [10.5 m]
Solution
Density of mercury, ρ1 = 13.6 × 103 Kg m−3
Height of the mercury column, h1 = 0.76 m
Density of French wine, ρ2 = 984 Kg m−3
Height of the French wine column = h2
Acceleration due to gravity, g = 9.8 ms−2
The pressure in both the columns is equal.
i.e., Pressure in the mercury column = Pressure in the French wine column
ρ1h1g = ρ2h2g
5
ρ1h1 13.6 ×103 × 0.76

h2 = = = 10.5 m
ρ2 984
Hence, the height of the French wine column for normal atmospheric pressure is 10.5 m
36. A hydraulic automobile lift is designed to lift cars with a maximum mass of 3000 kg. The area of
cross-section of the piston carrying the load is 425 cm2. What maximum pressure would the smaller
piston have to bear? [6.917 × 105 Pa]
Solution
The maximum mass of a car that can be lifted, m = 3000 kg
Area of cross-section of the load-carrying piston, A = 425 cm2 = 425 × 10−4 m2
The maximum force exerted by the load, F = mg = 3000 × 9.8
= 29400 N
29400
The maximum pressure exerted on the load-carrying piston, = = 6.917 × 105 Pa
425 ×10−4
Pressure is transmitted equally in all directions in a liquid. Therefore, the maximum pressure that the
smaller piston would have to bear is 6.917 × 105 Pa
Practice Exercise
37. During blood transfusion the needle is inserted in a vein where the gauge pressure 2000 Pa. At what
height must the blood container be placed so that blood may just enter the vein? [Take the density of
whole blood = 1.06 × 103 kg m−3]. [0.2 m]
Solution
Gauge pressure, P = 2000 Pa
Density of whole blood, ρ = 1.06 × 103 kg m−3
Height of the blood container = h
Pressure of the blood container, P = hρg
P 2000
∴h = = = 0.1925 m
ρg 1.06 ×103 × 9.8
The blood may enter the vein if the blood container is kept at a height greater than 0.1925 m,
i.e., about 0.2 m.
38. The pressure of water at the basement of a tall building is 706600 N m−2, while on the terrace it is
1000 N m−2. Calculate the height of the building. [70.56 m]
Solution
Let Pb be the pressure at the basement of the building and Pt be the pressure at the terrace of the building.
Pb – Pt = difference in pressure
= ρgh, where h is the height of the building.
P − Pt 706600 − 1000
∴ h= b = = 70.56 m
ρg 1000 × 10
39. A container full of water has a bottom of area 20 × 10−4 m2, top of area 20 × 10−4 m2. Its height is
20 × 10−2 m. [(a) 20 × 102 N m–2, (b) 10 × 102 N m–2]
(a) Find the pressure exerted by the water on the bottom.
(b) Find the pressure exerted on the sides of the vessel.
Density of water is 1000 kg m−3, g = 10 m s−2.
6
Solution
A = 20 × 10–4 m2,
h = 20 × 10–2 m
ρw = 1000 kg m–3
(a) Pressure exerted by water on the bottom = ρw gh = 1000 × 10 × 20 × 10–2 = 20 × 102 N m–2
20
(b) Pressure exerted on the sides = × 102 = 10 × 102 N m−2
2
40. The area of cross section of the smaller piston of a hydraulic press is 2 cm2 and that of large piston is
40 cm2. How much weight can be raised by the larger piston by applying a 200 kg of on the smaller
piston? [3.92 × 104 N]
Solution
Here a = 2 cm2 = 2 × 10−4 m2, A = 40 cm2 = 40 × 10−4 m2 , f = 200 kg, f = 200 × 9.8 N
f F
Using formula =
a A
f ×A 200 × 9.8 × 40 × 10−4
F=  F=  F = 39200 N  F = 3.92 × 104 N
a 2 × 10−4
41. Calculate the length of the mercury column in a barometer tube, when the atmospheric pressure is 75 cm
of mercury and the tube is inclined at an angle of 30° with the horizontal. [150 cm]
Solution
Here h = 75 cm of mercury,
θ = 30°
Let l is the length of the mercury column in the barometer tube.
h h 75
Then, = sin 30° or l= =
l sin 30° 1
2
l = 150 cm.
42. Mercury is poured into a U-tube, as shown in figure
h
Water
Mercury
The left limb of the U-tube has a cross-sectional area of 10.0 cm2 and the right limb has a cross-sectional
area of 5.0 cm2. One hundred grams of water are then poured into the right limb, as shown in figure.
(i) Determine the length of the water column in the right limb of the U-tube.
(ii) Given that the density of mercury is 13600 kg m−3, by what height h does the mercury rise in the left
limb? [0.2 m, 0.0147 m]
Solution
Mv = 0.1 kg, ρw = 1000 kg m−3, ρHg = 13600 kg m−3
A1 = 10 × 10−4 m2, A2 = 5 × 10−4 m2
Let h be the length of water column
mass
Density of water, ρ =
volume
7
0 .1 0 .1
1000 = =
area × height A × h
0.1
1000 =
5 × 10 −4 × h
h = 0.2 m.
The height of the water column = 0.2 m.
Pressure due to mercury column = pressure due to water column
ρHg g hHg = ρw g hw
ρ h 1000 × 0.2
h Hg = w w = = 0.0147 m
ρ Hg 13600
The height of the mercury column = 0.0147 m.
9.2 Fluid Dynamics

Exercise
Very short answer questions (VSA)
1. What is hydrodynamics?
Solution
Hydrodynamics is the study of fluids in motion.
2. What are the different types of flow exhibited by a liquid?
Solution
The types of flow in a liquid are (i) streamline flow (ii) turbulent flow
3. What should be the properties of a fluid in flow to satisfy Bernoulli’s theorem?
Solution
Fluid must be non-viscous and incompressible.
4. Give an example for turbulent flow.
Solution
Whirlpools, water jet from water pump.
5. Why two streamlines cannot cross each other?
Solution
If two streamlines cross each other then at the point of intersection the liquid should move
simultaneously in two different direction this is not possible.
6. Mention the different forms of energy associated with fluid flow.
Solution
Potential energy, kinetic energy and pressure energy.
7. Write the equation of continuity.
Solution
a1v1 = a2v2 where a1 and a2 are the cross-sectional areas of a pipe and v1 and v2 are the velocities of a
liquid in these sections.
8. State Bernoulli’s principle.
Solution
The sum of the pressure energy, kinetic energy and potential energy per unit volume remains constant at
all points in an ideal liquid which is in steady flow.
8
9. Write the Bernoulli’s equation.

Solution
ρv 2
P+ + ρgh = constant.
2
10. Can Bernoulli’s principle be applied to all fluids?
Solution
No.
11. Mention one application of Bernoulli’s principle.
Solution
Uplift of an aircraft.
12. What happens to the pressure of a fluid when its speed increases?
Solution
Pressure decreases according to Bernoulli’s principle.
Additional Information
13. What is venturimeter?

Solution
It is a device used to measure the flow speed of incompressible fluid.
14. Define dynamic lift.

Solution
Dynamic lift is the force that acts on a body by virtue of its motion through a fluid.
Short Answer Questions (SA)

15. Explain streamline flow.
Solution
If a fluid flows such that the velocity of its particles at a given point is always the same in magnitude and
direction, then the fluid is said to have a streamline flow. In a steady flow, velocity of fluid particles
reaching a particular point is the same at all times.
16. Explain turbulent flow.
Solution
When the speed of the flow of a fluid is within certain limits, the flow will be steady. When the speed of
flow exceeds a limiting value, the orderly motion of the fluid is lost and it acquires an unsteady motion
called turbulent flow.
17. Explain ‘pressure head’ and ‘velocity head’.
Solution
P
When a liquid is in a streamline flow, Its pressure energy per unit mass is and its kinetic energy per
ρ
v2  P   v2 
unit mass is . The quantity   is called the pressure head and the quantity   is called the
2  ρg   2g 
velocity head.
9
18. The aeroplane wings are made convex upwards and concave downwards. Why?
Solution
Due to the special shape of wings, the velocity of layers of air above the wings is more than the velocity
of air layers below the wings. Hence pressure is more below the wings as compared to that above the
wings.
19. Write the Bernoulli’s equation and explain the symbols.
Solution
P 1 2
+ gh + v = constant
ρ 2
where P is the pressure ρ is the density and v is the speed of the liquid performing streamline flow at a
height h from the reference level.
20. If two ships happen to move parallel and adjacent to each other, they experience a pull trying to bring
them together. Why?
Solution When the ships come close to each other, the pressure between them is reduced according to
Bernoulli's theorem. However, the pressure on the other side remains large. On account of pressure
difference, the two ships experience a pull which tries to bring them together.
21. An ideal fluid flows steadily in a pipe of varying cross-section. Velocity at a point where radius is 3 R is
v, then calculate its velocity at a point where radius is R.
Solution
a1v1 = a2v2
π(3R)2v1 = πR2v2  v2 = 9 v1
22. Explain Magnus effect.
Solution
A spinning ball drags air along with it. If the surface is rough, more air will be dragged. When the air is
moving forward, the air around it moves in the opposite direction. Therefore, the velocity of air above
the ball relative to it larger than that below the ball. This difference in velocities of air results in the
pressure difference between the lower and upper faces and there is net upward force on the ball. Due to
this there is net upward force on the ball. This dynamic lift due to spinning is called Magnus effect.
23. How do you explain the retarding effect on the free fall of a parachute?
Solution
When a parachute opens, the pressure of the air above drops and hence an upward thrust acts to balance
the weight of the parachutist.
24. How does the altitude of a moving plane affect the pressure difference between the lower and upper
surfaces of the wing of the airplane?
Solution
The pressure difference decreases with increase in altitude. According to Bernoulli's theorem, with
respect to the two surfaces of the wing,
1 2 P1 1 2 P2
v1 + = v 2 +
2 ρ 2 ρ
ρ
∆ P = ( P2 − P1 ) = ( v 12 − v 22 )
2
ρ depends on the altitude. (ρ at high altitude is considerably low).
10
25. In the case of a tornado, whether the destructive effect is more at the centre of it or near its edge?
Solution
At the centre of the tornado, velocity of wind is maximum and hence pressure drop is maximum. Nearer
to the edge, the velocity of wind is zero and the pressure is the normal atmospheric pressure. Since
ΔP = (Pcentre − Pedge) is maximum, the destructive power of the tornado is maximum at the centre
26. During a heavy storm, what will be the effect on a thatched roof in the following cases:
(i) Roof is fastened more firmly at the edges E1 and E2 than at the ridge R?
(ii) The roof is fastened more firmly at the ridge R than at the edges E1 and E2?
Solution
The pressure of the air streaming over the roof is less than that of the almost stationary air below the
roof, in accordance with Bernoulli's theorem. The excess pressure of air inside acts normally on the two
inclined halves of the roof.
(i) If the roof is fastened more securely at the edges E1 and E2, the thrusts on the two inclined halves
will have turning effects about the edges and the thatched roof is likely to tear along the ridge R
(ii) If the roof is fastened more securely at the ridge R, the thrusts will first lift the roof and the roof may
be carried away by the wind.
27. Write a note on uplift of an aircraft.
Solution
Bernoulli’s principle that the pressure of any fluid decreases with increase in its velocity is used in
designing air craft wings.
The shape of the wings of an air craft is such that the speed of the air above the aircraft is greater than
the speed below the wings by Bernoulli’s theorem it follows that the pressure below the wing is greater
than that above. As a result an upward force is produced which lifts the air craft.
28. Explain the working of an atomizer.
Solution
An atomizer works on Bernoulli’s principle that the pressure of a fluid decreases with increases in its
speed. It consists of a cylinder fitted with piston at one end & the other end terminates in a small
constriction. The constriction is connected to a vessel through a narrow tube. The air in the cylinder is
pushed using the piston. As the air passes through the constriction its speed is considerably increases and
consequently pressure drops the liquid rises from the vessel and is sprayed with the expelled air.
29. Explain why
(a) To keep a piece of paper horizontal, you should blow over, not under, it
(b) When we try to close a water tap with our fingers, fast jets of water gush through the openings
between our fingers
(c) The size of the needle of a syringe controls flow rate better than the thumb pressure, exerted by a
doctor while administering an injection
(d) A fluid flowing out of a small hole in a vessel results in a backward thrust on the vessel
(e) A spinning cricket ball in air does not follow a parabolic trajectory
11
Solution
(a) When air is blown under a paper, the velocity of air is greater under the paper than it is above it. As
per Bernoulli’s principle, atmospheric pressure reduces under the paper. This makes the paper fall.
(b) According to the equation of continuity:
Area × Velocity = Constant
For a smaller opening, the velocity of flow of a fluid is greater than it is when the opening is bigger.
When we try to close a water tap with our fingers, water jets or water gushes through the openings
between our fingers. This is because as the openings are small for the water to flow out of the pipe,
the velocity increases as, area and velocity are inversely proportional to each other.
(c) The small opening of a syringe needle controls the velocity of the medicine flowing out. This is in
accordance with the equation of continuity. At the constriction point of the syringe system, the flow
rate suddenly increases to a high value for a constant thumb pressure applied.
(d) When a fluid flows out from a small hole in a vessel, the vessel receives a backward thrust. A fluid
flowing out from a small hole has a large velocity according to the equation of continuity:
Area × Velocity = Constant
According to the law of conservation of momentum, the vessel attains a backward velocity because
there are no external forces acting on the system.
(e) A spinning cricket ball has two simultaneous motions - rotatory and linear. The two types of motion
oppose the effect of each other. This decreases the velocity of air flowing below the ball. Hence, the
pressure on the upper side of the ball becomes less than that on the lower side. An upward force acts
upon the ball. Therefore, the ball takes a curved path. It does not follow a parabolic path.

30. Distinguish between streamline flow and turbulent flow with examples.
Solution
Refer module
31. State and explain Bernoulli’s theorem.
Solution
Refer module
32. Explain the construction and working of an aspirator pump on the basis of Bernoulli’s theorem.
Solution
Refer module
33. Give the proof of Bernoulli's theorem.

Solution
Refer module
34. Derive the expression for velocity of efflux using Bernoulli's theorem.
Solution
Refer module
12
Classwork Problems
35. In a test experiment on a model aeroplane in a wind tunnel, the flow speeds on the upper and lower
surfaces of the wing are 70 ms−1 and 63 ms−1 respectively. What is the lift on the wing if its area is
2.5 m2? Take the density of air to be 1.3 kg m−3. [1.51 × 103 N]
Solution
Speed of the wind on the upper surface of the wing, v1 = 70 ms–1
Speed of the wind on the lower surface of the wing, v2 = 63 ms–1
Area of the wing, A = 2.5 m2
Density of air, ρ = 1.3 kg m−3
According to Bernoulli’s theorem, we have the relation:
1 1
P1 + ρv12 = P2 + ρv 22
2 2
1
P2 − P1 = ρ(v1 − v 22 )
2
2
where,
P1 = Pressure on the upper surface of the wing and P2 = Pressure on the lower surface of the wing
The pressure difference between the upper and lower surfaces of the wing provides lift the aeroplane.
Lift on the wing = (P2 − P1)A
1
= ρ(v12 − v 22 )A
2
1
= × 1.3  (70) 2 − (63)2  × 2.5 = 1512.87 = 1.51 × 103 N
2
Therefore, the lift on the wing of the aeroplane is 1.51 × 103 N
36. The cylindrical tube of a spray pump has a cross-section of 8.0 cm2 one end of which has 40 fine holes
each of diameter 1.0 mm. If the liquid flow inside the tube is 1.5 m /min. What is the speed of ejection of
the liquid through the holes? [0.633 ms–1]
Solution
Area of cross-section of the spray pump, a1 = 8 cm2 = 8 × 10−4 m2
Number of holes, n = 40
Diameter of each hole, d = 1 mm = 1 × 10−3 m
Radius of each hole, r = d/2 = 0.5 × 10−3 m
Area of cross-section of each hole, a = πr2 = π(0.5 × 10−3)2 m2
Total area of 40 holes, a2 = n × a
= 40 × π (0.5 × 10−3)2 m2
= 31.41 × 10−6 m2
Speed of flow of liquid inside the tube, v1 = 1.5 m/min = 0.025 ms−1
Speed of ejection of liquid through the holes = v2
According to the law of continuity, we have:
a1v1 = a2v2
av 8 × 10−4 × 0.025
v2 = 1 1 = −6
= 0.633 ms–1
a2 31.61× 10
Therefore, the speed of ejection of the liquid through the holes is 0.633 ms–1.
13
37. A plane is in level flight at constant speed and each of its two wings has an area of 25 m2. If the speed of
the air is 180 kmh–1 over the lower wing and 234 kmh–1 over the upper wing surface, determine the
plane’s mass. (Take air density to be 1 kg m−3). [4400 kg]
Solution
The area of the wings of the plane, A = 2 × 25 = 50 m2
Speed of air over the lower wing, v1 = 180 kmh–1 = 50 ms–1
Speed of air over the upper wing, v2 = 234 kmh–1 = 65 ms–1
Density of air, ρ = 1 kg m−3
Pressure of air over the lower wing = P1
Pressure of air over the upper wing = P2
The upward force on the plane can be obtained using Bernoulli’s equation as:
1 1
P1 + ρv12 = P2 + ρv 22
2 2
1
P1 − P2 = ρ(v 22 − v12 ) … (i)
2
The upward force (F) on the plane can be calculated as:
1
(P1 − P2)A = ρ(v 22 − v12 )A using equation (i)
2
1
= × 1 × [(65) 2 − (50)2 ] × 50 = 43125 N
2
Using Newton’s force equation, we can obtain the mass (m) of the plane as F = mg
43125
∴m = = 4400 kg
9.8
Hence, the mass of the plane is about 4400 kg.
Practice Exercise
38. A barrel has a piston of cross sectional area 6 × 10−4 m2 and is used to pump out water through the nozzle
of cross section 20 × 10−6 m2. Calculate the speed of outgoing water if the speed of motion of the piston
is 2 × 10−2 m s−1. [0.6 ms−1]
Solution
a1 = 6 × 10–4 m2, v1 = 2 × 10–2 m s–1, a2 = 20 × 10–6 m2, v2 = ?
a1v1 = a2v2
av 6 × 10 −4 × 2 × 10 −2 12
∴ v2 = 1 1 = −6
= = 0.6 m s–1
a2 20 × 10 20
39. The reading of a monometer fitted to a closed tap is 3.5 × 105 Pa. If the valve is opened, the reading of
the monometer falls to 3 × 105 Pa, calculate the velocity of water. [10 ms−1]
Solution
1 1
P1 + ρv 12 = P2 + ρv 22
2 2
1 2 1
ρv 2 = (P1 – P2) + ρv 12 = (P1 – P2) (∵ v1 = 0)
2 2
2(P1 − P2 ) 2 × (3 ⋅ 5 × 10 5 − 3 × 10 5 )
or v2 = = = 10 m s–1
ρ 10 3
14
40. A tank is filled with water to a height H. Water comes out through a hole at a depth h from the water
surface. Calculate the horizontal distance from the tank at which the water strikes the ground.
 2 h(H − h) 
 
Solution
Vertical velocity of the water at hole is zero time taken by the water to reach base is
1 2( H − h ) 2( H − h )
(H – h) = 0 + gt2  t = ∴ Horizontal distance x = vt = 2gh = 2 h (H − h )
2 g g
9.3 Viscosity
Exercise
1. High viscous oils are used for motor engines in summer. Why?
Solution
The viscosity of a liquid decreases rapidly with temperature. A lubricating oil is generally used between
the various parts of a machine to reduce friction. In summer as the viscosity decreases, high viscous
liquids are used.
2. When water flows over a surface which layer moves fastest?
Solution
The top layer of water moves fastest.
3. Between water and castor oil, which is more viscous?
Solution
Castor oil.
4. The dimensional formula of viscosity is same as that of the product of pressure and time. Is this correct?
Solution
Yes. It is correct.
(Dimensional formula for viscosity = M1L−1T−1
Pressure × time = M1L−1T−2 × T1 = M1L−1T−1)
5. What is viscosity? Write its SI unit.
Solution
The internal frictional force due to a fluid is called viscous force. The SI unit is Pascal-second
or Nm−2 s.
6. Define coefficient of viscosity and write its dimensions.
Solution
Coefficient of viscosity of a liquid is defined as the tangential force required to maintain a unit velocity
gradient between two layers each of unit area. Its dimensional formula is [M1 L−1 T−1].
7. What is terminal velocity?
Solution
It is the constant velocity acquired by a body while falling freely in a viscous medium.
8. Why small air bubble rises slowly through a liquid whereas the bigger one rises rapidly?
Solution
The reason is the terminal velocity is proportional to square of radius.
15
9. How does viscosity of gases vary with temperature?

Solution
Viscosity of gases increases with temperature.
10. What is Reynolds’s number?
Solution
Reynold’s number is a pure number which determine the type of flow of a liquid through a pipe.

11. Explain the term velocity gradient.
Solution
Consider a liquid flowing steadily over a fixed horizontal surface. It flows in the form of layers. The
velocity of the layers goes on increasing as the distance from the fixed surface increases.
Consider two layers P and Q separated by a distance dx.
The velocity of layer P is v and that of layer Q is v + dv
dv
Velocity gradient = .
dx
12. Explain the variation of viscosity of a liquid with temperature.
Solution
With increase in temperature, the viscosity of a liquid decreases.
η0
The variation of co-efficient of viscosity of a liquid with temperature is given by ηt = where
1 + αt + β t 2
ηt and η0 are the coefficients of viscosity at temperature t °C and 0 °C respectively.
Long answer questions (LA)

13. Explain the term viscosity on the basis of the force of cohesion in a liquid.
Solution
Refer module
14. Explain velocity gradient and write the formula for viscous drag.
Solution
Refer module
15. Explain Stokes formula and explain the term terminal velocity.
Solution
Refer module
16. (a) State Stokes law.
(b) Show that terminal velocity of a sphere falling through a viscous medium is proportional to square
of its radius.
Solution
Refer module
17. Explain why viscosity decreases with increase in temperature in the case of liquids and increases in the
case of gases.
Solution
Refer module
16
Classwork Problems
18. (a) What is the largest average velocity of blood flow in an artery of diameter 2 × 10−3 m if the flow
must remain laminar? (b) The dissipative forces become more important as the fluid velocity
increases. Discuss qualitatively. Take viscosity of blood to be 2.084 ×10−3 Pa-s and density of blood
= 1.06 × 103 kg m−3. [(a) 1.966 ms–1]
Solution
(a) Diameter of the artery, d = 2 × 10−3 m
Viscosity of blood, η = 2.084 × 10−3 Pa s
Density of blood, ρ = 1.06 × 103 kg m−3
Reynolds number for laminar flow, Re = 2000
The largest average velocity of blood is given as
R η 2000 × 2.084 × 10−3
va v g = e = = 1.966 ms−1
ρd 1.06 × 103 × 2 × 10−3
Therefore, the largest average velocity of blood is 1.966 ms−1
(b) As the fluid velocity increases, the dissipative forces become more important. This is because of the
rise of turbulence. Turbulent flow causes dissipative loss in a fluid.
19. In Millikan’s oil drop experiment, what is the terminal speed of an uncharged drop of radius 2.0 × 10−5 m
and density 1.2 × 103 kg m−3? Take the viscosity of air at the temperature of the experiment to be
1.8 × 10−5 Pa s. How much is the viscous force on the drop at that speed? Neglect buoyancy of the drop
due to air. [5.8 cm s−1, 3.9 × 10−10 N]
Solution
Radius of the given uncharged drop, r = 2.0 × 10−5 m
Density of the uncharged drop, ρ = 1.2 × 103 kg m−3
Viscosity of air, η = 1.8 × 10−5 Pa s
Density of air (ρ0) can be taken as zero in order to neglect buoyancy of air.
Terminal velocity (v) is given by the relation:
2r 2 × (ρ − ρ0 )g 2 × (2.0 × 10−5 ) 2 (1.2 × 103 − 0) × 9.8
v= = −5
= 5.8 cm s−1
9η 9 × 1.8 × 10
Hence, the terminal speed of the drop is 5.8 cm s−1
The viscous force on the drop is given by:
F = 6πηrv
∴ F = 6 × 3.14 × 1.8 × 10−5 × 2.0 × 10−5 × 5.8 × 10−2 = 3.9 × 10−10 N
Hence, the viscous force on the drop is 3.9 × 10−10 N
20. A plate of area 100 cm2 is placed on the upper surface of castor oil 2 mm thick. Taking the coefficient of
viscosity of castor oil to be 1.5 Pascal second, calculate the horizontal force required to move the plate
with a constant velocity 3 cms–1. [0.225 N]
Solution
The magnitude of the viscous force on the plate is
dv  3 ×10−2 ms −1 
| F | = ηA = (1.5 Pa s) (100 × 10−4 m2)  −3  = 0.225 N.
dx  2 ×10 m 
17
Practice Exercise
21. The terminal velocity of a tiny brass sphere of radius r falling in a viscous liquid is vt. What will be the
terminal velocity of a brass sphere of radius 2r falling in the same liquid? [4 times]
Solution
The terminal velocity of a sphere of radius r and density ρ falling in a fluid of density σ and viscosity
2 (ρ − σ ) r 2 g
η is given by v1 =
9 η
Since ρ, σ and η are the same, vt ∝ r2. Therefore, if r is doubled, vt becomes 4 times.
22. Water flows through a capillary tube of length 10 cm and radius r under a known pressure difference.
The rate of flow through the capillary tube is found to be 55 × 10−8 m3 s−1. Find the radius of the
capillary tube. [1.32 mm]
Solution
l = 10 × 10−2 m, v = 55 × 10−8 m3 s−1, r = ?
Volume of the bore of the capillary tube = πr2l
πr 2l
v=
t
πr 2 × 10 × 10−2 55 × 10−8 5.5
i.e., 55 × 10−8 = ∴ r2 = −2
= × 10−6
1 π × 10 × 10 π
r = 1.32 × 10−3 = 1.32 mm.
23. Two liquids having their viscosity in the ratio 1 : 3.84 are flowing at a constant rate through tubes of
different radii having the same pressure head. Calculate the ratio of their lengths if the radius of one tube
is 1.5 times the other. [19.44]
Solution
η1 1 r 1.5 l1
= , 1 = , =?
η2 3.84 r2 1 l2
Since rate of flow and pressure difference are constants,
4 4
η1  r1  l2 l r  η
=  ∴ 1 =  1  2 = (1.5)4 × 3.84 = 19.44.
η2  r2  l1 l2  r2  η1
9.4 Surface Tension

Exercise
1. Mention the two types of molecular forces.
Solution
Adhesive forces and cohesive forces.
2. What is molecular range?
Solution
The maximum distance up to which a molecule exerts a force of attraction is called the molecular range.
3. What is a sphere of influence?
Solution
A sphere drawn with the molecule as centre and the molecular range as radius is called the sphere of
influence.
18
4. Why are brick walls plastered with cement?

Solution
The brick walls get damped in rainy season due to the absorption of water by capillary action. To protect
the walls from damping, walls are plastered with cement.
5. Why does ink get absorbed by a blotting paper?
Solution
The pores in blotting paper acts as capillaries and therefore blotting paper absorbs ink.
6. In summer cotton dress is preferable. Give reasons.
Solution
Cotton dress is preferable because the thin capillaries of cotton filament help in absorbing the sweat.
7. What is the cause of kerosene rising through the wicks of a stove?
Solution
In the kerosene lamp, kerosene is supplied through the wick by capillary rise.
8. Mention a liquid which does not wet glass.
Solution
Mercury
9. Mention a liquid which wets glass.
Solution
Water
10. Define surface tension and write its SI unit.
Solution
The surface tension of a liquid is defined as the tangential force per unit length acting perpendicular to
an imaginary line drawn on the surface of the liquid. Its SI unit is N m−1.
11. Define surface energy.
Solution
The extra potential energy of the molecules in the surface of a liquid is called surface energy.
12. What is meant by angle of contact?
Solution
The angle of contact is the angle between the tangent to the liquid surface at the point of contact and the
solid surface inside the liquid.
13. What is meant by capillarity?
Solution
When a tube having a narrow bore inside (capillary tube) is immersed partially in a liquid, the liquid
rises through it. This is called capillarity.
14. Mention the formula relating surface tension and capillary rise.
Solution
ρgr  r
Surface tension, T = h + 
2  3
15. Mention any one application of surface tension.
Solution
Transport of water from roots to the leaves in plants.
19
16. Why drops and bubbles are spherical in shape?

Solution
Because of surface tension.
17. What happens to the surface tension of water when soap is added to it?
Solution
Surface tension reduces.

18. Explain why dew drops are spherical.
Solution
Dew drops are spherical because for a given volume, a sphere has the minimum surface area. This is the
consequence of surface tension.
19. Explain the variation of surface tension with temperature.
Solution
The surface tension of a liquid decreases with rise in temperature, but the surface tension of molten
cadmium and copper increases with increase in temperature.
20. What are wetting agents?
Solution
Those liquids which wet the wall of the container (for example water on glass) and have a meniscus
concave upwards are called wetting agents. The angle of contact is acute (θ < 90°).
21. What is the role of surface tension in the manufacture of lead shots?
Solution
The molten lead comes out of a narrow hole in the form of a fine stream. When it falls from a height into
a vessel containing cold water, it breaks into spherical drops due to surface tension. These are cooled on
entering the water and thus solidify into small spheres.
22. Distinguish between adhesive and cohesive forces.
Solution
The force of attraction between molecules of different substances is called adhesive force.
The force of attraction between molecules of the same substance is called cohesive force.
23. A small boat whose outer surface of the bottom is coated with wax begins to move when placed gently
on the surface of water. Why?
Solution
The coating of wax reduces the surface tension of water. But outside the region where wax is not coated,
the surface tension is not changed. This leads to the unbalanced force due to which the boat moves.
24. When does liquid wets the surface of solid? Give an example.
Solution
If the angle of contact is acute i.e., θ < 90° liquid wets surface
Ex: water and glass.
25. Some of the liquids do not wet the surface of solids. Explain with an example.
Solution
If the angle of contact is obtuse i.e., θ > 90° liquid do not wets the surface
Ex: Mercury with glass.
20
26. Explain formations of drops and bubbles.

Solution
A liquid surface has a tendency to have minimum surface area due to the property of surface tension for
a given volume, the surface area is minimum for a sphere. This is why small drops of liquid and bubbles
attain spherical shape.
27. Explain action of detergents.
Solution
When detergent is added to water it decreases the surface tension of water. Therefore when a dirty cloth
is dipped in soap water, it penetrates into the interior parts of cloth and removes the dirt.
28. Explain why
(a) The angle of contact of mercury with glass is obtuse, while that of water with glass is acute.
(b) Water on a clean glass surface tends to spread out while mercury on the same surface tends to form
drops. (Put differently, water wets glass while mercury does not).
(c) Surface tension of a liquid is independent of the area of the surface
(d) Water with detergent dissolved in it should have small angles of contact.
(e) A drop of liquid under no external forces is always spherical in shape
Solution
(a) The angle between the tangent to the liquid surface at the point of contact and the surface inside the
liquid is called the angle of contact (θ), as shown in the given figure.
Sla
θ
Ssa Ssl
Mercury on glass
Sla
Ssa Ssl
Water on glass
Sla, Ssa, and SS1 are the respective interfacial tensions between the liquid-air, solid-air and solid-
liquid interfaces. At the line of contact, the surface forces between the ……. media must be in
S − Ssl
equilibrium, i.e., cos θ = sa
Sla
The angle of contact θ, is obtuse if Ssa < Sla (as in the case of mercury on glass). The angle is acute if
Ssl < Sla (as in the case of water on glass).
(b) Mercury molecules (which make an obtuse angle with glass) have a strong force of attraction
between themselves and a weak force of attraction towards solids. Hence, this tends to form drops.
On the other hand, water molecules make acute angles with glass. They have a weak force of
attraction between themselves and a strong force of attraction towards solid. Hence, they tend to
spread out.
21
(c) Surface tension is the force acting per unit length at the interface between a liquid and any other
surface. This force is independent of the area of the liquid surface. Hence, surface tension is also
independent of the area of the liquid surface.
(d) The detergents reduces the cohesive forces between the water molecules hence, it eventually allows
adhesive forces to dominate hence the angle of contact reduces.
(e) A liquid tends to acquire the minimum surface area because of the presence of surface tension. The
surface area of a sphere is minimum for a given volume. Hence, under no external forces, liquid
drops always take spherical shape.

29. Explain how forces of cohesion and adhesion determine the property of surface tension.
Solution
Refer module
30. Explain the terms molecular range and sphere of influence. How do they help in explaining the property
of surface tension? or Explain the “molecular theory” of surface tension.
Solution
Refer module
31. Explain the term “angle of contact” with reference to a water drop and mercury drop.
Solution
Refer module
32. Explain how surface tension varies with temperature. Write any two applications of surface tension.
Solution
Refer module
33. Derive an expression for the ascent of liquid through a capillary tube.
Solution
Refer module
Problems
34. U-shaped wire is dipped in a soap solution and removed. The thin soap film formed between the wire
and the light slider supports a weight of 1.5 × 10−2 N (which including the small weight of the slider).
The length of the slider is 30 cm. What is the surface tension of the film? [2.5 × 10−2 Nm−1]
Solution
The weight that the soap film supports, W = 1.5 × 10−2 N
Length of the slider, l = 30 cm = 0.3 m
A soap film has two free surfaces.
∴ Total length = 2l = 2 × 0.3 = 0.6 m
Force or Weight
Surface tension, s =
2l
1.5 ×10−2
= = 2.5 ×10−2 Nm −1 = 2.5 × 10−2 Nm−1
0.6
Therefore, the surface tension of the film is 2.5 × 10−2 Nm−1
22
35. The surface tension of a liquid is 5 N m–1. If a film is held on a ring of area 0.02 m2, calculate its surface
energy. [0.2 J]
Solution
A film has two free surfaces.
And since surface energy = surface tension × area, we have the surface energy to be
Esurf = T × 2A = (5 N m−1) (2 × 0.02 m2) = 0.2 J.
36. What is the pressure inside the drop of mercury of radius 3.00 mm at room temperature? Surface tension
of mercury at that temperature (20 °C) is 4.65 × 10−1 Nm−1. The atmospheric pressure is 1.01 × 105 Pa.
Also give the excess pressure inside the drop. [1.01 × 105 Pa, 310 Pa]
Solution
Radius of the mercury drop, r = 3.00 mm = 3 × 10−3 m
Surface tension of mercury, S = 4.65 × 10−1 N m−1
Atmospheric pressure, Pa = 1.01 × 105 Pa
Total pressure inside the mercury drop = Excess pressure inside mercury + Atmospheric pressure
2S
= + Pa
r
2 × 4.65 ×10−1
= + 1.01× 105
3 × 10−3
= 1.0131 × 105
= 1.01 × 105 Pa
2S
Excess Pressure =
r
−1
2 × 4.65 ×10
= = 310 Pa
3 ×10−3
37. Two narrow bores of diameters 3.0 mm and 6.0 mm are joined together to form aU-tube open at both
ends. If the U-tube contains water, what is the difference in its 1evel in the two limbs of the tube?
Surface tension of water at the temperature of the experiment is 7.3 × 10−2 N m−1. Take the angle of
contact to be zero and density water to be 1.0 × 103 kg m−3 (g = 9.8 m s−2). [4.97 mm]
Solution
Diameter of the first bore, d1 = 3.0 mm = 3 × 10−3 m
d
Hence, the radius of the first bore, r1 = 1 = 1.5 ×10−3 m
2
Diameter of the second bore, d2 = 6.0 mm
d
Hence, the radius of the second bore. r2 = 2 = 3 ×10−3 m
2
Surface tension of water, S = 7.3 × 10 N m−1
−2
Angle of contact between the bore surface and water, θ = 0

Density of water, ρ = 1.0 × 103 kgm−3
Let h1 and h2 be the heights to which water rises in the first and second tube respectively. These heights
are given by the relations:
2Scos θ 2Scos θ
h1 = ...(i) h2 = ...(ii)
r1ρg r2ρg
23
The difference between the levels of water in the two limbs of the tube can be calculated as:
2Scos θ 2Scos θ
= −
r1ρg r2ρg
2Scos θ  1 1 
=  − 
ρg  r1 r2 
2 × 7.3 ×10−2 ×1  1 1 
=  −
3
1×10 × 9.8 1.5 ×10 −1
3 × 10−3 
= 4.966 × 10−3 m = 4.97 mm
Hence, the difference between levels of water in the two bores is 4.97 mm.
Practice Exercise
38. Figure (a) shows a thin liquid film supporting a small weight = 4.5 × 10−2 N. What is the weight
supported by a film of the same liquid at the same temperature in Figure (b) and (c)? Explain your
answer physically. [4.5 × 10−2 N]
40 cm
40 cm 40 cm
(a) (b) (c)
Solution
Take case (a):
The length of the liquid film supported by the weight, l = 40 cm = 0.4 cm
The weight supported by the film, W = 4.5 × 10−2 N
A liquid film has two free surfaces.
W
∴ Surface tension =
2l
In all the three figures, the liquid is the same. Temperature is also the same for each case.
Hence, the surface tension in figure (b) and figure (c) is the same as in figure (a).
Since the length of the film in all the cases is 40 cm, the weight supported in each case is 4.5 × 10−2 N.
39. Two liquids of densities ρ1 and ρ2 have the same rise in capillary tubes of radii 0.4 mm and 0.6 mm
5
respectively. If their surface tension is in the ratio 5 : 12, calculate the ratio of their densities. 8
 
Solution
1
ρ gr h ρ r
S1 2 1 1 5 ρ 1 0 .4
= = 1 1 = ×
S2 1 ρ 2 r2 12 ρ 2 0.6
ρ2gr2 h
2
ρ 3 30 ρ 5
 1 = = . ∴ 1 = .
ρ2 4.8 48 ρ2 8
24
40. The surface tension of water is 7 × 10−2 Nm−1. Calculate the weight of water supported by surface
tension in a capillary tube of 0.1 mm radius. [44 × 10−6 N]
Solution
F W
S= =
L 2πR
W = 2πRS
R = 0.1 × 10−3 m W = 2 π × 0.1 × 10−3 × 7 × 10−2 = 44 × 10−6 N
41. A capillary tube of 0.5 mm bore stands vertically in a vessel containing a liquid of density 800 kg m−3
and its angle of contact is zero. The height of the liquid column in the capillary tube is 0.0306 m.
Calculate the surface tension of the liquid. [0.0599 N m−1]
Solution
r = 0.5 × 10–3 m, ρ = 800 kg m–3, θ = 0, h = 0.0306 m, S = ?
1
S= × 800 × 9.8 × (0.5 × 10–3) × 0.0306 = 0.0599 N m–1
2
Competitive Corner
Hydrostatics
Classwork MCQs
1. Pressure at the bottom of a tank of water is 3P, where P is atmospheric pressure. If water is drawn out till
the level of water is lowered by one fifth, then the pressure at the bottom of the tank is
13P 8P 4P
(A) 2P (B) (C) (D)
5 5 5
Ans (B)
P = Pressure Patm
Ptotal = Patmospheric + ρgh
Case (i) 3Patm = Patm + ρgh
Hydrostatic
So, ρgh = 2Patm

Case (ii) If water is drawn out till the level of water is lowered by one fifth
becomes
 1  4h
i.e. h →  h −   h ∝ 2Patm
 5 5
4
4 h′ ∝ 2Patm ×
i.e. new height h ′ = h 5
5
8
8 So, Hydrostatic pressure = Patm
Total pressure P′ = Patm + Patm 5
5
13
= Patm
5
2. A tank with a square base of area 2 m2 is divided into two compartments by a vertical partition in the
middle. There is a small hinged door of face area 20 cm2 at the bottom of the partition. Water is filled in
one compartment and an acid of relative density 1.5 in the other, both to a height of 4m. If g = 10 m s−2,
the force necessary to keep the door closed is
(A) 10 N (B) 20 N (C) 40 N (D) 80 N
25
Ans (C)
Lateral pressure exerted by water on the face of the door in contact with water is
pw = hρwg = 4 × 1000 × 10 = 4 × 104 Nm–2
Lateral pressure exerted by acid on the face of the door in contact with acid is
pa = hρag = 4 × 1500 × 10 = 6 × 104 Nm–2
∴ Net pressure on the door = pa − pw = 2 × 104 Nm–2
Face area of the door = 20 cm2 = 20 × 10−4 m2
∴ Force on the door = pressure × area
= 2 × 104 × 20 × 10−4 = 40 N
Hence, a force of 40 N must be applied on the door in order to counter balance the force due to the two
liquids.
3. Radius of one arm of hydraulic lift is four times of radius of other arm. What force should be applied on
the narrow arm to lift 100 kg?
(A) 26.5 N (B) 62.5 N (C) 6.25 N (D) 8.3 N
Ans (B)
F f Fa 100g × (πr) 2
By Pascal’s law, = or f = = 2
 6.25 g  62.5 N
A a A π × ( 4r )
4. A body floats in water with 70 % of the volume inside the water. When the same body floats on another
liquid, it floats with 60 % of the volume outside the liquid. The relative density of the liquid is
(A) 1 (B) 1.75 (C) 0.9 (D) 1.16
Ans (B)
The weight of floating body = weight of the water displaced by the submerged portion of the body.
ρ V/
mg = m/g  Vρg = V/ρwg  =
ρW V
70 ρ 7
But V/ = 70 % of V ∴ ρ = ρW or =
100 ρW 10
ρ 2
Similarly when it floats on a liquid of density ρl , = 1 − 0.6 = 0.4 =
ρl 5
density of the liquid
Relative density ρr =
density of the water
ρ ρ / ρw 7 5 7
= l = = × = = 1.75
ρW ρ / ρl 10 2 4
5. An ice berg floats on sea water with a portion of it being submerged. If the relative density of ice is
0.9 and that of sea water is 1.125, the fraction of the whole volume of the ice berg that appears on the
surface of sea water is
2 3 1 4
(A) (B) (C) (D)
5 5 5 5
Ans (C)
Weight of ice berg = weight of the liquid displaced by the submerged part of the ice berg mg = m/g
V/ ρ ice
Vρice g = V/ ρw × g  = , where V/ is the volume of the submerged portion of the ice berg
V ρ water
and V is the total volume of the ice berg.
26
V/ 0 .9 V/
= , where is the fraction of the volume submerged.
V 1.125 V
V // V/ 0 .9
Fraction of the whole volume that appears above the sea water is =1– =1–
V V 1.125
//
V 0.225
=
V 1.125
225 1
= =
1125 5
6. A cube of wood supporting a mass of 200 g just floats in water. When the mass is removed, the cube
rises by 2 cm. The size of the cube is
(A) 6 cm (B) 8 cm (C) 10 cm (D) 12 cm
Ans (C)
Let us consider l cm to be the side of the cube
The volume of the cube above the surface of water = volume of water displaced due to mass of 200 g
∴ Mass of the displaced water = 200 gm
Its volume = 200 cm3
∴ 2 × l × l = 200  l = 10 cm
7. A block of ice is floating in a liquid of specific gravity 1.3 contained in a beaker. When the ice melts
completely, level of liquid in the beaker
(A) remains same (B) increases (C) decreases (D) data is insufficient
Ans (B)
mi
When ice is floating mi = v1ρl  v1 =
1300
mi
When ice melts, mi = mω = v2ρω  v2 =
1000
 v2 > v1 ∴ level of water increases
8. A hollow sphere of inner and outer diameter 12 cm and 16 cm, respectively, floats half submerged in
water. The specific gravity of the material of the sphere
(A) 0.865 (B) 0.75 (C) 0.65 (D) 0.55
Ans (A)
For equilibrium, mg = B
Vρg = Vlρl g
4 2
π (R3 – r3)ρ = πR3ρl
3 3
2 ( R − r ) ρl
3 3
=
R3 ρ
ρ 1 1
∴ = = = 0.865
ρl  r 
3
  6 3 
2 1 − 3  2 1 −   
 R   8 
9. A cube of wood of mass 0.5 kg and density 800 kg m–3 is fastened to the free end of a vertical spring, of
spring constant k = 50 N m–1, fixed at the bottom. Now the entire system is completely submerged in
water, the elongation or compression of the spring in equilibrium
(A) 1.5 cm (B) 2.5 cm (C) 2 cm (D) 3 cm
27
Ans (B)
Let the spring be elongated through x in the water.
B − mg Vρw g − 0.5 × 10
mg + kx0 = B  x0 = =
k 50
0.5
× 103 × 10 − 5
= 800 = 2.5 cm
50
10. When a crown of mass 14.7 kg made of an alloy of gold is submerged in water, an accurate scale reads
only 13.4 kg. The specific gravity of alloy is
(A) 11.3 (B) 10.6 (C) 8.5 (D) 7.3
Ans (A)
The apparent weight of the submerged object W′ is equals to its actual weight W(= mg) minus the
buoyant force B.
W′ = T = W – B = ρ0gV – ρFgV
where V is the volume of the object, ρ0 is the density of the object and ρF is the density of the fluid.
∴ B = W – W/ = ρFgV
W ρ gV ρ0
∴ /
= 0 =
W−W ρF gV ρF
W 14 ⋅ 7
∴ Specific gravity = /
= = 11.3
W − W 14 ⋅ 7 − 13 ⋅ 4
Assignment MCQs
1. A vessel containing an ideal fluid of density ρ is resting on the floor of the elevator. When the elevator
moves upwards with a constant acceleration a, the pressure difference between the two points in a fluid
separated by a vertical distance ∆h is
(A) ρg∆h (B) ρ(g + a)∆h (C) ρa∆h (D) ρ(g – a)∆h
Ans (B)
Consider a small vertical fluid element of area ∆A and height ∆h.
Let p be pressure at the top, p
a
p + ∆p at the bottom of the element as shown in the figure.
The force acting on the fluid element of mass ∆m is g
F = ∆m(g + a) (∵ it is moving upwards with acceleration a) p + ∆p
= (∆A × ∆h)ρ(g + a)
F
The pressure difference between the two points is p + ∆p − p =
∆A
(∆A × ∆h )ρ(g + a )
∆p =  ∆p = ρ(g + a)∆h
∆A
2. A cylindrical vessel containing water is moved along a horizontal direction with some acceleration. Then
the pressure inside the vessel is
(A) same at all points
(B) higher at the rear side
(C) higher at the front side
(D) higher at rear side first and then gets lowered as the vessel speeds up
28
Ans (B)
Water surface stands perpendicular to the resultant of the pseudo force ma and
ma a
the weight of water. It is obvious that water is pushed to the rear side. Thereby
F
indicating that pressure at the rear side is more. mg
3. From the following figure, the correct observation is

(A) the pressure on the bottom of tank I is greater than at the bottom of II
(B) the pressure on the bottom of tank I is smaller than at the bottom of II
(C) the pressure depends on the shape of the container
(D) the pressure on the bottom of I and II is the same
Water I Water II
Ans (D)
Pressure = hρg
Pressure at the bottom is independent of the area of bottom of the tank. It depends on the height of water
up to which the tank is filled with water. As in both the tanks, the levels of water are the same, pressure
at the bottom is also the same.
4. A body of volume 100 cm3 is immersed completely in water contained in a jar. The weight of water and
jar before immersion of the body was 700 g. After immersion, the weight of water and jar will be
(A) 700 g (B) 600 g (C) 800 g (D) 500 g
Ans (C)
Weight of displaced water = 100 g
Hence total weight = 700 + 100 = 800 g
5. The area of cross-section of circular tube shown in diagram is 800 cm2. If the mass of 12 kg is placed on
the massless piston, the difference in heights ‘h’ in the level of water in the two tubes is
(A) 10 cm
h 12 kg
(B) 6 cm
(C) 15 cm
(D) 2 cm
Ans (C)
From Pascal’s law
mg
ρw gh =
A
 12 
h = −4 3 
= 0.15m = 15 cm
 800 × 10 × 10 
6. A uniformly tapered vessel, shown in the figure, is filled with a liquid of density 900 kg m–3. The force
that acts on the base of the vessel due to the liquid is (take g = 10 m s–2)
(A) 3.6 N Area = 10–3 m2
(B) 7.2 N
0.4 m
(C) 9 N
(D) 12.6 N Area = 2 × 10–3 m2
29
Ans (B)
F = p × A = ρgh × A = 900 × 10 × 0.4 × 2 × 10–3 = 7.2 N
7. A block of steel of size 5 cm × 5 cm × 5 cm is weighed in water. If the relative density of steel is 7, its
apparent weight is
(A) 6 × 6 × 5 × 5 g (B) 4 × 4 × 4 × 7 g (C) 5 × 5 × 5 × 7 g (D) 5 × 5 × 5 × 6 g
Ans (D)
Weight of the block of steel in air = 5 × 5 × 5 × 7 g
Weight of water displaced by steel = 5 × 5 × 5 × 1 g
∴ Apparent weight = 5 × 5 × 5 × 7 g – 5 × 5 × 5 × 1 g = 5 × 5 × 5 × 6 g
8. An iceberg is floating partially immersed in sea-water. The density of sea-water is 1.03 g cm−3 and that
of ice is 0.92 g cm−3. The fraction of the total volume of the iceberg above the level of sea water is
(A) 11% (B) 89% (C) 8% (D) 34%
Ans (A)
Let the fraction of the volume outside be n
Then (1 − n )V × 1.03 × g = V × 0.92 × g  n = 0.11
3
9. A body floats with one third of its volume outside water and of its volume outside another liquid. The
4
density of the other liquid is
8 3
(A) 9⋅4 g cc–1 (B) 4 g cc–1 (C) g cc–1 (D) g cc–1
3 8
Ans (C)
Let V be the volume of the body. Weight of the body is equal to weight of the water displaced.
2
Weight of the liquid displaced = V × 1 × g
3
1
In another liquid, weight of the liquid displaced = Vρg
4
2 1 8
∴ Vg = Vρg  ρ = g cc–1
3 4 3
10. A plastic sphere has a volume V and density (1/10)th of water. Force required to hold it completely
submerged under water is
1
(A) Vρωg downwards (B) Vρωg downwards
10
9 9
(C) VρPg downwards (D) Vρωg downwards
10 10
Ans (D)
1
Given ρp = ρω
10
 1 9
Freq = Vρωg – VρPg = V 1 −  ρωg  Freq = Vρωg
 10  10
30
Fluid Dynamics
Classwork MCQs
1. Water is flowing in a horizontal pipe of non-uniform cross-section. The speed of water is found to be
25 cm s−1 at a point where the diameter of the pipe is 8 mm. The speed of water at a point where the
diameter is 10 mm is
(A) 16 cm s−1 (B) 4 cm s−1 (C) 2 cm s−1 (D) 1.6 cm s−1
Ans (A)
2 2
r  d 
av = a 1 v1  πr 2 v = πr12 v 1  v1 =   v =   v
 r1   d1 
2
8
=   × 25 = 16 cm s −1
 10 
2. A cylinder of height 20 m is completely filled with water. The velocity of efflux of water (in m s−1)
through a small hole on the side wall of the cylinder near its bottom is
(A) 10 (B) 20 (C) 25.5 (D) 5
Ans (B)
Velocity of efflux is given by, v = 2gh = 2 × 10 × 20 = 20 m s −1
3. Tanks A and B open at the top contain two different liquids upto certain height in them. A hole is made
to the wall of each tank at a depth h from the surface of the liquid. The area of the hole in A is twice that
in B. If the liquid mass flux (i.e., rate of mass of liquid flowing per unit area) through each hole is equal,
then the ratio of the densities of the liquids in A and B is
2 3 2 1
(A) (B) (C) (D)
1 2 3 2
Ans (D)
Mass flux = density × volume flux
= ρ(av)
Given, ρ1a1v1 = ρ2a2v2
as height is same in both the tanks v1 = v 2 (∵ v = 2gh )
ρ1 a 2 a 1
∴ = = =
ρ 2 a1 2a 2
H
4. The height of water in a tank is H, A hole is made in the tank at a height of from the top. Then the
4
distance at which the water will come out of the hole is
3 3 2
(A) H (B) H (C) H (D) H
2 2 3
Ans (A)
According to Torricelli’s Law : velocity of efflux is v = 2gh
2S 2( H − h )
Time taken by the water to fall to the ground t = =
g g
2( H − h )
∴ Range, R = v × t = 2gh × = 4h (H − h )
g
31
H
When h =
4
H H 3
R= 4 H −  = H
4 4 2
5. A wide vessel of uniform cross-section with a small hole in the bottom is filled with 40 cm thick layer of
water and 30 cm thick layer of kerosene. The relative density of kerosene is 0.8. The initial velocity of
flow of water streaming out of the hole is (take g = 10 m s−2)
2 4 6 8
(A) m s −1 (B) m s −1 (C) m s −1 (D) m s −1
5 5 5 5
Ans (D)
Let ρw and ρk be the densities of water and kerosene.
The initial weight of the liquid in vessel = hwρwag + hkρkag
where hw and hk are the thickness of water and kerosene layers and a is the cross-sectional area of the
vessel.
Let this weight be equivalent to water layer of thickness h, then
ρ 
hρw ag = h w ρw ag + h k ρk ag  h = h w + h k  k 
 ρw 
= 0.4 + 0.3 × 0.8 = 0.64 m
From Toricelli’s theorem, the velocity of efflux is
8
v = 2gh = 2 × 10 × 0.64 = ms −1
5
6. The U-tube acts as a water siphon. The bend in the tube is 1 m above the water surface. The tube outlet
is 7 m below the water surface. The water issues from the bottom of the siphon as a free jet at
atmospheric pressure. The speed of the jet is equal to (pa = 1.01 × 105 Nm−2, g = 9.8 m s−2 and
ρwater = 1000 kg m−3) (A)
1m
(A) 14.2 m s−1 (1)
h=0
(B) 11.7 m s−1 8m
(C) 15 m s−1
(D) 9 m s−1
(2)
Ans (B)
Applying Bernoulli’s theorem between points (1) and (2),
1 1
p1 + ρV12 + ρgh1 = p 2 + ρV22 + ρgh 2 , V1 ≈ 0 p1 = p 2 = p a
2 2
∴ V2 = 2g(h1 − h 2 )  V2 = 2 × 9.8 × 7 = 11.7 ms −1
7. A water tank resting on the floor has two small holes vertically one above the other. The holes are
h1 and h2 cm above the floor. How high does water stand in the tank if the jets from the holes hit the
floor at the same point?
h 2 + h 22
(A) h1 + h2 (B) h1 − h2 (C) 1 (D) h1h2
2
32
Ans (A)
Time taken by water at (1), to reach the ground,
2h1
t1 =
g
Velocity of efflux at (1), v1 = 2g ( H + h 2 − h1 ) H
(2)
2h1
∴ R = v1t1 = 2g ( H + h 2 − h1 ) × ... (1) h2 (1)
g h1
2h 2 R
Similarly at (2), t 2 =
g
v 2 = 2gH
2h 2
∴ R = v 2 t 2 = 2gH × ... (2)
g
Equating (1) and (2)
(H + h2 − h1) h1 = Hh2
Hh1 + h 2 h1 − h12 = Hh 2
H(h1 − h2) = h1(h1 − h2)  H = h1
∴ height of water = H + h2 = h1 + h2
8. Water from a tap emerges vertically down with an initial speed of 1.0 m s−1. The cross-sectional area of
the tap is 10−4 m2. The cross-sectional area of the stream 0.15 m below the tap is (take g = 10 m s−2)
(A) 5.0 × 10−5 m2 (B) 50 × 10−4 m2 (C) 5 × 10−6 m2 (D) 5.0 × 10−4 m2
Ans (A)
Velocity of water at 0.15m below the tap is given by v2 = u2 + 2gh
2
v = u 2 + 2gh = (1) + 2 (10 )( 0.15 ) = 4 = 2m s −1
From the equation of continuity a1v1 = a 2 v 2
(10−4 ) (1) = a 2 (2)
∴ a 2 = 0.5 × 10−4 m2 = 5.0 × 10−5 m 2
9. A horizontal pipe line carries water in a streamline flow. At a joint along the pipe, where the cross
sectional area is 10 cm2, the water velocity is 1 m s−1 and the pressure is 2000 Pa. The pressure of water
at another point where the cross-sectional area is 5 cm2 is (ρw = 1000 kg/m3)
(A) 500 Pa (B) 1000 Pa (C) 1500 Pa (D) 2000 Pa
Ans (A)
From the equation of continuity, a1v1 = a2v2
a   10 
 v 2 =  1  v1 =   × 1
 a2  5
1
v2 = 2 m s–1
2
Applying Bernoulli’s theorem at 1 and 2, V1 V2
1 1
p1 + ρv12 = p 2 + ρv 22
2 2
1 2 1
 p 2 = p1 + ( v1 − v 22 ) = 2000 + × [1000 (1 − 4 )]
2 2
p2 = 500 Pa.
33
10. A drum of radius R full of liquid of density d is rotated at ω rad s−1. The increase in pressure at the centre
of the drum is
ωRd ω2 R 2 d 2 ωRd ω2 R 2 d
(A) (B) (C) (D)
4 2 2 2
Ans (D)
 1   1 
From Bernoulli’s principle,  p + dv 2  =  p + dv 2 
 2 center  2  edge
1 2 1
p c + 0 = p e + d ( Rω ) ∴ pc − p e = dR 2 ω2
2 2
Assignment MCQs
1. Water flows steadily through a horizontal pipe of a variable cross-section. If the pressure of water is p at
a point where the velocity of flow is V. The pressure at another point where the velocity of flow is 2 V, ρ
being the density of water is
3 3
(A) p − ρV 2 (B) p + ρV 2 (C) p − 2ρV2 (D) p + 2ρV2
2 2
Ans (A)
1 1
From the Bernoulli’s theorem, for a horizontal tube flow p1 + ρV12 = p 2 + ρV22
2 2
1 1 3
 p 2 = p1 + ρ ( V12 − V22 ) = p + ρ ( V 2 − (2V) 2 )  p 2 = p − ρV 2
2 2 2
2. For flow of a liquid to be turbulent
(A) fluid should have high density (B) critical velocity should be large
(C) reynold number should be less than 2000 (D) all of the above
Ans (A)
VρD
Reynold’s number R for turbulent motion is more than 3000 and R = i.e. R ∝ ρ
η
3. A liquid flows through a pipe of varying diameter. The velocity of the liquid is 2 m s−1 at a point where
the diameter is 6 cm. The velocity of the liquid at a point where the diameter is 3 cm will be
(A) 1 m s−1 (B) 4 m s−1 (C) 8 m s−1 (D) 16 m s−1
Ans (C)
From equation of continuity, a1v1 = a2v2
a v πr 2 v
 v2 = 1 1 = 1 2 1
a2 πr2
r12 v1 62 36
= 2
= 2 ×2 = ×2
r2 3 9
v2 = 8 m s−1
4. A tap has a cross-sectional area 10–5 m2 through which water comes out with initial speed of 1 m s–1.
Assuming steady flow and pressure to remain constant at all points, the cross-sectional area of the stream
0.4 m below the tap is
1
(A) 3 × 10–5 m2 (B) × 10–5 m2 (C) 4 × 10–5 m2 (D) 5 × 10–6 m2
3
34
Ans (B)
Speed of the water stream 0.4 m below the tap is
v 2 = u 2 + 2gs = 12 + 2 × 10 × 0.4
v 2 = 3 m s −1
A1v1 = A2v2
1
10–5 × 1 = A23  A2 = × 10–5 m2
3
P 1 V2
5. According to Bernoulli’s equation +h+ = constant
ρg 2 g
The terms A, B and C are generally called respectively
(A) Gravitational head, pressure head and velocity head
(B) Gravity, gravitational head and velocity head
(C) Pressure head, gravitational head and velocity head
(D) Gravity, pressure and velocity head
Ans (C)
6. A tank is filled with water to a height of 2 m. A small hole is made in one of the walls of the tank at a
depth 40 cm below the water surface. The distance from the foot of the wall at which the water jet
coming out through the hole strikes the ground is
(A) 80 cm (B) 160 cm (C) 28.3 cm (D) 200 cm
Ans (B)
R = 2 h ( H − h ) = 2 ( 40 ( 200 − 40 ) ) = 2 40 × 160 = 160 cm
7. A hole is made at the bottom of the tank filled with water. If the total pressure at the bottom of the tank
is three atmosphere, the velocity of efflux is
(A) 30 m s−1 (B) 20 m s−1 (C) 40 m s −1 (D) 30 m s −1
Ans (B)
1 2 1
ρv = p1 − p 2  × 103 × v 2 = 2 × 105  v 2 = 4 × 102  v = 20 ms −1
2 2
8. Water is flowing through a tube of non-uniform cross-section. If the radius of the tube at the entrance
and exit is 3 : 2, the ratio of velocity of liquid entering and leaving the tube is
(A) 8 : 27 (B) 4 : 9 (C) 1 : 1 (D) 9 : 4
Ans (B)
From equation of continuity, a1v1 = a2v2
v1 a 2 πr22 4
= = =
v 2 a1 πr12 9
9. Water contained in a tank flows through an orifice of diameter 2 cm, under a constant pressure
difference of 10 cm of water column. The rate of flow of water through the orifice is
(A) 44 cc/s (B) 4.4 cc/s (C) 476 cc/s (D) 4400 cc/s
Ans (C)
V = 2gh = 2 × 980 × 10 = 140 cm / s
Volume of water flowing out of the orifice = (πr2)V = (3.4)(1)2(140) = 476 cc/s
35
10. In the figure, the velocity V3 will be

(A) zero A = 0.2 m2
2
−1
(B) 4 m s V = 4 ms1
-1
V 2 = 2 ms-1
−1 2
(C) 1 m s A = 0.2 m
1
(D) 3 m s−1 V 3
A3 = 0.4 m2
Ans (C)
According to equation of continuity
A1V1 = A2V2 + A3V3
 4 × 0.2 = 2 × 0.2 + 0.4 × V3  V3 = 1 ms−1
Viscosity
Classwork MCQs
1. A spherical small ball of density ρ is gently released in a liquid of density σ (ρ > σ). The initial
acceleration of the free fall of the ball will be
ρ+σ ρ−σ ρ−σ
(A)  g (B)  g (C)  g (D) g
 ρ   σ   ρ 
Ans (C)
The weight of the ball, W = mg = ρVg
where m = mass of the ball, V = volume of the ball
The volume of the liquid displaced = V
If σ is the density of the liquid, the weight of the liquid displaced is the upthrust u, it experiences
u = Vρg
∴ The net downward force acting on the body is F = W − u = (ρ − σ)Vg
F ( ρ − σ ) Vg ρ−σ
∴ The initial acceleration, a = = ∴ a = g
m ρV  ρ 
2. With increases in temperature, the viscosity of
(A) gases decreases (B) gases increases
(C) liquids decreases (D) both (B) and (D) are correct
Ans (D)
3. A spherical ball is dropped in a long column of viscous liquid. Out of the following graphs the one that
represents the variation of F
(a) Gravitational force with time
P
(b) Viscous force with time Q
(c) Net force acting on the ball with time
R
(A) Q, R, P (B) R, Q, P t
(C) P, Q, R (D) R, P, Q
Ans (C)
4. A river water is flowing at 5 ms−1. The depth of river water is 10 m. The shearing stress between
horizontal layers of the river water (Viscosity of water is 1 mili poise) is,
(A) 0.1 × 10−3 Nm−2 (B) 0.5 × 10−3 Nm−2 (C) 10−3 Nm−2 (D) 2 × 10−3 Nm−2
36
Ans (B)
 dv 
As F = ηA  
 dx 
F  dv  5
So Stress = = η    10−3 × = 0.5 × 10−3 N m−2
A  dx  10
5. When water flows at a rate Q through a capillary tube of radius r placed horizontally, a pressure
difference p develops across the ends of the tube. If the radius of the tube is doubled and the rate of flow
halved, the pressure difference becomes
p p
(A) (B) (C) p (D) 8p
32 8
Ans (A)
8ηlQ
If the length of the capillary tube is l, the pressure difference is given by p =
πr 4
Q
8ηl  
Q
If r becomes 2r and Q becomes , then p ' = 2= p
2 π(2r) 4 32
6. The largest average velocity of blood flow in an artery of radius 2 × 10−3 m, for the flow to be laminar
and the corresponding flow rate are
ηblood = 2.084 × 10−3 Pa.s ρblood = 1.06 × 103 kg m−3
(A) 0.98 m s−1, 1.23 × 10−5 m3 s−1 (B) 1.98 m s−1, 2.46 × 10−5 m3 s−1
(C) 2.98 m s−1, 1.23 × 10−5 m3 s−1 (D) 0.98 m s–1, 1.23 × 10–4 m3 s–1
Ans (A)
D = 2r = 4 × 10−3 m
ρVD N η 2000 × 2.084 × 10−3
NR = V= R = 3 −3
= 0.98 m s −1
η ρD 1.06 × 10 × 4 × 10
Q = AV = πr2 × V = 3.14 × (2 × 10−3)2 × 0.98 = 1.23 × 10−5 m3 s−1
7. A plate of area 2 m2 is made to move horizontally with a speed of 2 m s−1 by applying a horizontal
tangential force over the free surface of a liquid. If the depth of the liquid is 1 m and the liquid in contact
with the bed is stationary, η of liquid = 0.01 poise. The tangential force needed to move the
plate (in N) is
(A) 0.005 (B) 0.004 (C) 0.007 (D) 0.006
Ans (B)
∆V 2 − 0
Velocity gradient = = = 2 m s −1 / m V = 2 m s−1
∆y 1 − 0
∆V F
Viscous force |F| = ηA = 0.01 × 10−1 × 2 × 2 = 0.004 N
∆y 1m
So, to keep the plate moving, a force of 4 × 10−3 N must be applied.
8. A small metal sphere of radius r and density ρ falls from rest in a visions liquid of density σ and
coefficient of viscosity η. Due to friction, heat is produced. The rate of production of heat when the
sphere has acquired the terminal velocity is proportional to
(A) r2 (B) r3 (C) r4 (D) r5
37
Ans (D)
2
The terminal velocity, v t = ( ρ − σ ) r 2g
9η
The rate of production of heat (or power dissipated) is given by
p = fv t where f = 6πηrv t
∴ p = 6πηrvt × vt
2 2
 2r 2  2  5
= 6πηr  ( ρ − σ ) g  = 6πη  ( ρ − σ ) g  ⋅ r
 9η   9η 
∴ p α r5
9. Two drops of same radius are falling through air with steady velocity v. If the two drops coalesce, its
terminal velocity would be
(A) 21/3 v (B) 41/3 v (C) 42/3 v (D) 2v
Ans (B)
v ∝ r2 ; v′ ∝ R2 ; but R = 21/3 r
∴ v′ ∝ (21/3 r)2 = 22/3 r2
∴ v′ ∝ 22/3 v or v′ ∝ 41/3 v
10. Two tubes A and B are connected to each other. A has a length of 1 m and radius 0.1 mm whereas B has
a length of 0.5 m and radius 0.2 mm. If a liquid is passing through the two tubes entering A at a pressure
of 0.8 m of mercury and leaving B at a pressure of 0.76 m, the pressure at the junction of A and B is
(A) 0.6612 m (B) 0.5612 m (C) 0.7611 m (D) 0.8612 m
Ans (C)
The volume flow rates at the ends of A and B must be the same and thus V1 = V2
π(∆p1 )a14 π(∆p 2 )a 42
= gives
8ηL1 8ηL 2
4 4 p1, 2 = ?
∆p1 L  a2   1 m  0.2 mm 
= 1   =    = 8
∆p 2 L2  a1   0.5 m  0.1 mm  p2 = 0.76 m
If p1,2 is the pressure at junction,

p1 = 0.8 m
0.8 − p1,2
then =8 L1 = 1 m
p1,2 − 0.76 L2 = 0.5 m
Solving for p1, 2, we get p1, 2 = 0.7644 m (of mercury).
Assignment MCQs
1. Stream-line flow is more likely for liquids with

(A) low density and low viscosity (B) high viscosity and high density
(C) high viscosity and low density (D) low viscosity and high density
Ans (C)
Stream-line motion is more likely for liquids having high viscosity and low density.
2. Two small spheres of radii r and 4r fall through a viscous liquid with the same terminal velocity. The
ratio between the viscous forces acting on them is
(A) 1 : 2 (B) 4 : 1 (C) 1 : 16 (D) 1 : 4
38
Ans (D)
According to Stoke’s law, Viscous force, F = 6πηrv
F r r F1 1
Since v, η remains the same F ∝ r or 1 = 1 = =
F2 r2 4r F2 4
3. A rain drop of radius 0.3 mm has a terminal velocity of 1 ms−1 in air. The viscosity of air is
18 × 10−5 dyne cm−2 s. The viscous force on it is
(A) 101.73 × 10−4 dyne (B) 101.73 × 10−5 dyne (C) 16.95 × 10−4 dyne (D) 16.95 × 10−5 dyne
Ans (A)
F = 6πηrvT
= 6 × 3.14 × (18 × 10−5) × 0.03 × 100
= 101.73 × 10−4 dyne
4. A rain drop of radius r falls in air with a terminal speed vt. The terminal speed of a rain drop of radius
2 r is
v
(A) t (B) vt (C) 2vt (D) 4vt
2
Ans (D)
2 V r2
Terminal speed Vt = (ρ − σ) r 2 g ∴ Vt α r2  t1 = 12  Vt1 = 4Vt
9η Vt r2
5. The terminal speed of a rain drop of radius 0.3 mm in air is 1 ms−1. The coefficient of viscosity of air is
18 × 10−5 poise, the viscous force on the drop is nearly
(A) 10−6 N (B) 10−5 N (C) 10−7 N (D) 10−4 N
Ans (A)
F = 6πηrv = 6 × 3.14 × 18 × 10−5 × 0.3 × 10−3 × 1 = 1.01 × 10–6 N
6. Two liquids flowing through similar pipes under similar pressure heads have viscosities 0.002 S.I unit
and 0.012 S.I. unit. If the rate of flow of the first liquid is 1.2 litre per minute, that of the other is
(A) 2 litre (B) 0.72 litre (C) 0.2 litre (D) 7.2 litre
Ans (C)
πpr 4 1 V η
Rate of flow, V = ;V∝ ; 2 = 1
8ηl η V1 η2
V2 0.002 0.002 1.2 × 0.2
= ∴ V2 = 1.2 = = 0.2 litre
1.2 0.012 0.012 1.2
7. If viscosity of air is taken into account, then the orbital velocity of the satellite moving close to the earth
(A) increases till the satellite falls back on the earth
(B) increases till the satellite overcomes earth’s gravitational pull
(C) decreases continuously
(D) remains unaffected
Ans (A)
GMm
Energy of satellite at radius r is E = −
2r
Due to friction losses (due to air) energy of the satellite goes on decreasing or r goes on decreasing.
 1 
Now, the orbital velocity  v0 ∝  goes on increasing till it finally falls back on the earth.
 r
39
8. A drop of a liquid of radius 2 mm has a terminal velocity of 20 cm s−1 in a viscous medium. The terminal
velocity of a drop of radius 1 mm in the same medium is
(A) 10 cm s−1 (B) 5 cm s−1 (C) 40 cm s−1 (D) 15 cm s−1
Ans (B)
2r 2
Terminal velocity is given by Vt = (ρ − σ) g
9η
2
v′ r ′2 v′  1 
Vt ∝ r ∴ t = 2  t =    v′t = 5 cm s −1
2
vt r 20  2 
9. A river flowing smoothly over a hard bed, experience a shearing stress of 2 mPa. If the coefficient of
viscosity of water be 1.0 × 10−2 poise, the velocity gradient is
(A) 1 m s−1 (B) 2 m s−1 (C) 3 m s−1 (D) 4 m s−1
Ans (B)
dv dv F / A 2 × 10−3
From F = ηA ; = = = 2 m s −1
dy dy η 1 × 10−3
10. Water is escaping from a cistern through a horizontal capillary tube 10 cm long and 4 mm in diameter
and at a depth of 0⋅50 m below the free surface of water in the cistern. Calculate the rate of flow of
water. Coefficient of viscosity of water = 14 milli poise.
(A) 10 × 10−6 m3s−1 (B) 22 × 10−6 m3s−1 (C) 30 × 10−6 m3s−1 (D) 41 × 10−6 m3s−1
Ans (B)
pπr 4
Rate of flow of water V =
8nl
4
0.5 × 103 × 9.8 × π × ( 2 × 10−3 )
= = 22 × 10−6 m3 s −1
8 × 0.014 × 0.10
Surface Tension
Classwork MCQs
1. A ring formed of iron is of diameter 10 cm, which is supported horizontally from a pan of a balance so
that it just comes in contact with the surface of water. Find the surface tension of water, if an additional
weight of 4.61 g is required to pull it away from water.
(A) 5.19 × 10−2 Nm−1 (B) 6.19 Nm−1 (C) 7.19 × 10−2 Nm−1 (D) 5.19 × 10−3 Nm−1
Ans (C)
The ring is in contact with water surface along its inner and outer periphery. Hence surface tension force
acting downward is
2(2πr )T = (2πd )T . This is balanced by the additional weight.
Hence, (2πd)T = mg
mg 4.61 × 10−3 × 9.8
∴T = =
2πd 2 × 3.14 × 0.1
= 7.19 × 10−2 Nm −1
2. If the surface tension of a soap solution is σ, the work done in blowing soap bubble of radius r is
(A) πr2σ (B) 2πr2σ (C) 4πr2σ (D) 8πr2σ
40
Ans (D)
The soap bubble has two surfaces in contact with the air.
Hence, the total surface area of the bubble = 2 × 4πr2 = 8πr2
∴ Work done = surface tension × increase in surface area = σ × (8πr2 − 0)
∴ W = 8πr2σ
3. A film of water is formed between two straight parallel wires, each 10 cm long and at a separation of
0.5 cm. The work that must be done to increase the separation between the wires by 1 mm is (surface
tension of water = 7.0 × 10−2 N/m)
(A) 7.0 × 10−5 N (B) 1.4 × 10−5 N (C) 7.0 × 10−7 N (D) 1.4 × 10−7 N
Ans (D)
F = 2σl
Workdone, W = F.S = 2Tl s
= 2 × 7.0 × 10−2 × 0.1 × 10−3 = 1.4 × 10−7 N
4. The ratio of surface energy of 1 small drop and 1 large drop if 1000 small drops combine to form
1 large drop is
(A) 100 : 1 (B) 1000 : 1 (C) 10 : 1 (D) 1 : 100
Ans (D)
4 4
As πR 3 = 1000 × πr 3
3 3
R = 10r
Surface energy of small drop E1 = S × 4πr2
Surface energy of large drop E2 = S × 4π × (10r)2
E1 1
=
E 2 100
5. Two separate air bubbles (radii 0.002 m and 0.004 m) formed by the same liquid (surface tension
0.07 N m−1) come together to form a double bubble. Find the radius and the sense of curvature of internal
film surface, common to both the bubbles.
(A) 0.002 m concave towards smaller bubble (B) 0.003 m concave towards smaller bubble
(C) 0.004 m concave towards smaller bubble (D) 0.005 m concave towards smaller bubble
Ans (C)
4T 4T
P1 = P0 + , P2 = P0 +
r1 r2 p1
∆p
[r1 < r2  p1 > p2] r1
p2 R
1 1 
∆P = P1 − P2 = 4T  − 
 r1 r2  r2
Sense of curvature is concave towards smaller bubble.

4T  1 1  4T
If radius of common face is R, ∆P =  4T  −  =
R  r1 r2  R
r1r2 0.002 × 0.004
or R = = = 0.004 m
r2 − r1 0.004 − 0.002
41
6. The surface tension of soap solution is 25 × 10−3 Nm−1. The excess pressure inside a soap bubble of
diameter 1 cm is
(A) 10 Pa (B) 20 Pa (C) 5 Pa (D) 15 Pa
Ans (B)
4T 4 × 25 × 10−3
p= = = 20Pa
r 0.5 × 10−2
7. Work W is required to be done to form a spherical bubble of volume V from a given soap solution. The
work needed to form a spherical bubble of volume 2 V is
 1  1
(A) 2 W (B) 2 W (C)  2 3  W (D)  4 3  W
   
Ans (D)
W = 8πr2σ
4 3
Now, V = πr
3
2
2
 3V  3
Hence, W = 8πσ    W∝V
3
 4π 
2 2
W V3 V3 1  13 
= 2
= 2 2
= 1
 W1 = 4  W
W1  
( ) 2 ⋅V 4
2V 3 3 3 3
8. If a million tiny droplets of water of the same radius coalesce into one larger drop, the ratio of surface
energy of the large drop to the total surface energy of all the droplets will be
(A) 1 : 10 (B) 1 : 102 (C) 1 : 104 (D) 1 : 106
Ans (B)
Let r be the radius of each droplet and R be the radius of the big drop which is made up of a million (106)
tiny droplets. Since the total volume is the same, we have
4 4πR 3
V = 106 × πr 3 =
3 3
 R = 10 r  R = 100 r
3 6 3
Now, the surface energy of a drop of radius r is given by S = 4πr2σ

where σ is the surface tension of water
The surface energy of one million drops will be E1 = 4πr2σ × 106
The surface energy of one big drop is, E2 = 4πR2σ
2 2
E  R   1   100r  1 1
∴ 2 =   × 6  =   × 6 = 2
E1  r   10   r  10 10
9. A capillary tube of radius r is immersed in water and water rises in it to a height h. The mass of water in
the capillary tube is 5 g. Another capillary tube of radius 2r is immersed in water. The mass of water that
will rise in this tube is
(A) 2.5 g (B) 5.0 g (C) 10 g (D) 20 g
Ans (C)
Mass of water in the 1st tube, m = ρV = ρ × πr2h
hρgr h ′gρr ′
S.T. S = = , where h′ is the height to which water rises in the 2nd tube and r′is its radius
2 2
42
h
Since r′ = 2r  h ′ =
2
h
Mass of water in the 2nd tube is m′ = πr ′2 h ′ρ = π(2r) 2   ρ  m′ = 2πr 2 hρ = 2(m) = 2 × 5 = 10 g
2
10. Liquid reaches an equilibrium as shown in a capillary tube of internal radius r. If the surface tension of
the liquid is T, the angle of contact θ and density of liquid ρ, then the pressure difference between
P and Q is
P
 2T  T
(A)   cos θ (B) Q
 r  r cos θ
2T  4T  θ
(C) (D)   cos θ
r cos θ  r 
Ans (A)
 r 
Radius of curvature at meniscus R =  
 cos θ 
2T  2T 
Pressure difference across meniscus = ∴ Pressure difference =   cos θ
R  r 
Assignment MCQs
1. A vertical glass capillary tube, open at both ends, contains some water, of the following shapes the one
that may be taken by the water in the tube is
(A) (B) (C) (D)
Ans (D)
For water-glass interface, the angle of contact is less than 90°. So the shape of liquid meniscus is
concave upwards on both faces.
2. The surface tension of a liquid is 5 Nm–1. If a film is held on a ring of area 0.02 m2, its surface energy is
about
(A) 5 × 10–2 J (B) 2.5 × 10–2 J (C) 2 × 10–2 J (D) 2 × 10–1 J
Ans (D)
A film has two free surfaces
∴ Surface energy = surface tension × area
= T × 2A = 5 × 2 × 0.02 = 0.2 J
3. A capillary tube of radius r is immersed in water and capillary rise is found to be h. When another tube
r
of radius is immersed, the capillary rise will be
2
(A) h (B) 2h (C) 3h (D) 4h
Ans (B)
1 1 1 2
T = ρgrh; h ∝ ; h ′ ∝ ∝ ∴ h ′ = 2h
2 r r/2 r
43
4. The amount of work done in increasing the size of a soap film from 10 cm × 6 cm to 10 cm × 10 cm is
(surface tension of soap solution = 30 × 10−3 Nm−1)
(A) 1.2 × 10−4 J (B) 2.4 × 10−4 J (C) 2.4 × 10−5 J (D) 1.2 × 10−5 J
Ans (B)
Work done = Surface Tension × increase in area = T∆A
Since a soap solution has two surfaces, work done = 2(T∆A)
W = 2 × 30 × 10−3 × (100 − 60)10−4 = 2.4 × 10−4 J
5. With rise in temperature, surface tension of liquid
(A) increases (B) decreases
(C) remains same (D) first decreases then increases
Ans (B)
6. By adding detergents to water, surface tension
(A) increases (B) remains same
(C) decreases (D) may increase or decreases
Ans (C)
7. Two soap bubbles have radii in the ratio 2 : 1. The ratio of excess pressure inside is
(A) 1 : 1 (B) 1 : 3 (C) 1 : 2 (D) 1 : 4
Ans (C)
4T p1 r2 1
p= ; = =
r p 2 r1 2
8. A ring of external and internal radii r1 and r2 just touches the horizontal surface of a liquid of surface
tension σ. The force required to pull the ring away from the surface is
(A) 2π(r1 + r2) σ (B) 2π(r1 − r2)σ (C) 4π(r1 + r2)σ (D) 4π(r1 − r2)σ
Ans (A)
Force = surface tension × length
Force = σ × 2πr
∴ Force = 2πr1σ + 2πr2σ = 2π (r1 + r2) σ
9. The excess of pressure inside one soap bubble is three times that inside another bubble. Then the ratio of
volume of the first bubble to that of the second is
(A) 1 : 3 (B) 1 : 9 (C) 1 : 3 (D) 1 : 27
Ans (D)
2T p r 3 v r3 1
p= ; 1 = 2 = ; 1 = 13 =
r p 2 r1 1 v 2 r2 27
10. In a capillary tube, water rises by 1.2 mm. The height to which water will rise in another capillary tube
having half the radius of the first is
(A) 0.4 mm (B) 0.6 mm (C) 2.4 mm (D) 1 .2 mm
Ans (C)
1 1
T = ρgr1 h 1 = ρgr2 h 2 ∴ r2 h 2 = r1 h 1
2 2
1 
 r  h 2 = r (1.2) ∴ h 2 = 2.4 mm
2 
44
JEE Main
1. There is a circular tube in a vertical plane. Two liquids which do not mix and of densities d1 and d2 are
filled in the tube. Each liquid subtends 90° angle at centre. Radius joining their interface makes an angle
d
α with vertical. Ratio 1 is [JEE Main 14]
d2
1 + sin α
(A)
1 − sin α
1 + cos α
(B)
1 − cos α d2
1 + tan α
(C) α
1 − tan α
1 + sin α
(D)
1 − cos α
d1
Ans (C)
Equating the pressure at A,
(R cos α + R sin α) d2 g
= (R cos α − R sin α) d1g R R sin α
d1 cos α + sin α 1 + tan α α
 = = R sin α
d 2 cos α − sin α 1 − tan α R
α α R cos α
A
d2
(R − cosα−R sinα)
2. An open glass tube is immersed in mercury in such a way that a length of 8 cm extends above the
mercury level. The open end of the tube is then closed and sealed and the tube is raised vertically up by
additional 46 cm. The length of the air column above mercury in the tube now will be [JEE Main14]
(A) 16 cm (B) 22 cm (C) 38 cm (D) 6 cm
Ans (A)
For the air column enclosed in the tube,
P1 V1 = P2V2
P1 = Patm = ρg × 76
x cm
V1 = area of cross section × 8 = A × 8 54 cm P
P2 = Patm − ρg (54 − x) 8 cm (54 − x) cm
cm
= ρg × 76 − ρg (54 − x) = ρg (22 + x)
V2 = A × x
∴ ρg × 76 × A × 8 = ρg (22 + x) × A × x
 x2 + 22x − 76 × 8 = 0
 (x + 38) (x − 16) = 0
As x ≠ − 38, so x = 16 cm
45
3. A ball is made of a material of density ρ where ρoil < ρ < ρwater with ρoil and ρwater representing the
densities of oil and water, respectively. The oil and water are immiscible. If the above ball is in
equilibrium in a mixture of this oil and water, which of the following pictures represents its equilibrium
positions? [AIEEE 2010]
Oil Water Water

Oil
Water Oil Water Oil
(A) (B) (C) (D)

Ans (C)
ρ > ρoil, ball must sink in oil
As ρ < ρwater, ball must float in water
In equilibrium, the ball will stay at the interface of water and oil.
4. A uniform cylinder of length L and mass M having cross−sectional area A is suspended, with its length
vertical, from a fixed point by a massless spring such that it is half submerged in a liquid of density σ at
equilibrium position, The extension xo of the spring when it is in equilibrium is [JEE Main 2013]
Mg Mg  LAσ  Mg  LAσ  Mg  LAσ 
(A) (B) 1−  (C) 1−  (D) 1+
k k  M  k  2M  k  M 
Ans (C)
At equilibrium,
k x0
k xo + FB = Mg
Al
or k x 0 + σg = Mg
2
L/2 FB
LAσg
Mg −
x0 = 2 L/2
k
Mg  LAσ  mg
= 1−
k  2M 
2
5. If it takes 5 minutes to fill a 15 litre bucket from a water tap of diameter cm, then the Reynolds
π
number for the flow is (density of water = 103 kg/m3 and viscosity of water = 10−3 pas) close to
(A) 11,000 (B) 550 (C) 1100 (D) 5500 [JEE main 15]
Ans (D)
πD 2 4Q
Volume of water flowing out per second is Q = va = v × v=
4 πD 2
ρνD ρD 4Q 4ρQ
NR = = i =
η η πD 2 πDη
15litre 15 × 10−3
But Q = = = 5 × 10−5 m3 / s
5minutes 5 × 60s
4 × 103 × 5 × 10−5 10000 10000
∴ NR = = = = 5649 ≃ 5500
2 −2 −3 π 1.77
π× × 10 × 10
π
46
6. Water is flowing continuously from a tap having an internal diameter 8 × 10−3 m. The water velocity as it
leaves the tap is 0.4 ms−1. The diameter of water stream at a distance 2 × 10−1 m below the tap is close to
[AIEEE 2011]
−3 −3 −3 −3
(A) 5.0 × 10 m (B) 7.5 × 10 m (C) 9.6 × 10 m (D) 3.6 × 10 m
Ans (D)
V2 − u2 = 2gh
Vb2 − (0.4) 2 = 2 × 9.8 × 2 × 10−1  Vb ≃ 2ms −1
By equation of continuity,
(a × v)top = (a × v)bottom
2 2
 8 × 10−3  d
π  × 0.4 = π ×   × 2
 2  2
d = 8 × 10-3 × 0.2 ≃ 3.6 × 10−3 m
7. Assume that a drop of liquid evaporates by decrease in its surface energy, so that its temperature remains
unchanged. What should be the maximum radius of the drop for this to be possible? The surface tension
is T, density of liquid is ρ and L is its latent heat of vaporization. [JEE Main 13]
L T T 2T
(A) ρ (B) (C) (D)
T ρL ρL ρL
Ans (D)
Suppose the radius of the drop decrease by dr
Loss in surface energy ≥ Gain in latent heat
[4 πr2 − 4π (r − dr)2] T ≥ mL
8 πr dr T ≥ 4 πr2 dr ρ L
2T 2T
r≤  Maximum radius =
ρL ρL
8. If two glass plates have water between them and are separated by very small distance (see figure), it is
very difficult to pull them apart. It is because the water in between forms cylindrical surface on the side
That gives rise to lower pressure in the water in comparison to atmosphere. If the radius of the
cylindrical surface is R and surface tension of water is T, then the pressure in water between the plates is
lower by [JEE main 15 online]
2T 4T T T
(A) (B) (C) (D)
R R 4R R
Ans (D)
1 1  T r =R 
Excess pressure = T  +  = ∵ 1 
 r1 r2  R  r2 = ∞ 
9. A small ball of density ρ is dropped from a height h into a liquid of density σ (σ > ρ) . Neglecting
damping forces, the maximum depth to which the body sinks is
hσ hρ h(σ − ρ) h(σ − ρ)
(A) (B) (C) (D)
ρ−σ ρ−σ ρ σ
47
Ans (B)
Velocity of ball at the surface = 2gh
Vρg − Vσg  ρ − σ 
Inside the liquid, g apparent = = g
Vρ  ρ 
Now v 2 − u 2 = −2g app .h '
ρ−σ hρ
0 − 2gh = −2   gh ' h' =
 ρ  ρ−σ
10. A container of large uniform cross-sectional area holds two immiscible, non-viscous and incompressible
H
liquids of densities ρ and 4ρ, each of height . The position where small hole has to be punched, so
2
that the heavier liquid comes out with a maximum range R initially is
H 5
(A) At a height from the bottom (B) At a height H from the bottom
4 8
5 7
(C) At a height H from the bottom (D) At a height H from the bottom
16 18
Ans (C)
Applying Bernoulli’s theorem between (1) and (2),
H H  1
P0 + ρg + 4ρ  − h  g = P0 + 4ρ u 2
2 2  2
ρgH 1 5ρgH 1
+ 2ρgH − 4ρgh = 4ρu 2  − 4ρgh = 4ρu 2
2 2 2 2
1 1
u 2 = (5gH − 8gh)  u = 5gH − 8gh H
2
ρ
4 2
2h 1 2h 1 (1) (2)
t= R = ut = 5gH − 8gh = 10 Hh − 16h 2 H 4ρ u
g 2 g 2 2
h
dR
For R to be maximum, =0 R
dh
dR 1 1 10H 5
∴ = (10H − 32h) = 0  h = = H
dh 2 2 10Hh − 16h 2 32 16
Numerical Problems
11. A spherical tank of 1.2 m radius is half filled with oil of relative density 0.8. If the tank is given a
horizontal acceleration of 10 m/s2, the maximum pressure on the tank is 2 P pascal. Find the value
of P. [in × 102]
Ans 96
a
tan θ = = 1  θ = 45°
g
h max = 2R
p max = ρgh max = 0.8 × 103 × 10 × 2 × 1.2 = 2Pa
above atmosphere
∴ P = 9600
Pmax = 96 × 102 Nm−2
48
12. A beaker containing water is placed on the platform of a spring balance. The balance reads 1.5 kg. A
stone of mass 0.5 kg and density 104 kg/m3 is immersed in water without touching the walls of the
beaker. What will be the balance reading now? [in kg]
Ans 2
As the water exerts upthrust on the stone, the stone also exerts the same force on water, according to
Newton’s third law.
Upthrust force acting on the stone is F0 = Vstoneρωg
 m stone  0.5
F0 =  ρ  ρωg = 4 × 1000 × 10 = 0.5 N
 stone  10
Also, the weight is exerted on the beaker. Therefore the reading will be 1.5 + .5 = 2 kg.
13. In a horizontal pipeline of uniform cross section the pressure falls by 8 N/m2 between two points
separated by 1 km. If oil of density 800 kg/m3 flow through the pipe, find the change in KE per kg of oil
at these points. [in 10–2 Jkg–1]
Ans 1
According to Bernoulli’s theorem,
1 1 1 P −P 1
P1 + ρν12 = P2 + ρν 22  P1 − P2 = ρ(ν 22 − ν12 )  1 2 = (ν 22 − ν12 )
2 2 2 ρ 2
Change in kinetic energy per kilogram mass of oil is
P1 − P2
ρ
8
Substituting the numerical values, change in kinetic energy = = 10−2 J / kg
800
14. The angle of contact between glass and water is 0° and water (surface tension 70 dyn/cm) rises in a glass
capillary up to 6 cm. Another liquid of surface tension 140 dyn/cm, angle of contact 60° and relative
density 2 will rise in the same capillary up to [in cm]
Ans 3
1
140 ×
h 2 σ 2 cos θ2 ρ1 h2 2 × 1 or h = h1 = 6 cm = 3 cm
= × or = 2
h1 ρ2 σ1 cos θ1 h1 2 70 × 1 2 2
15. n drops of water, each of radius 2 mm, fall through air at a terminal velocity of 8 cm/s. If they coalesce
to form a single drop, then the terminal velocity of the combined drop is 32 cm/s. The value of n is
Ans 8
4 3 4
πR = n × πr 3
3 3
or R = nr or R = n1/3 r or R = 2n1/3 mm
3 3
ν0 ∝ r 2 , ν′0 ∝ R 2
ν′ R 2 4n 2/3 32
Now, 0 = 2 = or = n 2/3 or n 2/3 = 4
ν0 r 4 8
or n = 43/2 = 64 or n=8
49
NEET
1. The density of ice is x g cm−3 and that of water is y g cm−3 when m gram of ice melts, then the change in
volume is
y−x m m
(A) m (y − x) (B) (C) my ( y − x ) (D) −
m x y
Ans (D)
Volume of ice > volume of water
m m
∆V = Vi − Vw = −
x y
2. A stone of relative density K is released from rest on the surface of a lake. If viscous effect are ignored,
the stone sinks in water with an acceleration of
 1  1
(A) g (1 − k) (B) g (1 + k) (C) g 1 −  (D) g 1 + 
 k  k
Ans (C)
The net force acting on the stone in a downward direction would be equal to F = vσ g − vρg, [The force
acting downwards would be equal to V σ g due to its weight and the force acting upwards would be
equal to Vρg due to the buoyant force.]
 ρ
Hence, we get F = Vσg − Vρg = Vσg  1 − 
 σ
 ρ  1
= mg 1 −  = mg 1 −  , where m is the mass of stone.
 σ  k
 1
Thus, a = g 1 − 
 k
3. Two identical cylindrical vessels, each of base area A, have their bases at the same horizontal level.
They contain a liquid of density ρ. In one vessel the height of the liquid is h1 and in the other h2 (> h1).
When the two vessels one connected, the work done by gravity in equalizing the level is
1 2 1 2
(A) 2 ρ Ag (h2 − h1)2 (B) ρAg (h2 −h1)2 (C) ρAg ( h 2 − h1 ) (D) ρAg ( h 2 − h1 )
2 4
Ans (D)
Common height after they are connected can be determined by equating the volumes.
Hence, (A1 + A2) h = A1h1 + A2 h2
h + h2
∴ h= 1
2
 h + h 2  h 2 − h1
Decrease in height in vessel of height h2 is is ∆h = h 2 −  1 =
 2  2
 h − h1 
Corresponding mass of liquid ∆m =  2  Aρ
 2 
Work done = ∆mg ∆h
1 2
= ρAg ( h 2 − h1 )
4
4. If T is the surface tension of a liquid, the energy needed to break a liquid drop of radius R into 64 drops
is
(A) 6 π R2 T (B) π R2 T (C) 12 π R2 T (D) 8 π R2 T
50
Ans (C)
Total volume of 64 drops = volume of big drop
4 4 R
64 × πr 3 = πR 3  R 3 = 64r 3  R = 4r  r =
3 3 4
2
Energy of big drop = T. 4π R
 R 
2
Energy of 64 drops = 64 (T × 4πr ) = 64 T × 4π   

2
  4  
∴ Energy needed to break the drop into 64 droplets
∆ W = E2 − E1 = 12 π R2 T
5. Water flows along a horizontal pipe whose cross-section is not constant. The pressure is 1cm of Hg
where the velocity is 35 cms−1. At a point where the velocity is 65 cms−1, the pressure will be
(A) 0.89 cm of Hg (B) 8.9 cm of Hg (C) 0.5 cm of Hg (D) 1 cm of Hg
Ans (A)
In horizontal pipe,
1 1
p1 + ρv12 = p 2 + ρv 22 …(1)
2 2
Here, p1 = ρm gh1 = 13600 × 9.8 × 10−2
p2 = 13600 × 9.8 × h  ρ = 1000 kg m−3
v1 = 35 × 10−2 ms−1  v2 = 65 × 10−2 ms−1∴ from equation (1), we get
1 2
13600 × 9.8 × 10−2 + × 1000 × ( 0.35 )
2
1 2
= 13600 × 9.8 × h + × 1000 × ( 0.65 )
2
After solving, 0.89 cm of Hg
6. A block of wood is floating on the surface of water in a breaker. The beaker is covered with a bell jar
and the air is evacuated. What will happen to the block?
(A) sink a little (B) Rise a little (C) Remain unchanged (D) sink completely
Ans (C)
Po
h1 h2
P P2
In the first, case,

initially (p − p) = weight of block
w
or ( p 0 + ρgh1 ) − p0  A = w or h1 = …(1)
Aρg
In second case
w
p 2 A = w or ( ρgh 2 ) A = w or h 2 = …(2)
ρAg
from (1) & (2), we see that h1 = h2, so remains unchanged
51
7. A liquid stands at the same level in U-tube in which area of cross-section of both the limbs are equal,
what will be the difference in heights h of the liquids in the two limbs of U-tube, when the system is
given an acceleration a in horizontal direction towards right as shown?
g L2
(A)
a H
La
(B) a
g H
L2 a
(C)
Hg
Lg L
(D)
a
Ans (B)
Change in pressure along horizontal direction,
dp h
= ρa
dx
a
∴ ∆ pAB = ρ a L = ρgh
La
∴ h=
g A B
A
8. A large tank is filled with water (density = 103 kgm−3). A small hole is made at depth 10 m below water
surface. The range of water issuing out of the hole is R on ground. What extra pressure must be applied
on the water surface so that the range become 2R? (take 1 atm = 105 pa and g = 10 ms−2)
(A) 1 atm 10 m
(B) 2 atm •
(C) 4 atm
(D) 3 atm
Ans (D)
1 2 ( ∆p )
∆p = ρv 2 or v =
2 ρ
R = vt or Rα ∆p
To make R two time ∆ p should be 4 times P1 − P2 = ∆P
Initially ∆p = ρ w gh
I•O•2
= 103 × 10 × 10
= 105 N m−2 = 1 atm
In second case, ρwgh + extra pressure = 4 (∆p) = 4 atm
or 1 atm + extra pressure = 4 atm
∴ extra pressure = 3 atm
52
9. A wooden plank of height 1 m and uniform cross-section is hinged at one end to the bottom of a tank as
shown. The tank is filled with water upto a height of 0.5 m. The specific gravity of the plank is 0.5. The
angle θ made by the plank is equilibrium position is
(A) 30°
(B) 45°
θ
(C) 60° 0.5 m
(D) 90°
Ans (B)
About hinge clockwise torque of hinge should be equal to
F
anti−clockwise torque of upthrust. Immersed length will be
0.5 sec θ
θ
1   0.5sec θ 
∴ w  sin θ  = F   sin θ
2   2 
or w = 0.5 F sec θ or (1 × A × 0.5 × ρw × g × sec θ) W
sec2 θ = 2 or θ = 45°
10. A rectangular film of liquid is extended from (4 cm × 2 cm) to (5 cm × 4 cm). If the work done is
3×10−4 J, the value of the surface tension of the liquid is [NEET 2016]
−1 −1 −1 −1
(A) 0.250 Nm (B) 0.125 Nm (C) 0.2 Nm (D) 8.0 Nm
Ans (B)
Increases in surface area,
∆ A = (5 × 4 − 4 × 2) × 2 (∵ film has two surface)
2 2 −4 2
= (20 − 8) × 2 cm = 24 cm = 24 × 10 m
So, work done, W = T ∆ A
3 × 10−4 = T × 24 × 10−4
1
T = = 0.125 Nm −1
8
11. Three liquid of densities ρ1, ρ2 and ρ3 (with ρ1 > ρ2 > ρ3), having the same value of surface tension T,
rise to the same height in three identical capillaries. The angle of contact θ1 θ2 and θ3 obey [NEET 2016]
π π
(A) > θ1 > θ2 > θ3 ≥ 0 (B) 0 ≤ θ1 < θ2 < θ3 <
2 2
π π
(C) < θ1 < θ2 < θ3 < π (D) π > θ1 > θ2 > θ3 >
2 2
Ans (B)
2T cos θ cos θ1 cos θ2 cos θ3
Ascent formula for capillary tube, h = ∴ = =
ρgr ρ1 ρ2 ρ3
Thus, cos θ α ρ
cos θ1 > cos θ2 > cos θ3
π
0 ≤ θ1 < θ2 < θ3 <
2
53
12. A wind with speed 40 ms−1 blows parallel to the roof of a house. The area of the roof is 250 m2.
Assuming that the pressure inside the house is atmospheric pressure, the force exerted by the wind on the
roof and the direction of the force will be (Pair = 1.2 kg m−3)
(A) 4.8 × 105 N, downwards (B) 4.8 105 N, upwards
(C) 2.4 × 105 upwards (D) 2.4 × 105 N, downwards
Ans (C)
1 1
From Bernoull’s theorem p1 + ρv12 = p 2 + ρv 22 where, p1, p2 are pressure inside and outside the roof
2 2
and v1 v2 and velocities of wind inside and outside the roof.
Neglect the width of the roof, pressure difference is
1 1
( ) (
p1 − p 2 = ρ v 22 − v12 = × 12 102 − 0 = 960 Nm −2
2 12
)
Force acting on the roof is given by F1 = (p1 − p2) A = 960 × 250
= 24 × 104 N = 2.4 × 105 N
As the pressure inside the roof is more than outside to it.
So, the force will act in the upward direction i.e., F = 2.4 × 105 N (upward)
13. A small sphere of radius ‘r’ falls from rest into a viscous fluid. As a result, heat is produced due to
viscous force. The rate of production of heat when the sphere attains its terminal velocity, is proportional
to [NEET 2018]
3 2 5 4
(A) r (B) r (C) r (D) r
Ans (C)
dQ
Rate of heat produced = Fv × v T = 6π η r vT × vT
dt
2r 2
∴ VT = (ρ − σ ) g
gn
dQ
α r vT 2 vT α r2
dt
dQ
α r5
dt
14. Energy needed in breaking a drop of radius R into n drops of radii ‘r’ is given b
4
(A) 4π T (nr2 − R2) (B) π r 3 n − R 2
3
( )
(C) 4 πT (R2 − nr2) (D) 4 π T (nr2 + R2)
Ans (A)
Energy needed = increment in surface energy
= (surface energy of n small drops)
(surface energy of one big drop)
= n 4 πr2 T − 4 πR2 T
= 4π T (nr2 − R2)
15. A soap bubble, have radius of 1 mm is blown from a detergent solution having a surface tension of
2.5 × 10–2 Nm–1. The pressure inside the bubble equals at a point Z0 below the free surface of water in a
container. Taking g = 10 ms–2, density of water = 103 kg m–3. The value of Z0 is [NEET 2019]
(A) 100 cm (B) 10 cm (C) 1 cm (D) 0.5 cm
54
Ans (C)
4T
Excess of pressure ∆P = Pinside −P0 =
R
If A is a point at a distance
Z0
Z0 from the free surface  PA = P0 + ρgZ0
•
4T A
P0 + = P0 + ρgZ0
R
4T 4 × 2.5 × 10−2
Z0 = = 3 = 10–2 = 1 cm
ρRg 10 × 10−3 × 10
Self Assessment Test 9.1

1. A closed water tank has cross-sectional area A. It has a small hole at a depth of h from the free surface of
A
water. The radius of the hole is r so that r << . If P0 is the pressure inside the tank above water level
π
and Pa is the atmospheric pressure, the rate of flow of the water coming out of the hole is
[ρ is the density of water]
2 ( PO − Pa )
(A) πr 2 2gh +
ρ
(B) πr 2 2gH
2 ( PO − Pa )
(C) πr 2 gh +
ρ
(D) πr 2 2gh
Ans (A)
1 1
From Bernoulli’s principle, P0 + ρV 2 + ρgh = Pa + ρv 2 + 0
2 2
( As V ≃ 0 )
1
P0 + ρgh = Pa + ρv 2
2
1
( P0 − Pa ) + ρgh = ρv2
2
2 ( P0 − Pa )
v = 2gh +
ρ
Rate of flow of water = Area × velocity
2 ( P0 − Pa )
= πr 2 2gh +
ρ
2. Two capillary tubes P and Q are dipped vertically in water. The height of water level in capillary tube P
rd
2
is of the height in capillary tube Q. The ratio of their diameter is ________.
3
(A) 2 : 3 (B) 3 : 2 (C) 3 : 4 (D) 4 : 3
Ans (B)
capillary rise
2T cos θ 1
h= h∝ … (1)
rρg r
55
Where, r is the radius of the capillary tube.

2 h 2
h P = h Q or P =
3 hQ 3
h P rQ 2
= = or rp : rQ = 3 : 2
h Q rP 3
As diameter of the tube is equals to twice the radius.
( diameter )P 3
=
( diameter )Q 2
3. Iceberg floats in water with part of it submerged. What is the fraction of the volume of iceberg
submerged if density of ice is ρi = 0.917 g cm−3?
(A) 0.458 (B) 0 (C) 0.917 (D) 1
Ans (C)
Volume of iceberg submerged in water density of ice
=
Volume of iceberg density of water
0.917 g cm −3
= = 0.917
1 g cm −3
4. When a soap bubble is charged,
(A) The radius remains the same (B) The radius may increase or decrease
(C) Its radius increases (D) Its radius decreases
Ans (C)
When a soap bubble is charged, then the bubble expands because the charged particles uniformly
distributed on it causes them to repel each other due to the electrostatic force.
Hence, radius of soap bubble increases.
5. An aluminium sphere is dipped into water. Which of the following is true?
(A) Buoyancy in water at 0 °C will be same as that in water at 4 °C
(B) Buoyancy will be less in water at 0 oC than that in water at 4 oC
(C) Buoyancy may be more or less in water at 4 oC depending on the radius of the sphere
(D) Buoyancy will be more in water at 0 °C than that in water at 4 oC
Ans (B)
Buoyancy depends on the fluid in which the body is immersed. More the density, more is the buoyancy,
since density of water at 4 °C is maximum, so the buoyancy at 4 °C will be maximum.
6. A cylindrical container containing water has a small hole at height of H = 8 cm from the bottom and at a
depth of 2 cm from the top surface of the liquid. The maximum horizontal distance travelled by the water
before it hits the ground (x) is
(A) 4 cm
(B) 8 cm
(C) 6 cm
(D) 4 2 cm
Ans (B)
Situation of cylindrical container is shown in the figure
56
velocity of efflux.
v = 2gh = 2 × 10 × 2 × 10−2 = 2 10−1 m s
2H
Horizontal range x is given by x = v × time of fall, x = v … (1)
g
2 × 8 × 10−2
x = 2 (10−1 ) × = 2 10−1 × 16 × 10−3
10
= 8 × 10−2 m = 8 cm
7. The pressure at the bottom of a liquid tank is not proportional to the
(A) Acceleration due to gravity (B) Density of the liquid
(C) Height of the liquid (D) Area of the liquid surface
Ans (D)
p = hρg
p does not depend area of the liquid.
8. ‘Hydraulic lift’ works on the basis of
(A) Toricelli’s law (B) Stoke’s law (C) Pascal’s Law (D) Bernoulli’s Law
Ans (C)
Hydraulic lift works on the basis of Pascal’s law.
9. An ideal fluid flows through a pipe of circular cross section with diameters 5 cm and 10 cm as shown.
The ratio of velocities of fluid at A and B is
(A) 1 : 4
(B) 1 : 2
(C) 4 : 1
(D) 2 :1
Ans (C)
From continuity equation,
a1v1 = a2v2
v1 a 2
=
v 2 a1
2 2
d  d 
a1 = π  1   a 2 = π  2 
2  2
where, d1 and d2 are the diameters of the openings.
v1 ( πd 2 4 ) d 22  10cm 
2 2
 = = = 
v 2 ( πd12 4 ) d12  5cm 
10 × 10 4
= =
5×5 1
57
10. The ratio of hydraulic stress to the corresponding strain is known as

(A) Rigidity modulus (B) Young’s modulus (C) Bulk modulus (D) Compressibility
Ans (C)
The ratio of hydraulic stress to the corresponding strain is known as bulk modulus.
hydraulic stress
i.e., Bulk modulus [ k ] =
strain
11. A flow of liquid is streamline if the Reynold number is
(A) between 2000 to 3000 (B) less than 1000
(C) between 4000 to 5000 (D) greater than 1000
Ans (B)
ρrVC
Reynold number (NR) =
η
Where η is viscosity of liquid, ρ is density of liquid
r is radius of the flow tube
The flow of liquid is streamline if it is less than 1000.
12. Two solids P and Q float in water. It is observed that P floats with half of its volume immersed and Q
2rd
floats with of its volume is immersed. The ratio of densities of P and Q
3
4 3 2 3
(A) (B) (C) (D)
3 4 3 2
Ans (B)
V
Vd p g ρg
∴ = 2 (ρ = density of water)
Vd Q g 2V ρ g
3
dp 3
 =
dQ 4
13. Spheres of iron and lead having same mass are completely immersed in water. Density of lead is more
W
than that of iron. Apparent loss of weight is W1 for iron sphere and W2 for lead sphere. Then 1 is
W2
(A) > 1 (B) = 1 (C) between 0 and 1 (D) = 0
Ans (A)
Actual weight
Relative density =
Loss of weight
w
( RD )iron = w or w1 =
w1 ( RD )iron
w
( RD )lead = w or w 2 =
w2 ( RD )lead
w1 ( RD )lead
= >1
w 2 ( RD )iron
58
14. Eight equal drops of water are falling through air with a steady velocity of 10 cm s−1. If the drops
combine to form a single drop bigger in size, then the terminal velocity of the big drop is
Ans (C)
2
Terminal velocity of big drop formed by n drops each of steady velocity V is = n 3 V
2
= 8 3 × 10 cm s −1 = 4 × 10 cm s−1 = 40 cm s−1
15. Two capillary tubes of different diameters are dipped in water. The rise of water is ___________
(A) greater in the tube of smaller diameter (B) independent of the diameter of the tube
(C) the same in both tubes (D) greater in the tube of larger diameter
Ans (A)
Height of water in capillary tube,
2T
h=
r dg
1
∴h ∝
r
16. Three liquids of equal masses are taken in three identical cubical vessels A, B and, C. Their densities are
ρA , ρB and ρC respectively. But ρA < ρB < ρC . The force exerted by the liquid on the base of the cubical
vessel is ________
(A) same in all the vessels (B) maximum in vessel A
(C) maximum in vessel C (D) minimum in vessel C
Ans (A)
The force exerted by liquid column on the base of the vessel is equal to the weight of the liquid.
FA = MAg ; FB = MBg and FC = MCg
Since, MA = MB = MC, FA = FB = FC
17. Water is in streamline flow along a horizontal pipe with non-uniform cross-section. At a point in the pipe
where the area of cross-section is 10 cm2, the velocity of water is 1 m s−1 and the pressure is 2000 Pa.
The pressure at another point where the cross sectional area is 5 cm2 is
(A) 1000 Pa (B) 500 Pa (C) 4000 Pa (D) 2000 Pa
Ans (B)
According to the equation of continuity, A 1 v 1 = A 2 v 2
5 × v1 = 10 × 1
 v1 = 2 m s −1
ρv12 ρv 2
According to Bernoulli’s theorem, P1 + = P2 + 2
2 2
3 2
10 × 2 10 3
P1 + = 2000 + × 12
2 2
P1 + 2000 = 2000 + 500
P1 = 500 Pa
59
18. Two solid pieces, one of steel and the other of aluminium when immersed completely in water have
equal weights. When the solid pieces are weighed in air
(A) steel piece will weight more
(B) they have the same weight
(C) aluminium piece will weight more
(D) the weight of aluminium is half the weight of steel
Ans (C)
m
W′ = volume of displaced water × ρ0 g = volume of solid × ρ0g = × ρ0 g
ρ
Weight in air − upthrust = weight in water (w)
(W0) − (W′) = w
 mρ   mρ 
 m1 − 1 0 g =  m 2 − 2 0 g
 ρ1  Steel  ρ2  Aluminium
ρ0
1−
m1 ρ2
= (ρ1 )steel > (ρ 2 )Aluminium
m 2 1 − ρ0
ρ1
m1
 <1
m2
Weight of Steel < weight of Aluminium in air
Or WAl > WSteel
19. Horizontal tube of non-uniform cross-section has radii of 0.1 m and 0.05 m respectively at M and N. For
a streamline flow of liquid the rate of liquid flow is
(A) greater at M than at N
(B) greater at N than at M
N
(C) same at M and N
M
(D) continuously changes with time
Ans (C)
A1v1 = A2v2 or Av = constant
20. A body weighs 50 gram in air and 40 grams in water. How much would it weigh in a liquid of specific
gravity 1.5?
(A) 65 gram (B) 45 gram (C) 30 gram (D) 35 gram
Ans (D)
σL upthrust on body in liquid
=
σ W upthrust on body in water
1.5 x
=
1 [ 50 − 40]
 x = 15 g
∴ upthrust on body in liquid = 15 g
Weight of the body = 50 g
Hence, body will weigh (50 − 15) = 35 g in the liquid.
60
21. Water rises in plant fibres due to

(A) Osmosis (B) Fluid pressure (C) Viscosity (D) Capillarity
Ans (D)
The rise or fall of liquids in vertical capillary tubes is called capillarity. Water in plant-fibres rises due to
same phenomenon.
22. The cylindrical tube of a spray pump has a cross-section of 8 cm 2 , one end of which has 40 fine holes
each of area 10−8 m 2 . If the liquid flows inside the tube with a speed of 0.15 m min−1, the speed with
which the liquid is ejected through the holes is
(A) 0.5 m s −1 (B) 0.05 m s−1 (C) 5 m s−1 (D) 50 m s −1
Ans (C)
According to equation of continuity, av = constant
 0.15 
∴ For tube, ( 8 × 10−4 ) ×   = a1v1
 60 
For holes, (40 × 10−8) × v = a2v2
8 × 10−4 × 0.15
∴ a2v2 = a1v1 ∴ 40 × 10−8 × v =
60
8 × 10−4 × 0.15
v= −8
= 5 ms −1
40 × 10 × 60
23. A rectangular vessel when full of water, takes 10 minutes to be emptied through an orifice in its bottom.
How much time will it take to be emptied when half filled with water?
(A) 9 minutes (B) 7 minutes (C) 5 minutes (D) 3 minutes
Ans (B)
If A0 is the area of orifice at the bottom below the free surface and A that of vessel, time t taken to empty
the tank,
A 2H
t=
A0 g
t1 H1 t H1 t t 10
∴ =  1 =  = 2 ∴ t2 = = =5 2
t2 H2 t2 H1 2 t2 2 2
≈ 7 min
24. If there were no gravity, which of the following will not be there for a fluid?
(A) viscosity (B) surface tension
(C) pressure (D) Archimedes’ upward thrust
Ans (D)
Archimedes' upward thrust will be absent for a fluid, if there were no gravity.
25. A tall cylinder is filled with viscous oil. A round pebble is dropped from the top with zero initial
velocity. From the plot shown in figure, indicate the one that represents the velocity (v) of the pebble as
a function of time (t).
(A) (B) (C) (D)
61
Ans (C)
When the pebble is falling through the viscous oil the viscous force is F = 6 πηrv
Where r is radius of the pebble, v is instantaneous speed, η is coefficient of viscosity. As the force is
variable, hence acceleration is also variable so v-t graph will not be straight line. First velocity increases
and then becomes constant known as terminal velocity.
26. Which of the following diagrams does not represent a streamline flow?
(A) (B) (C) (D)
Ans (D)
In a streamline flow at any given point, the velocity of each passing fluid particles remains constant. If
we consider a cross-sectional area, then a point on the area cannot have different velocities at the same
time, hence two streamlines of flow cannot cross each other.
27. Along a streamline,
(A) the velocity of a fluid particle remains constant
(B) the velocity of all fluid particles crossing a given position is constant
(C) the velocity of all fluid particles at a given instant is constant
(D) the speed of a fluid particle remains constant
Ans (B)
As we know for a streamline flow of a liquid velocity of each particle at a particular cross-section is
constant, because Av = constant (law of continuity) between two cross-section of a tube flow.
28. The velocity of a small ball of mass m and density d1, when dropped in a container filled with glycerine
of density d2, becomes constant after some time. The viscous force acting on the ball is
 d  d  d   d 
(A) mg1 − 2  (B) mg 2  (C) mg 1  (D) mg1 + 2 
 d1   d1   d2   d1 
Ans (A)
Weight = viscous force + upthrust
∴ viscous force = weight − upthrust
 d   d 
∴ viscous force = Vd1g − Vd2g = Vd1g1 − 2  = mg1 − 2 
 d1   d1 
29. The angle of contact at the interface of water-glass is 0°, ethyl alcohol-glass is 0°, mercury-glass is 140°
and methyliodide-glass is 30°. A glass capillary is put in a trough containing one of these four liquids. It
is observed that the meniscus is convex. The liquid in the trough is
(A) water (B) ethylalcohol (C) mercury (D) methyliodide
Ans (C)
According to the question, the observed meniscus is of convex figure shape. Which is only possible
when angle of contact is obtuse. Hence, the combination will be of mercury-glass (140°)
62
30. For a surface molecule,

(A) The net force on it is zero
(B) There is a net downward force
(C) The potential energy is more than that of a molecule inside
(D) Both (B) and (C) are correct
Ans (D)
Self Assessment Test 9.2

1. A fresh water on a reservoir is 10 m deep. A horizontal pipe 4 cm
in diameter passes through reservoir 6 m below the water surface
as shown in figure. A plug secures the pipe opening. The frictional
6m
force between the plug and pipe wall is
10 m
(A) 85.1 N
(B) 65.7 N
(C) 73.9 N
(D) 100 N
Ans (C)
Force of friction = Pressure difference on the sides of plug × area of cross section of plug
= (ρgh) A
= (ρgh) πr2
= (103 × 9.8 × 6) π (2 × 10−2)2
= 73.9 N
2. The reading of a spring balance when a block is suspended from it in air is 60 N. This reading is changed
to 40 N when the block is submerged in water. The specific gravity of the block is
3
(A) 3 (B) (C) 2 (D) 6
2
Ans (A)
weight in air 60
Specific gravity = = =3
loss of weight in water 60 − 40
3. In rising from the bottom of a lake to the surface, the temperature of an air bubble remains constant but
its diameter gets doubled. If h is the barometric height (expressed in meter of mercury of relative
density ρ) at the surface of the lake, the depth of the lake is
(A) 8 ρh (B) 7 ρh (C) 9 ρh (D) 12 ρh
Ans (B)
From Boyle’s Law (pV)bottom = (pV)surface.
[ρgh + H(1)(g)] 4 πr 3 = [ρgh ] 4 π (2r) 3
3 3
∴ H = 7 hρ
4. In a hydraulic press, the small cylinder has a diameter d1 while the large piston has a diameter d2. If F1 is
the force on the small piston, the force on the large piston F2 is given by
2 2
d  d  d  d 
(A) F2 = F1  1  (B) F2 = F1  1  (C) F2 = F1  2  (D) F2 = F1  2 
 d2   d2   d1   d1 
63
Ans (C)
F1 F2 F F  d2 
=  22 = 21  F2 = F1  22 
A1 A 2 πd 2 / 4 πd1 / 4  d1 
5. The metallic bob of a simple pendulum has a relative density ρ. The time period of this pendulum is T.
If the metallic bob is immersed in water, its time period will be
 ρ −1  ρ  ρ −1 ρ
(A)  T (B)  T (C) T (D) T
 ρ   ρ −1 ρ ρ −1
Ans (D)
l
T = 2π
g eff
 ρ −1  ρ
But geff =  g ∴ T′ = T
 ρ  ρ −1
6. A beaker containing water is placed on weighing pan and reads 500 g. A cubical block of mass 60 g and
density 0.8 g/cc is immersed in water from an independent support. The weighing pan will show a
reading of
(A) 500 g
(B) 425 g
(C) 575 g
(D) 560 g
R + FB
Ans (C)
Water exerts buoyant force (FB) on the stone upward, the stone exerts the same force on the water
downward.
Weight of the object = mass of the water displaced
Mass of water displaced = ρwVs
 60 g 
= (10–3 g/cc)   = 75 g
 0.8 g / cc 
∴ Reading of balance is 575 g.
7. A balloon filled with hydrogen has a volume of 1m3 and its mass is 1 kg. The volume of the block of a
very light material which it can just lift [Density of material of block is 91.3 kg m−3 and that of air
1.3 kg m−3] is
1 3 1 1 3 1
(A) m (B) m3 (C) m (D) m3
100 200 300 400
Ans (C)
For lifting, thrust > w
If V is the volume of balloon and v that of load and σ is the density of air, then from the above condition
(V + v) σA g > (M + m)g
(V + v) σA > (M + v ρL) [m = v ρL]
Vσ A − M (1 × 1.3 − 1) 0.3 1
v< Vmax = = = m3
(ρ L − σ A ) (91.3 − 1.3) 90 300
64
8. A loaded ship passes from a lake to the ocean. As a result the ship will
(A) settle lower in the ocean water (B) ride at the same level in the ocean water
(C) ride higher in the ocean water (D) ride lower in the ocean water
Ans (C)
The salt water is denser than the fresh water (lake water). The upthrust exerted by the water in the ocean
is more than that by the fresh water. Therefore the ship will ride higher in the ocean water.
9. Water is filled in two vessels A and B to the same height as shown in figure. The base area of the two
vessels is same. If FA and FB are the forces exerted by the water on the base of A and B respectively and
WA, WB are the weights of the vessels, then
(A) FA > FB : WA > WB A B
(B) FA < FB : WA < WB
h
(C) FA = FB : WA > WB
(D) FA = FB : WA = WB
Ans (C)
Water is filled to the same height in both the vessels. A
Therefore p = ρgh = constant. θ θ

h
Force = pressure × base area. Since base area is same, the force exerted by W
the water in both the vessels is same

i.e., FA = FB. N sin θ
The liquid in the container not only exerts pressure on the base but also on the sides of the container.
The force exerted on the walls of vessel B is normal, therefore it has no downward component along the
wall of the vessel. But on the walls of vessel A, the force acts obliquely at an angle θ to the normal.
Therefore it has the component N sin θ acting downwards and hence the net downward
force = N sin θ + W = WA.
So we note that WA > WB.
10. Eight spherical rain drops of equal size are falling vertically through air with terminal velocity of
0.10 m s−1. The velocity if these drops were to combine to form one large spherical drop is
(A) 0.1 m s−1 (B) 0.2 m s−1 (C) 0.3 m s−1 (D) 0.4 m s−1
Ans (D)
4 3 4  R
πR = 8 πr 3   r =  R = 2r
3 3  2
2
2r
VT = (ρs − ρl )g  VT ∝ r 2
9η
VT1 r2 r2
= 2 = 2  VT2 = 4VT1 = 4(0.1) = 0.4 m s −1
VT2 R 4r
11. A rectangular vessel when full of water takes 10 min to be emptied through an orifice in its bottom.
Time it takes to be emptied when half filled with water is
(A) 9 min (B) 7 min (C) 5 min (D) 3 min
Ans (B)
2h
Time taken to be emptied for height ‘h’, t =
g
65
h
2
h 2 = h
and for , t ' =
2 g g
t' 1 t 10
=  t'= = = 7 min
t 2 2 2
12. Reynold’s number is
(A) directly proportional to the coefficient of viscosity
(B) inversely proportional to the coefficient of viscosity
(C) inversely proportional to the critical velocity of a liquid
(D) inversely proportional to the density of the liquid
Ans (B)
ρrv c
Reynolds number =
η
13. Water flowing in a horizontal pipe has a speed 20 m s−1 at A and 15 m s−1 at B. The pressure drop across
AB is
(A) 45 kNm−2 (B) 55 kNm−2 (C) 65 kNm−2 (D) 87.5 kNm−2
Ans (D)
1 1
From Bernoulli’s theorem, p A + ρv 2A = p B + ρv 2B
2 2
1 1 1
∆p = ρ( v 2A − v 2B ) = × 103 × (202 − 152 ) = × 103 × 35 × 5 = 87.5 kNm − 2
2 2 2
14. There are two holes in a tank at depths h1 and h2 from the surface of water in a tank of depth H. The
range for these two holes is the same if
h
(A) H = h1h 2 (B) H = h1 / h 2 (C) H = 1 (D) H − h1 = h2
h2
Ans (D)
Range is same if 2 (H − h1 )h1 = 2 (H − h 2 )h 2
( H − h1 ) h1 = ( H − h 2 ) h 2
Hh1 − h12 = Hh 2 − h 22
h12 − h 22 = H ( h1 − h 2 )
( h1 + h 2 )( h1 − h 2 ) = H ( h1 − h 2 )  H − h1 = h 2
15. The cylindrical tube of a spray pump has a radius R, one end of which has n fine holes, each of radius r.
If the speed of flow of the liquid in the tube is V, the speed of ejection of the liquid through the hole is
1/ 2 3/ 2 2
VR VR VR VR
(A)   (B)   (C)   (D)  
nr n r nr nr
Ans (D)
Cross-sectional area of the tube, A = πR2
Cross-sectional area of each hole, a = πr2
Therefore, Total area of n holes = n(πr2)
If v is the speed of ejection of the liquid through the holes, from the equation of continuity, av = AV
2
AV πR 2 V V  R 
v= = =  
v nπr 2 n r
66
16. Water flows through a narrow tube. At two points x and y, the cross-sectional areas of the tube are
2 cm2 and 1 cm2 respectively. Point x lies above y by a height 10 cm. The speed of water at x is
10 cm s−1. Speed at y is
Ans (B)
A  2cm 2 
2 (
According to equation of continuity A x v x = A y v y ∴ vy = x vx =  10cm s −1 ) = 20cm s −1
Ay  1cm 
17. A volume V of a viscous liquid flows per second due to a pressure head ∆p along a pipe of diameter
d
d and length l. Instead of this pipe, a set of four pipes each of diameter and length 2l is connected to
2
the same pressure head ∆p. The volume of the liquid flowing per second now is
V V V
(A) V (B) (C) (D)
4 8 16
Ans (C)
The volume of liquid flow per second is given by
π∆p ⋅ r 4 π∆p ⋅ d 4  d d4
V= =  r = ∴ V ∝
2 
∵
8ηl 128ηl  l
d 1
If l is increased to 2l and d is reduced to , V decreases by a factor of
2 32
1
Since there are four such pipes in series, V will decrease by a factor of .
8
V
Thus V becomes .
8
18. A tiny sphere of mass m and density x is dropped in a tall jar of glycerine of density y. When the sphere
acquires terminal velocity, the magnitude of the viscous force acting on it is
mgx mgy  y  x
(A) (B) (C) mg  1 −  (D) mg  1 + 
y x  x  y
Ans (C)
When the sphere acquires terminal velocity, the upward viscous force equals the apparent weight in
glycerine.
4  m
∴ The magnitude of viscous force in F =  πr 3  (x − y) g = V (x − y)g = (x − y)g
3  x
x−y  m m
= mg   ∵ ρ= V= 
 x   V ρ
 y
F = mg  1 − 
 x
19. Under a constant pressure head, the rate of flow of a liquid through a capillary tube is V. If the length of
the capillary tube is doubled and the radius halved, the rate of flow would become
V V V V
(A) (B) (C) (D)
4 8 16 32
Ans (D)
πpr 4 r 4 ( r / 2) 4 V
V= ∝ ∴ V′ ∝ =
8ηl l (2l ) 32
67
20. An air bubble of radius 1 cm rises with terminal velocity 0.21 cm s−1 in a liquid column. If the density
of the liquid is 1.47 × 103 kg m−3, then the value of coefficient of viscosity of liquid ignoring the density
of air is
(A) 1.52 × 103 poise (B) 2.4 × 103 poise (C) 3.5 × 103 poise (D) 4.6 × 103 poise
Ans (A)
2 r2 2 r2 2 (10 −2 ) 2
v= (ρ − σ)g  η = (ρ − σ)g ; η = (1.47 × 10 3 ) = 1.52 × 10 3 poise
9 η 9 v 9 0.21 × 10 −2
21. A square plate of side 0.1 m moves parallel to a second plate with a velocity of 0.1 m s−1, both plates
being immersed in water. If the viscous force is 0.002 N and the coefficient of viscosity is 0.01 poise,
distance between the plates is
(A) 10 mm (B) 5 mm (C) 2 mm (D) 8 mm
Ans (B)
dv dv F Fx vηA (0.1)(0.01)(0.01)
F = ηA  = integrating V = ∴x = = = 5 × 10−3 m
dx dx ηA ηA F 0.002
22. A sphere of radius r and density ρ1, is dropped in a liquid of density σ. Its terminal velocity is v1. If
another sphere of radius r and density ρ2 is dropped in the same liquid its terminal velocity will be
ρ − ρ1 ρ −σ ρ ρ
(A) 2 (B) 2 v1 (C) 2 v (D) 1 v
ρ 2 + ρ1 ρ1 − σ ρ1 ρ2
Ans (B)
4 3 4
6πηrv1 = πr (ρ1 − σ)g and 6πηrv 2 = πr 3 (ρ 2 − σ)g
3 3
v2 ρ2 − σ  ρ2 − σ 
∴ =  v 2 =   v1
v1 ρ1 − σ  ρ1 − σ 
23. The surface tension of soap is T. The work done in blowing a soap bubble of diameter D to that of
diameter 2D is
(A) 2πD2T (B) 4πD2T (C) 6πD2T (D) 8πD2T
Ans (C)
  2D  2 D 
2
2
W = T × change in surface area = T  4π   − 4 π    2 = 6πD T
  2    
2
24. A soap bubble of diameter 8 cm is formed in air. The surface tension of the liquid is 0.03 Nm−1. The
excess pressure inside the soap bubble is
(A) 3 × 10−4 Nm−2 (B) 3 × 10−2 Nm−2 (C) 1.2 Nm−2 (D) 15 Nm−2
Ans (A)
4T 4 × 0.03
p= = = 3 × 10 − 4 Nm − 2
r 0.04
25. The work done when n small drops of liquid of equal radius combine to form a big drop is proportional
to
(A) (n4/3 − 1) (B) (n2/3 − 1) (C) (n1/3 − 1) (D) (n−1/3 − 1)
Ans (C)
If n drops each of radius r combine to form a big drop of radius R, then
R
R = n1/3 r ∴ r = 1 / 3
n
68
Work ∝ change in surface area ∝ n(4πr2) − 4πR2

R2
∝ n (4π) 2 / 3 − 4πR 2 ∝ 4πR 2 (n1 / 3 − 1) ∝ (n1 / 3 − 1)
n
26. A water drop is divided into 8 equal droplets. The pressure difference between the inner and outer side of
the big drop is
(A) same as for smaller droplet (B) half that for smaller droplet
(C) one fourth that of smaller droplet (D) twice that of smaller droplet
Ans (B)
4  R
4 / 3πR 3 = 8 πr 3   r =
3  2
2T 2T 4T p′
For bigger drop; p = ; For smaller drop, p′ = = ∴p =
R r R 2
27. A wire frame ABCD with sliding wire EF of length 20 cm is placed vertically. When a thin film is
formed in BCFE, the mass of block that has to be suspended from EF in order to keep it in equilibrium is
[g = 10 m s–2, surface tension of liquid film = 40 × 10–3 N m−1].
(A) 80 × 10–5 kg (B) 160 × 10–5 kg (C) 40 × 10–5 kg (D) 320 × 10–5 kg
Ans (B)
Force due to film = 2Tl acting upwards
B C
Block should balance this force for equilibrium
mg = 2Tl
2Tl 2 × 40 × 10 −3 × 20 × 10 −2 E F
m= =
g 10 m
A D
= 160 × 10–5 kg
28. An ideal fluid flows through a pipe of circular cross-section made of two sections with diameters 2.5 cm
and 3.75 cm. The ratio of the velocities in the two pipes is
(A) 9 : 4 (B) 3 : 2 (C) 3 : 2 (D) 2 : 3
Ans (A)
Applying equation of continuity for cross-sections A1 and A2.
2
 3.75 
π ( r2 )  r2   2   3.75  2 9
2 2
v A
 A1v1 = A2v2  1 = 2 = = =  2.5  =   =
v 2 A1 π ( r12 )  r1     2.5  4
 2 
29. Water rises to a height h in a capillary tube of area of cross-section a. The height upto which water level
rise in a capillary tube of area of cross-section 4a is
h h
(A) (B) (C) 2h (D) 4h
4 2
Ans (C)
a
Area of cross-section = πr2. Therefore r = . In terms of a, the height to which a liquid rises in a
π
2σ cos θ 2 π σ cos θ
capillary tube, is given by h = =
rρg a ρg
Thus, h is inversely proportional to a . If a is increased 4 times, h will decrease by a factor of 2.
69
30. A drop of liquid pressed between two glass plates spreads into a circle of diameter 10 cm. The thickness
of the liquid film is 0.5 mm and the surface tension of liquid is 70 × 10−3 Nm−1. The force required to
pull the plate apart is
(A) 2.2 N (B) 4.5 N (C) 7.8 N (D) 12.3 N
Ans (A)
2T 2
F = (pressure difference)(Area) = πr
d
2(70 × 10 −3 )(3.14)(5 × 10 −2 ) 2
= = 2 .2 N
0.5 × 10 −3
70
10. Thermal Properties of Matter
10.1 Heat and Temperature
Exercise
1. Name the thermometer which is suitable for accurate measurement of temperature.
Solution
Constant volume gas thermometer.
2. Temperature of an object rises by 10 °C. Has the body necessarily absorbed heat?
Solution
No, the temperature of the body can also be raised by increasing the vibrational energy, as in the Paddle-
wheel process.
3. Two thermometers are constructed, one with a spherical bulb and the other with an elongated cylindrical
bulb. Which one is more sensitive to temperature changes?
Solution
Thermometer with cylindrical bulb is more sensitive to temperature changes, as the area of cylindrical
bulb is greater than spherical bulb.
4. Why is the alcohol rub used to help lower the temperature of a sick patient?
Solution
The alcohol evaporates, absorbing energy from the skin to lower the skin temperature.
5. What is the basic principle of a thermometer?
Solution
The change of some property of a substance with temperature forms the principle of a thermometer.
6. What is the normal temperature of a human body?
Solution
The normal temperature of a human body is 98.4 °F or 37 °C.
7. At what temperature, does the readings of Celsius and Fahrenheit scales coincide?
Solution
−40°.
8. Which thermometer is treated as ideal thermometer?
Solution
Gas thermometer.
Short answer questions (SA)

9. Write the equations for conversion of temperature from
(i) Celsius to Kelvin scale,
(ii) Celsius to Fahrenheit scale and
(iii) Fahrenheit to Kelvin scale.
Solution
Refer module
71
1PBDBEPS-Thermal Properties of Matter
10. Boiling point of mercury is 367 °C. But mercury thermometers are made to measure temperature up to
500 °C. How this is possible?
Solution
Nitrogen gas is filled at high pressure above the mercury to increase its boiling point so that it can
measure the temperature upto 500 °C.
11. A thermometer registers its own-temperature. Discuss.
Solution
When a thermometer is in thermal contact with an object, the temperature of which we wish to measure,
energy will flow between the two until their temperatures are equal and thermal equilibrium is
established.
12. Why does heat flow from a body at higher temperature to a body at lower temperature?
Solution
Molecules with more kinetic energy that are in contact with less energetic molecules give up some of
their kinetic energy to the less energetic ones. Therefore, the direction of flow of heat is from the hotter
to the colder object.
13. Explain the concept of measurement of temperature.
Solution
Refer module
14. Mention the thermometric property used for measurement of temperature in each of the cases given
below. (i) Mercury (ii) Platinum wire (iii) Ideal gas
Solution
Refer module
Classwork Numericals
15. What is the change in temperature on Fahrenheit scale and on Kelvin scale, if a iron piece is heated from
30 °C to 90°? [108 °F, 60 K]
Solution
∆TC = 90 °C − 30 °C = 60 °C
9 9
∆TF = ∆TC = (60°) = 108 °F
5 5
∆T = ∆TC = 60 K
16. Calculate the temperature which has the same value on (i) the Celsius scale and Fahrenheit scale and
(ii) Fahrenheit scale and Kelvin scale. [(i) −40 °F, (ii) 574.6°C]
Solution
(i) Let the required temperature be x°
9
t F = t C + 32
5
or 5t F = 9t C + 160
or 5x = 9x + 160
− 160
x= = −40°
4
∴ −40 °C = −40 °F
72
(ii) Let the required temperature be x°

t F − 32 TK − 273.15
=
180 100
x − 32 x − 273.15
=
180 100
On solving, we get x = 574.6 °C
17. A platinum wire has resistance of 12 Ω at 0 °C and 24 Ω at 273 °C. Find the value of coefficient of
 1 −1 
resistance. [use Rt = R0 [1 + α t]]  273 °C 
 
Solution
R − R0 24 − 12 12 1
α= = = = °C −1
R 0 × θ 12 × 273 12 × 273 273
18. The triple points of neon and carbon dioxide are 24.57 K and 216.55 K respectively. Express these
temperatures in the Celsius and Fahrenheit scales. [−248.58 °C, − 415.44 °F, − 56.6 ° C, – 69.88 °F]
Solution
C − 0 F − 32 K − 273.15
= =
100 180 100
Triple point of neon T1 = 24.57 K
C − 0 T − 273
on Celsius scale =
100 100
C = 24.57 – 273.15 = – 248.58 °C
C = – 248.58 °C
On Fahrenheit scale
F − 32 T − 273.15
=
180 100
F − 32 T − 273.15
=
9 5
F − 32 24.57 − 273.15
=
9 5
−248.58
F= × 9 + 32 = −415.44 °F
5
∴ F = – 415.44 °F
For carbon dioxide triple point is T2 = 216.55 K
C − 0 T − 273.15
In Celsius scale =
100 100
C = 216.55 – 273.15 = – 56.6 °C
C = – 56.6 °C
In Fahrenheit scale
F − 32 T − 273.15
=
180 100
F − 32 T − 273.15
=
9 5
F − 32 216.55 − 273.15 −56.6 9
= = ∴ F = −56.6 × + 32
9 5 5 5
F = – 69.88 °F
73
Assignment Numericals
19. The electrical resistance in ohms of a resistance thermometer varies with temperature according to the
approximate law:
R = R0 [1 + α(T – T0)]
The resistance is 101.6 Ω at the triple-point of water 273.16 K and 165.5 Ω at the normal melting point
of lead (600.5 K). What is the temperature when the resistance is 123.4 Ω? [384.84 K]
Solution
R0 = 101.6 Ω, T0 = 273.16 K
R1 = 165.5 Ω, T1 = 600.5 K
R2 = 123.4 Ω, T2 = ?
R1 = R0 [1 + α(T1 – T0)]
165.5 = 101.6 [1 + α × 327.34]
165.5 − 101.6 63.9
α= =
101.6 × 327.34 101.6 × 327.34
α = 1.921 × 10–3/K
R2 = R0 [1 + α (T2 – T0]
123.4 = 101.6 [1 + 1.921 × 10–3 (T2 – 273.15)]
123.4
−1
T2 = 101.6 −3 + 273.15
1.921 × 10
T2 = (111.67 + 273.15)K
T2 = 384.84 K
20. Two temperatures differ by 25° C. What temperature difference does it correspond to on Fahrenheit
scale? [45 F°]
Solution
F − 32 C − 0
=
180 100
∆F ∆C
=
180 100
9 9
 ∆F = ∆C × = 25 × = 45 F°
5 5
21. A thermometer has wrong calibration. It reads the melting point of ice as – 10 °C, and 60 °C in place of
50 °C. What is the temperature of boiling point of water on this scale? [130°C]
Solution
On the wrong scale, the lower fixed point is – 10 °C. Let n be the number of divisions on this scale.
C − 0 θ − (−10)
If θ is the reading on this scale, then =
100 n
50 − 0 60 − (−10)
When C = 50 °C, θ = 60 °C ∴ =
100 n
100 C − 0 θ − (−10)
n = 70 × = 140 Now, =
50 100 140
100 − 0 θ + 10
Boiling point of water on Celsius scale is 100 °C ∴ =
100 140
Solving, θ = 130 °C.
74
22. In an arbitrary scale of temperature, water freezes at 40 °C and boils at 290°C. Find the boiling point of a
liquid on this scale, if its corresponding temperature on the Celsius scale is 62 °C. [195 °C]
Solution
Let t be the boiling point of the liquid on the new scale.
t − 40 C−0
Then =
290 − 40 100 − 0
t − 40 C
=
250 100
t − 40 62
When C = 62 °C, =
250 100
Solving, we get t = 195 °C on the new scale.
23. A thermometer has its fixed points marked as 5 and 95. What reading does 59 °C correspond to in this
thermometer? [60 °C]
Solution
Interval between the fixed points = 95 – 5 = 90
Lower fixed point : 5
Upper fixed point : 95
59 − 5 C − 0
If C is the correct temperature (in °C), then, =
95 − 5 100
∴ C = 60 °C.
10.2 Thermal Expansion

Exercise
1. What are the physical changes that a body can undergo when it is heated?
Solution
When a body is heated, the physical changes that may occur are expansion, change of state, change of
electrical properties (resistance, conductivity) etc.
2. The temperature of a metal ball is raised. Which of the following shall undergo the largest percentage
increase and which one is the least? Mass, radius, volume.
Solution
Mass remains constant
4
Volume = πr 3
3
∆V ∆r
=3
V r
∴ Volume has maximum percentage increase.
Radius has minimum percentage increase.
3. Write the dimensional formula for coefficient of linear expansion of a substance.
Solution
M 0 L0 T 0 K −1
4. Why is platinum wire used for sealing in glass?
Solution
Glass and platinum have almost same coefficient of linear expansion. Hence the seal remains intact at all
temperatures.
75
5. Why are telephone wires often given a snag?

Solution
To allow for safe contraction in winter.
6. Can a substance contract on heating?
Solution
Yes, e.g., ice contracts on heating.
7. A copper disc with a circular hole is heated. What happens to the diameter of the hole?
Solution
Increases
8. Why is Invar used in making clock pendulum?
Solution
Invar is an alloy of nickel and steel and has extremely small co-efficient of expansion. Therefore its
length does not change considerably in summer and winter. Therefore, the pendulum clock provided
with invar pendulum gives correct time.
9. The brass disc fits singly in a hole in a steel plate. Should you cool or heat the system to loosen the disc
from the hole?
Solution
Expansivity of brass is more than that of steel, therefore the brass disc will get loosened if the system is
cooled.
10. A beaker is filled with water at 4 °C. Its temperature first is increased above 4 °C and then is decreased
below 4 °C. In which of these two cases does the water overflow?
Solution
Water has minimum volume and maximum density at 4 °C. On heating or cooling the water at 4 °C, its
volume increases. Therefore, water overflows in both cases.
11. Water expands when it freezes. Can we define a coefficient of volume expansion for freezing process?
Solution
No. Coefficient of volume expansion is defined as change in volume per °C rise in temperature and as
freezing takes place at constant temperatures, ∆T → 0, γ → ∞ i.e., it cannot be defined.
12. Marine animals live deep inside a lake when the surface of the lake freezes. Why?
Solution
Due to anomalous expansion of water, the density of water is maximum at 4 °C. Water at the bottom of
lake remains at 4 °C in winter even if that at the surface freezes. This makes marine animals to live deep
inside a lake.
13. Two identical rectangular strips of copper and the other of steel are riveted to form a bimetallic strip.
What will happen on heating?
Solution
Because of differential expansion and αCu > αsteel the bimetallic strip will bend in such a way that copper
strip remains outside (convex side).
76

14. Obtain the relation between coefficient of linear expansion and superficial expansion.
Solution
Refer Module
15. Obtain the relationship between coefficient of linear expansion and cubical expansion.
Solution
Refer Module
16. A cubical block is heated from 0 °C to 100 °C. The percentage increase in length is 0.2%. What is the
percentage increase in its volume?
Solution
∆V 3∆L
V = L3 ∴ × 100 = × 100 = 3 × 0.2% = 0.6%.
V L
17. A sheet of brass is 50 cm long and 10 cm broad at 0 °C. The surface area increases by 1.9 cm2 at 100 °C.
What is the coefficient of linear expansion of brass?
Solution
∆A = βA ∆T
∆A 1.9
∴β= = = 3.8 × 10−5 °C −1
A ∆T (50 × 10) × (100 − 0)
β 3.8 × 10 −5
∴ Coefficient of linear expansion, α = = = 1.9 × 10 −5 °C −1
2 2
18. A metal tube and a rod of same length, same material and same outer diameter are given same amount of
heat. Which will show less expansion and why?
Solution
For a metal tube and a rod of same length. Same material and same outer diameter, the mass of rod is
more than that of tube.
When same amount of heat is given to metal tube and a rod, then the temperature rise for rod is less,
hence expansion for rod is less than that of tube.
19. Why do solids expand when their temperature is raised?
Solution
When solids are heated, the added energy increases the amplitude of the molecular vibrations. As a
result, intermolecular space increases. Therefore, solids expand on heating.
20. Explain why a beaker filled with water at 4 °C overflows if the temperature is increased or decreased.
Solution
(i) When the temperature is increased above 4 °C, water expands like any other liquid. Hence, the water
overflows.
(ii) When the temperature is decreased below 4 °C, water expands upto 0 °C (anomalous expansion).
Hence, the water overflows.
21. Graphically represent the variation of volume and density of water between temperatures of 0 °C to
10 °C.
Solution
Refer Module
77
22. Graphically represent the variation γ of a solid with respect to temperature.

Solution
Refer Module
23. Why do pendulum clocks not keep correct time in summer and winter? Why is invar used in making
clock pendulum?
Solution
l
T = 2π
g
During summer, length of the pendulum increases and hence time period T increases, leading to the
clock to run slower.
During winter, length of the pendulum decreases and hence time period T decreases, leading to the clock
to run faster.
Invar has extremely small co-efficient of expansion. Thus, the pendulum clock provided with invar
keeps correct time in all seasons.

24. Define coefficients of linear expansion and superficial expansion. Obtain a relation between them.
Solution
Refer module
25. Obtain a relation between the three coefficients of expansion.
Solution
Refer module
26. Write a note on thermal stress.
Solution
Refer module
27. Explain anomalous expansion of water.
Solution
Refer module
28. A steel rod is clamped at its two ends and rests on a fixed horizontal base. The rod is unstrained at 25 °C.
Find the longitudinal stress developed in the rod if the temperature rises to 60 °C. Coefficient of linear
expansion of steel = 1.2 × 10−5 K −1 , Young’s modulus of steel = 20 × 1010 N m −2 [ 84 ×106 N m −2 ]
Solution
Δl = l0 α ΔT = l0 (1.2 × 10 -5 ) × 35 = 4.2 × 10 −4 l0
∆l
Strain = = 4.2 × 10 −4
l0
Stress
Young’s modules, Y =
Strain
Stress = 20 × 10 × 4.2 × 10 −4 = 84 × 106 N m −2
10
78
29. A hole is drilled in a copper sheet. The diameter of the hole is 4.24 cm at 27.0 °C. What is the change in
the diameter of the hole when the sheet is heated to 227 °C? Coefficient of linear expansion of
copper = 1.70 × 10–5 K–1. [1.44 × 10–2 cm]
Solution
Diameter of the hole (d1) = 4.24 cm
Initial temperature T1 = 27 + 273 = 300 K
Final temperature T2 = 227 + 273 = 500 K
Co-efficient of linear expansion α = 1.7 × 10–5 K−1
Co-efficient of superficial expansion β = 2α
β = 3.4 × 10–5 K−1
Initial area of hole at 27 °C (A1) = πr2
πd 2 π
A1 = 1 = (4.24) 2 A1 = 4.494 π cm2
4 4
Area of hole at 227 °C (A2) = A1(1 + β∆T)
A2 = 4.494π[1 + 3.4 × 10–5 (227 – 27)]
A2 = 4.495π (1.0068) = 4.525 π cm2
πd 2
If diameter of hole becomes d2 at 227 °C, then A 2 = 2
4
πd 22
4.525π =
4
∴ d2 = 4.2544 cm
∴ change in diameter (∆d) = d2 – d1
∆d = 4.2544 – 4.24 = 1.44 × 10–2 cm
30. A brass wire 1.8 m long at 27 °C is held taut with little tension between two rigid supports. If the wire is
cooled to a temperature of – 39 °C, what is the tension developed in the wire, if its diameter is 2.0 mm?
Co-efficient of linear expansion of brass = 2.0 × 10–5 K–1; Young’s modulus of brass = 0.91 × 1011 Pa.
[– 3.77 × 102 N]
Solution
Given
Length of wire (l1) = 1.8 m
Initial temperature (t1) = 27 °C
Final temperature (t2) = – 39 °C
Diameter of wire (d) = 2 mm = 2 × 10–3 m
Co-efficient of linear expansion (α) = 2 × 10–5 K−1
Young’s modulus (Y) = 0.91 × 1011 Pa
F
Thermal stress   = Yα∆T
A
Tension developed in wire (F) = YAα∆t
 πd 2  0.91 × 1011 × 3.14 × (2 × 10−3 )2 × 2 × 10−5 (−39 − 27)
F = Y  α∆t =
 4  4
∴ F = – 3.77 × 102 N
79
31. A brass rod of length 50 cm and diameter 3.0 mm is joined to a steel rod of the same length and
diameter. What is the change in length of the combined rod at 250 °C, if the original lengths are at
40.0 °C? Is there a ‘thermal stress’ developed at the junction if the ends of the rod are free to expand
(Co-efficient of linear expansion of brass = 2.0 × 10–5 K–1, steel = 1.2 × 10–5 K–1).
[0.336 cm, No stress developed]
Solution
Given
Initial temperature (T1) = (40 + 273)K = 313 K
Final temperature (T2) = (250 + 273)K = 523 K
∴ Increase in temperature (∆T) = 523 – 313 = 210 K
For brass rod
Initial length (l1) = 50 cm
Co-efficient of linear expansion α = 2 × 10–5 K−1
Final length (l2) = l1 [1 + α∆T]
l2 = 50[1 + 2 × 10–5 × 210]
l2 = 50.21 cm
∴ Increase in length (∆l) = l2 – l1 = 50.21 – 50
= 0.21 cm
For steel rod
Initial length ( l1′ ) = 50 cm
Co-efficient of linear expansion α′ = 1.2 × 10–5 K−1
∴ Final length ( l2′ ) = l1′(1 + α′∆T)
= 50[1 + 1.2 × 10–5 × 210]
l2′ = 50.126 cm
Increase in length ∆l ′ = l2′ − l1′
∆l′ = 50.126 – 50.0 = 0.126 cm
∴ Total increase in length = ∆l + ∆l′ = (0.21 + 0.126) cm
= 0.336 cm
No thermal stress will develop at the junction because the ends of the rod are free to expand.
32. A large steel wheel is to be fitted on to a shaft of the same material. At 27 °C, the outer diameter of the
shaft is 8.70 cm and the diameter of the central hole in the wheel is 8.69 cm. The shaft is cooled using
‘dry ice’. At what temperature of the shaft does the wheel slip on the shaft? Assume coefficient of linear
expansion of the steel to be constant over the required temperature range. (αsteel = 1.20 × 10–5 K–1)
[204.214 K]
Solution
Given α = 1.2 × 10–5 K−1
Outer diameter (l1) = 8.7 cm
Inner diameter (l2) = 8.69 cm
T1 = 300 K
Change in length due to cooling is given by
l2 = l1 [1 + α (T2 – T1)]
80
8.69 = 8.7 [1 + 1.2 × 10–5 (T2 – 300)]

8.69
−1
8.7 + 300 = T2
1.2 × 10−5
T2 = 204.214 K
33. An iron railway line is 50 m long. By how much will its length increase if its temperature is raised by
75 °C? The co-efficient of linear expansion of iron is 1.25 × 10−5 °C−1. [0.046875 m]
Solution
Increase in length = ∆l
Original length of railway line l = 50 m
Rise in temperature ∆T = 75 °C = 75 K
Co-efficient linear expansion =1.25 × 10−5 °C−1
∴ ∆l = α l0 ∆t
∴ ∆l = 1.25 × 10−5 × 50 × 75
∆l = 4.6875 × 103 × 10−5 = 0.046875 m
34. A pendulum clock with a pendulum made of invar (α = 0.7 × 10−6 °C−1) is accurate at 25 °C. If the
clock is used in a country where the temperature averages at 35 °C, what correction is necessary at the
end of a week to the time shown by the clock? [2.1 s]
Solution
1
The time lost per second = α∆t
2
1 1
∴ Time lost per week = α∆t × 7 × 86400 = × 0.7 × 10 −6 ×10 × 7 × 86400 = 2.1 s
2 2
∴ 2.1 s should be added to the time shown by the clock.
35. Determine the change in volume of a block of aluminium having a volume of 5160 cm3,
when the temperature changes from 35 °C to 67 °C. Co-efficient of linear expansion of aluminium is
12 × 10−6 °C−1. [5.94432 cm3]
Solution
Original volume of Aluminium = 5160 cm3 = V
Rise in temperature = 67° − 35° = 32 °C = 32K = ∆T
γ = Cubical expansion co-efficient of aluminium γ = 3α = 3 × 12 × 10−6 °C−1 = 36 × 10−6 °C−1
Change in volume
γ=
Original volume × rise in temperature
Change in volume = γ × original volume × rise in temperature
∆V = 36 × 10−6 × 5160 × 32
∆V = 5.94432 × 10−6 × 106 cm3 ∆V = 5.94432 cm3
36. A steel tape 1m long is correctly calibrated for a temperature of 27.0 °C. The length of a steel rod
measured by this tape is found to be 63.0 cm on a hot day when the temperature is 45.0 °C. What is the
actual length of the steel rod on that day? What is the length of the same steel rod on a day when the
temperature is 27.0 °C? Coefficient of linear expansion of steel = 1.20 × 10–5 °C–1. [63 cm]
Solution
Length of steel tape at 27 °C is L0 = 1m = 100 cm
81
Increase in temperature ∆T = 45° – 27° = 18° C = 18 K

Co-efficient of linear expansion of steel α = 1.2 × 10–5 °C−1
Length of steel tape at 45 °C is
L = L0(1 + α∆T)
L = 100(1 + 1.2 × 10–5 × 18)
L = 100.0216 cm
100.0216
Length of 1 cm mark of steel tape at 45 °C = cm
100
100.0216
∴ Length of 63 cm rod measured by this tape at 45 °C = × 63 = 63.0136 cm
100
When temperature is 27 °C the size of 1 cm mark on the steel tape will be exactly 1 cm.
∴ Length of the steel rod at 27 °C = 63 cm
10.3 Specific Heat and Latent Heat

Exercise
1. Can a temperature be assigned to vacuum?
Solution
Yes, temperature can be assigned to vacuum as it is always filled with radiation.
2. Define thermal capacity of a substance.
Solution
The amount of heat required to raise the temperature of the whole mass of the substance by one degree
celsius.
3. Define molar specific heat of a substance.
Solution
The amount of heat required to raise the temperature of one mole of the substance through one degree
celsius.
4. Define principal specific heat of a substance.
Solution
The amount of heat required to raise the temperature of unit mass of the substance through one degree
celsius.
5. How is molar specific heat related to principal specific heat?
Solution
Molar specific heat = Molecular mass × principal specific heat.
6. What is the SI unit of heat? How is it related to calorie?
Solution
The SI unit of heat is joule (J)
and 1 calorie = 4.18 J.
7. What is the value of specific heat of water expressed in SI? Does it vary with temperature?
Solution
The specific heat of water expressed in SI is 4180 J kg−1 K−1. It varies to a small extent with temperature.
82
8. Do water and ice have the same specific heats?

Solution
No. For water, s = 1 cal g−1 C° and for ice, s = 0.5 cal g−1 °C−1.
9. Is the specific heat of water greater than that of sand?
Solution
Yes, the specific heat of water is greater than that of sand.
10. What is relegation?
Solution
It is a phenomenon of refreezing the water into ice on removing the increased pressure.
11. What is the most likely value for CT (molar heat capacity at constant temperature)?
Solution
∆Q
CT =
m∆T
At ∆T = 0, CT → ∞
12. What happens to the heat added to a substance during change of state?
Solution
Added heat causes a change in the positions of the molecules relative to one another without affecting
the temperature.
13. Is the latent heat of a substance dependent on its mass?
Solution
No
14. Define triple point of water.
Solution
Triple point is a point on the phase diagram of a substance at which the pressure and temperature are
such that the solid, liquid and vapour phases of the substance co-exist in equilibrium.
15. What is the principle of calorimetry?
Solution
In an isolated system, heat lost by hot body is equal to heat gained by cold body.
16. Define latent heat of a substance.
Solution
Latent heat of a material is the amount of heat required to change the phase of unit mass of the material
without changing its state.

17. What is the specific heat of melting ice and boiling water?
Solution
Specific heat of melting ice and boiling water is infinite.
Q
Because specific heat C =
m∆t
As there is no change in temperature (∆T = 0), during melting or boiling C → ∞.
83
18. Is mechanical equivalent of heat (J) a physical constant or a conversion factor?

Solution
Mechanical equivalent of heat (J) is a conversion factor and not a physical constant.
1 calorie = 4.18 joule. This means that 1 calorie of heat is equivalent to 4.18 J of work. Note that both
calorie and joule are the units of work (heat).
19. What do you mean by (i) specific heat of water is 4180 J kg−1 °C−1 (ii) heat capacity of a body is
100 J °C−1?
Solution
(i) It means that in order to raise the temperature of 1 kg of water through 1 °C, the amount of heat
required is 4180 J.
(ii) It means that in order to raise the temperature of the body by 1 °C, the amount of heat required is
100 J.
20. Addition of heat may not rise the temperature. Comment.
Solution
During change of phase even though heat is added to a system there will not be any change in
temperature.
21. When a hot body warms a cooler one, do their temperatures change identically?
Solution
No. Let m1, s1 and T1 be the mass, specific heat and temperature of hot body and m2, s2 and T2 be the
mass, specific heat and temperature of cold body. Let ‘T’ be the equilibrium temperature of the bodies in
thermal contact.
Heat lost = heat gain
m1s1(T1 − T) = m2s2(T − T2)
T − T m 2s 2
 1 =
T − T2 m1s1
If m1s1 ≠ m2s2
then T1 − T ≠ T − T2.
Note : If two bodies are having same heat capacities then change in temperature will be same
22. 540 g of ice at 0 °C is mixed with 540 g of water at 80 °C. What is the final temperature of the mixture?
 L fice = 80 cal / g  .
Solution
Heat required to melt ice at 0°C, Q1 = m ice L fice = ( 540 )( 80 ) = 43200 cal
Hear lost by water on cooling ig from 80°C to 0° C, Q 2 = M W SW ∆T
= ( 540 )(1)( 80 − 0 )
= 540 × 80 = 43200 cal
∵ Q1 = Q2, the final temperature is 0° C
Long answer question (LA)

23. Distinguish between specific heat and latent heat. Explain the principal of calorimetry.
Solution
Refer module
84
24. Define Latent heat of fusion and latent heat of vaporization. Write the expressions for quantity of heat
during melting and vaporization.
Solution
Refer module
25. 10 g of ice is at 0 °C. Calculate the total heat required to convert it into steam at 100 °C,
(Given Lice = 3.35 × 105 J kg−1, Lsteam = 2.26 × 106 J kg−1, Specific heat of water = 4200 J kg−1 K−1)
[30.15 kJ]
Solution
Q = mLice + ms ⋅ ∆T + mLvap
= (10 × 10–3 × 3.35 × 105) + (10 × 10–3 × 4200 × 100) + (10 × 10–3 × 2.26 × 106)
= 33.5 × 102 + 42 × 102 + 226 × 102
= 301.5 × 102 J = 30.15 × 103 J = 30.15 kJ
26. A 10 kW drilling machine is used to drill a bore in a small aluminium block of mass 8.0 kg. What is the
rise in temperature of the block in 2.5 minutes, assuming 50% of power is used up in heating the
machine itself or lost to the surroundings. Specific heat of aluminium = 0.91 J g–1 K–1. [103.02 K]
Solution
Given, power of drilling machine (P) = 10 kW
P = 10 × 103 W
mass(m) = 8 kg
Time(t) = 2.5 min = 2.5 × 60 = 150 s
Energy utilized by machine (E) = P × t
E = 10 × 103 × 150 = 1.5 × 106 J
Energy utilized in increasing temperature
50
∆E = 1.5 × 106 × J = 7.5 × 105 J
100
If temperature of the block is increased by ∆T, then ∆E = ms∆T
∆E 7.5 × 105
∆T = = = 103.02 K
ms 8 × 0.91 × 103
27. A copper block of mass 2.5 kg is heated in a furnace to a temperature of 500 °C and then placed on a
large ice block. What is the maximum amount of ice that this copper block can melt? (Specific heat of
copper = 0.39 J g–1 K–1; heat of fusion of water = 335 J g–1). [1.45 kg ]
Solution
Given,
Mass of copper block (m) = 2.5 kg
Change in temperature (∆T) = 500 °C
Specific heat (s) = 0.39 Jg−1 K−1 = 390 Jkg−1 K−1
Latent heat of fusion of water (L) = 335 Jg−1 = 335 × 103 Jkg−1
Heat energy absorbed by copper block Q1 = ms∆T = 2.5 × 390 × 500 J
Let m′ kg of ice be melted due to this copper block
Heat energy required to melt ice, Q2 = m′L
Heat energy absorbed by copper block = Heat energy utilized by ice in melting
85
Q1 = Q2
ms∆T = m′L
ms∆T 2.5 × 390 × 500
m′ = = ≈ 1.45 kg
L 335 × 103
28. A hot ball of steel weighing 100g is dropped into 600 g of liquid at 20 °C. The resulting temperature is
32 °C. Calculate the specific heat of liquid if the temperature of hot ball was 400 °C and specific heat of
steel is 312 J kg−1 K−1. [1594.6 J kg −1K −1 ]
Solution
Mass of hot ball = 100 g = 0.1 kg
Temperature of hot ball = 400 °C
Mass of liquid = 600 g = 600 × 10−3 kg
Temperature of liquid = 20 °C
Temperature of mixture = 32 °C
Specific heat of liquid = s
Fall in temperature of hot ball = 400 °C – 32 °C = 368 °C = 368 K
Rise in temperature of liquid = 32 °C – 20 °C = 12 °C = 12 K
Heat lost by the hot ball = mass of hot ball × specific heat of ball × fall in temperature
= 0.1 × 312 × 368 = 11481.6 J
Heat gained by liquid = mass of liquid × specific heat of liquid × rise in temperature
= 0.6 × S × 12
Heat lost = Heat gained
11481.6
11481.6 = 0.6 × s × 12  s = = 1594.6 J kg −1K −1
0.6 × 12
29. The mass of copper calorimeter is 50 g. It contains 100 g of oil at 20 °C. A copper ball of mass 30 g is
heated upto 100 °C and is dropped in the calorimeter resulting in the temperature of mixture to be 25 °C.
Calculate the specific heat of oil. [specific heat of copper 386.4 J kg−1 K−1] [1545.6 J kg−1 K−1]
Solution
Let ‘c’ be the specific heat of oil, mc = 30 g = 30 × 10−3 kg
Initial temperature of mix = 25 °C
Temperature fall of copper ball = m × specific heat × fall in temperature = 30 × 10−3 × 386.4 × (100 – 25)
Initial temperature of oil = 20 °C.
Final temperature of mixture = 25 °C
∴ Rise in temperature of oil in calorimeter = (25 − 20) = 5 °C
Mass of calorimeter = 50 g = 50 × 10−3 kg
Mass of oil = 100 g = 100 × 10−3 kg
Heat gained by calorimeter = mass × specific heat × rise in temperature = 50 × 386.4 × 5
Heat gained by oil = 100 × 10−3 × C0 × 5
∴ total heat gained by (calorimeter + oil) = (50 × 10−3 × 386.4 × 5 + 100 × 10−3 × C0 × 5)
∴ heat lost = heat gained
30 × 10−3 × 386.4 × 75 = (50 × 10−3 × 386.4 × 5) + (100 × 10−3 × C0 × 5)
(869.4) − 96.6 = 0.5 × C0
∴ C0 = 1545.6 J kg−1 K−1
86
30. Calculate the mass of ice which will cool down 7.5 kg of water at 373 K to 273 K. Specific heat capacity
of water = 4200 J kg−1 K−1. Specific latent heat of ice = 336000 J kg−1 [9.375 kg]
Solution
Let the required mass of ice = M kg
Mass of water = 7.5 kg
Specific heat of water = 4200 J kg−1 K−1
Initial temperature of water = 373 K
Final temperature of water = 273 K
Fall in temperature of water = 100 K
Heat gained by ice = heat required to melt ice = Heat lost by water
M × L = ms ∆T
Mass of ice × specific latent heat of water
= mass of water × specific heat of water × fall in temperature of water.
M × 336000 = 7.5 × 4200 × 100
7.5 × 4200 × 100
M= = 9.375 kg
336000
31. In a calorimeter of mass 90 g having 0.2 kg of water at 7 °C, 6 g of steam is condensed. The temperature
of the mixture becomes 23°C. Calculate the latent heat of vaporization of water. The specific heat
capacity of calorimeter is 380 J kg−1 K−1 and of water is 4200 J kg−1 K−1. [2.264 × 106 J kg−1]
Solution
Let ‘L’ be the specific latent heat of vaporization.
Heat lost by the steam in condensing = 6 × 10−3 × L
Heat lost by condensed steam or water = 6 × 10−3 × 4200 × 16 = 403.2
Heat gained by calorimeter = 90 × 10−3 × 380 × 16 = 547.2
Heat gained by water in calorimeter = 0.2 × 4200 × 16 = 13.44 × 103 J
Heat lost = Heat gain
6 × 10−3 × L + 403.2 = 547.2 + 13.44 × 103
6 × 10−3 × L = 13.9872 × 103 × 103 ∴ L = 2.264 × 106 J kg−1
32. 50 g of water at 40 °C in a beaker is cooled when 60 g of Aluminium at 20 °C is added to it. The
contents are stirred till a final constant temperature is reached. Calculate its final temperature. (Given
specific heat capacity of aluminium = 375 J kg−1 K−1) [38.064 °C]
Solution
Mass of water = 50 g = 0.05 kg
Mass of Aluminium = 60 g = 0.06 kg
Initial temperature of water = 40 °C
Initial temperature of Aluminium = 20 °C
Final temperature of mixture = T °C
Fall in temperature of water = (40 − T°)C
Rise in temperature of aluminium = (T − 20°)C
Heat lost by hot water = Heat gained by aluminium
0.05 × 4200 (40 − T) = 0.06 × 375 × (T − 20)
8400 − 210 T = 22.5T − 450
8400 + 450 = (22.5 + 210) T
8850
8850 = 232.5 T ∴ T = = 38.064°C
232.5
87
33. An electric heater rod is dipped in a vessel containing water at 0 °C. The electric rod produces heat at a
rate of 3000 J s−1. The vessel with its contents is maintained at 0 °C by adding ice at a rate of 9 g s−1.
Calculate the latent heat of fusion of ice. If the total heat capacity of water, the vessel and contents is
12000 J K−1, at what rate does the temperature start rising when the supply of ice is stopped? [0.25 Ks–1]
Hint: H = 3000 J s−1; m = 9 g s−1 = 9 × 10−3 kg s−1
Solution
Now, H = m L
H 3000
∴ Latent heat of fusion, L = = −3
= 3.33 ×105 J kg −1
m 9 × 10
When the supply of ice is stopped, let the rate of rise of temperature be θ K s−1
W = 12000 J K−1; H = 3000 J s−1 Now, H = Wθ
H 3000
∴ θ= = = 0.25 K s −1
W 12000
10.4 Heat Transfer

Exercise
1. What are the three different modes of transfer of heat?
Solution
Conduction, convection and radiation.
2. What is thermal conduction?
Solution
Transfer of heat through a substance in which heat is transported without direct mass transport is called
conduction.
3. What do you mean by steady state?
Solution
A substance is said to be in steady state, when the temperature of the substance has become constant at
every section of the substance.
4. Define temperature gradient.
Solution
The rate of decrease in temperature with the distance is called the temperature gradient.
5. Give the SI unit of co-efficient of thermal conductivity.
Solution
J m−1K−1 s−1 or W m−1 K−1.
6. What is thermal resistance?
Solution
The thermal resistance of a body is a measure of its opposition to the flow of heat through it.
7. What is convection of heat?
Solution
The transfer of heat from the hotter region to a colder region by the actual movement of particles is
known as convection.
88
8. What is natural convection?

Solution
The movement of matter that results from the difference in the densities (as in case of air around fire) is
called natural convection.
9. Why do two layers of cloth of equal thickness provide warmer covering than a single layer of double the
thickness?
Solution
Air is enclosed between the two layers of cloth which reduces loss of heat. Therefore they give greater
warmth than a single layer of double the thickness. (Air is a bad conductor of heat, although it supports
convection)
10. A body is uniformly heated throughout to 60 °C. What is the temperature gradient between two points
separated by a distance 0.1 m?
Solution
Zero.
11. What is thermal conductivity of a perfect heat conductor and a perfect heat insulator?
Solution
K = ∞ for perfect heat conductor
K = 0 for perfect heat insulators.
12. What is the basic condition for Newton’s law of cooling to be valid?
Solution
Newton’s law of cooling will be valid if the temperature difference between body and surroundings is
small i.e., not more than 40 °C.
13. What is radiation?
Solution
The process of transfer of heat from one place to another without the aid of any intervening medium is
known as radiation.
14. A body is at 0 °C. Is it still radiating?
Solution
Yes.
15. Two bodies are at two different temperatures. Does it necessarily mean that the energies emitted by them
are different?
Solution
No.
16. A person claims that on increasing the temperature of a body, the frequency corresponding to the most
intense radiation increased. Can it happen? Explain.
Solution
1
Yes. According to Wien’s displacement law, λm ∝ . As T increases, λm decreases and hence the
T
frequency increases.
17. A body at a certain temperature T1 is kept enclosed in a perfect absorber at a temperature T2. Can the
temperature of the body be less than T2 if T2 < T1?
Solution
No.
89

18. Distinguish between conduction and convection.
Solution
Conduction is a process by which heat is transferred from the hotter part to the colder part of a body
without the movement of particles.
Convection is a process in which heat is transmitted from hotter part to colder part of a body by the
actual movement of particles.
19. Explain the temperature gradient.
Solution
Refer module
20. Pieces of copper and glass are heated to the same temperature. Why does a piece of copper feel hotter on
touching?
Solution
Copper is a good conductor of heat than glass. When copper is touched, it transmits heat quickly to the
hand than glass.
21. Two metal rods 1 and 2 of same length have same temperature difference between their ends. Their
thermal conductivities are K1 and K2, and cross sectional areas A1 and A2 respectively. What is the
required condition for the same rate of heat conduction?
Solution
dQ KA(T2 − T1 )
Rate of flow of heat = .
dt l
dQ1 dQ 2
Here, =
dt dt
K1A1 (T2 − T1 ) K A (T − T1 )
= 2 2 2
l1 l2
K1 A
As l1 = l2 , K1A1 = K2A2 or = 2
K2 A1
i.e., Thermal conductivities will be in the inverse ratio of their areas of cross-section.
22. A blanket which keeps us warm in the winter is also able to protect ice from melting. Explain.
Solution
A blanket is a good thermal insulator. It protects the ice from melting as it prevents the heat outside to
enter the ice.
23. What are the basic requirements of a cooking utensil in terms of its specific heat, thermal conductivity
and coefficient of expansion?
Solution
A cooking utensil should be of suitable material, which possesses small value of specific heat (c), large
value of thermal conductivity (K) and low coefficient of expansion (α).
24. Stainless steel cooking pans are preferred with extra copper bottoms. Why?
Solution
This is because thermal conductivity of copper is greater than that of steel.
90
25. Heat is generated continuously in an electric heater, but its temperature becomes constant after some
time. Why?
Solution
This is because a stage reaches when rate at which heat is generated by electric current becomes equal to
the rate at which heat is lost by radiation, leading to thermal equilibrium.
26. A surface coated with lamp black is white hot. Can we still call it a black body? If yes why?
Solution
Yes. Good emitter is also a good absorber.
27. Mention the factors on which the energy radiated from a surface depends.
Solution
The energy radiated from a surface depends on its area, emissive power of the surface and its absolute
temperature.
28. Sketch graphs showing the distribution of energy among different wavelengths in a black body radiation
for three temperatures. (T3 > T2 > T1)
Solution
Intensity
T3
T2
T1
wavelength
λ m3 λ m2 λ m1
29. State and explain Newton’s law of cooling.

Solution
The rate of loss of heat by a body is directly proportional to the temperature difference between the body
and the surrounding, provided the difference is small. For small temperature difference between the
dT
body and the surroundings, the rate of cooling is given by = − K(T − T0 ) .
dt
30. Two vessels of different materials are exactly identical. The same quantity of ice filled in them gets
melted in 20 minutes and 35 minutes. Compare their thermal conductivities. [7 : 4]
Solution
Let ‘A’ be the area of cross section of the base of the two vessels.
Let ‘l’ be their thickness
As same quantity of ice is filled in both the vessels, they require same heat energy (Q)
K A(T1 − T2 )t1
Then for first vessel Q = 1 , t1 = 20 min
l
K A(T1 − T2 )t 2
and for second vessel Q = 2 , t2 = 35 min
l
Kt K1 t 2 35 7
Taking the ratio, 1 1 = 1 or = = = .
K2t2 K 2 t1 20 4
91
31. If wavelengths of maximum intensity of radiations emitted by sun and moon are 0.5 × 10−6 m and
10−4 m respectively, calculate the ratio of their temperatures. [200 : 1]
Solution
T1 λ m 2 10 −4
= = = 200:1
T2 λ m 1 0.5 ×10 −6
32. Assuming that the temperature of surface of the sun to be 6000 K, calculate the wavelength of radiation
corresponding to maximum energy.
o
Assume that the sun is a black body and Wien’s constant = 2.9 × 10−3 m K [4833 A]
Solution
λm T = 2.9 × 10−3
2.9 ×10 −3 2.9 ×10 −3 o
λm = = = 4.833×10 −7 m = 4833 A
T 6000

33. Compare the three modes of transfer of heat from one place to another.
Solution
Refer module
34. Distinguish between variable state and steady state of a rod through which heat is conducted.
Solution
Refer module
35. State and explain experimental observations on conduction of heat. Hence define the coefficient of
thermal conductivity.
Solution
Refer module
36. Explain what is meant by (i) a black body, (ii) black body radiation.
Solution
Refer module
37. State Newton’s law of cooling and explain the experimental verification.
Solution
Refer module
38. Explain Wien’s displacement law. Draw the graphs to represent the energy distribution among different
wavelengths in a black body radiation.
Solution
Refer module
39. State and explain Stefan’s law.
Solution
Refer module
92
40. Explain why:

(a) a brass tumbler feels much colder than a wooden tray on a chilly day
(b) an optical pyrometer (for measuring high temperatures) calibrated for an ideal black body radiation
gives too low a value for the temperature of a red hot iron piece in the open, but gives a correct value
for the temperature when the same piece is in the furnace
(c) the earth without its atmosphere would be inhospitably cold
(d) heating systems based on circulation of steam are more efficient in warming a building than those
based on circulation of hot water.
Solution
(a) The thermal conductivity of brass is high i.e., brass is a good conductor of heat. So, when a brass
tumbler is touched, heat quickly flows from human body to the tumbler. Consequently, the tumbler
appears colder. On the other hand, wood is a bad conductor of heat. So heat does not flow from the
human body to the wooden tray, thus it appears relatively hotter.
(b) Let T be the temperature of the hot iron in the furnace. According to Stefan’s law, heat radiated
per second per unit area (E) is given by E = σT4. When the body is placed in open at temperature T0,
then the heat radiated/sec/area (E′) is given by E ′ = α(T 4 − T04 ).
Clearly E′ < E, so the optical pyrometer gives too low a value for the temperature of a red hot iron
piece in open.
(c) Gases are generally insulators. The earth’s atmosphere acts like an insulating blanket around it and
does not allows heat to escape, but reflects it back to the earth. Had this atmosphere been absent, the
earth would naturally be colder as all its heat would have escaped.
(d) This is because steam has much higher heat capacity (540 cal/g) than the heat capacity of
water (80 cal/g) at the same temperature. Thus, evidently steam will warm a building better than
water.
41. Write the relation for rate of flow of heat energy by conduction. Use it to find the equivalent resistance
when two rods are placed in series or parallel.
Solution
Q KAdθ
Rate of heat transfer is given by, = , where K is called thermal conductivity.
t dt
Thermal conductivity is defined as heat energy transferred in unit time from unit area having a difference
in temperature of unity over unit length. It is expressed in J s−1 m−1 °C−1 or W m−1 K−1.
Q
When rods are arranged in series, is same in both and the sum of the difference in temperature across
t
their ends is the difference at the open ends i.e., (θ1 − θ) + (θ − θ2) = (θ1 − θ2)
Q dθ Q Q Q
Using = we get   R 1 +   R 2 =   R Nth
t R Nth  t   t   t 
∴ Net resistance = R1th + R2th
When rods are arranged in parallel and the difference in temperature is the same,
Q Q Q
then   =   +  
 t  N  t 1  t  2
dθ dθ dθ 1 1 1
i.e., = +  = +
R N R1 R 2 R N R1 R 2
93
42. What is a black body? Draw the curves showing the energy distribution among black body radiations at
different temperatures. State Wein’s displacement law. Give one application of Wein’s displacement
law.
Solution
Refer Module
43. A thermocole icebox is a cheap and efficient method for storing small quantities of cooked food in
summer in particular. A cubical icebox of side 30 cm has a thickness of 5.0 cm. If 4.0 kg of ice is put in
the box, estimate the amount of ice remaining after 6 h. The outside temperature is 45 °C, and
co-efficient of thermal conductivity of thermocole is 0.01 J s–1 m–1 K–1.
(Heat of fusion of water = 335 × 103 J kg–1). [3.687 kg]
Solution
Given,
Side of cubical ice box (a) = 30 cm
Area of 6 faces of box = 6 × (30 × 30) cm2
A = 5400 × 10–4 m2
Thickness of the box (d) = 5 cm = 5 × 10–2 m
Mass of ice (m) = 4 kg
Time (t) = 6h = 6 × 60 × 60 second
Difference in temperature ∆T = T1 – T2 = 45 – 0 = 45 °C
Latent heat of fusion of water (L) = 335 × 103 Jkg−1
Co-efficient of thermal conductivity (K) = 0.01 Js−1 m−1K−1
Let the mass of the ice melted by m′ kg
Heat supplied by the surrounding = Heat taken by ice in melting
KA∆Tt
Q= = m′L
d
KA∆Tt 0.01 × 5400 × 10−4 × 45 × 6 × 60 × 60
m′ = =
Ld 335 × 103 × 5 × 10−2
m′ = 0.313 kg
∴ mass of un-melted ice = m – m′
= 4 – 0.313
= 3.687 kg
44. A brass boiler has a base area of 0.15 m2 and thickness 1.0 cm. It boils water at a rate of 6.0 kg min−1
when placed on a gas stove. Estimate the temperature of the part of the flame in contact with the boiler.
Thermal conductivity of brass = 109 J s–1 m–1 K–1, Heat of vaporization of water = 2256 × 103 J kg–1.
[238 °C]
Solution
Given, area of base of boiler (A) = 0.15 m2
Thickness (d) = 1 cm = 1 × 10–2 m
 6 
Rate of boiling of water = 6 kg min−1 =   kg s −1 = 0.1 kg s −1
 60 
94
Thermal conductivity of brass (K) = 109 J s−1 m−1 K−1

Latent heat of vaporization of water (L = 2256 × 103 J kg−1)
Let T1 be the temperature of the part of the boils in contact with the store.
Rate of heat energy supplied = Rate of heat energy utilized in vaporization
KA∆T
= mL
d
KA(T1 − T2 )
= mL
d
109 × 0.15(T1 − 100)
= 0.1 × 2256 × 103
1 × 10−2
1635(T1 − 100) = 2256 × 102
225600
T1 = + 100 = 238 °C
1635
45. Assume that co-efficient of thermal capacity (K) of copper is four times that of brass. Two rods of
copper and brass having the same length and cross section are joined end-to-end. The free end of copper
is at 273 K and that of brass is at 373 K. Neglecting the radiation losses, calculate the temperature of the
interface. [293 K]
Solution
Given KCu = 4 Kbrass
Let ‘l’ and ‘A’ be the length and area of cross section of each rod
Let ‘T’ be the temperature of the interface Cu brass
Same heat current passes through the copper and brass rods. Then
∆Q K A(T − 273) K A(373 − T)
= Cu = brass
∆t l l
 KCu (T − 273) = Kbrass (373 − T)
4Kbrass (T − 273) = Kbrass (373 − T)
4T − 1092 = 373 − T
5T = 1465
T = 293 K
46. The temperature of a furnace is 3000 K. Calculate the heat radiated per second per unit area of its surface
(σ = 5.6697 × 10–8 W m–2 K–4). Assume the surface to be a perfect black body. [4.6 × 106 J s−1]
Solution
T = 3000 K, σ = 5.6697 × 10−8 Wm−2 K−4
Heat energy radiated per second per unit area is given by
E = σT4  E = 5.6697 × 10−8 × (3000)4
E = 4.6 × 106 J s−1.
47. A blackbody of surface area 10–4 m2 is placed inside an enclosure which is at a constant temperature of
27 °C. The blackbody is heated electrically to maintain the temperature of 327 °C. What is the electrical
energy spent in 1 hour? [2480.04 J]
Solution
Given: A = 10–4 m2, T = 327 + 273 = 600 K
T0 = 27 + 273 = 300 K
we know σ = 5.67 × 10–8 W m–2 K–4
95
From (E – E0) = σA(T4 – T04 ) we get

(E – E0) = 5.67 × 10–8 × 10–4(6004 – 3004)
E – E0 = 0.6889 W
Total energy spent ET = 0.6889 × 3600
ET = 2480.04 J
48. The wavelength corresponding to Emax for the moon is 14 microns. Estimate the temperature of the moon
if b = 2.884 × 10–3 mK. [260 K]
Solution
b
λm T = constant = b or T= , b = 2.884 × 10–3 mK
λm
2.884 × 10 −3
λm = 14 microns = 14 × 10–6 m ∴ T= = 260 K
14 × 10 −6
49. One end of a rod of length 0.2 m is inserted in a furnace at 800 K. The other end is blackened and
radiates like a black body. The sides of the rod are insulated. Under steady state, the temperature of the
free end is at 750 K. Calculate the thermal conductivity of the rod if the surrounding air is at 300 K.
(σ = 6 × 10–8 SI units) [74 W m−1K−1]
Solution
Length of the rod l = 0.2 m, Temperature of one end, T1 = 800 K
Temperature of other end T2 = 750 K, Temperature of surrounding T0 = 300 K
σ = 6 × 10−8 SI units
∆U = Aσ(T 42 − T 04 ) = A × 6 × 10−8(7504 − 3004) = 18500 A
Let K be the thermal conductivity of the rod.
KA(T1 − T2 )
∆U =
l
KA(50)
18500 A =
0.2
18500 × 0.2
K= = 74 W m−1K−1.
50
50. A compound slab consisting of copper and brass having thickness 0.2 m and 0.15 m respectively have
identical cross-sectional area. Copper end is at temperature 303 K and brass at 293 K. Find the
temperature at the junction of the two slabs, given K of copper = 385 W m−1 k−1 and K of brass
= 109 W m−1 k−1. [300 K]
Solution
Let T be the temperature of the junction of the two slabs.
Heat conducted per second through copper = Heat conducted per second through brass
K c A ( T1 − T ) K b A ( T − T2 )
=
xc xb
385× A × (303 − K ) 109 × A × ( T − 293)
=
0.2 0.15
Solving, we get T = 300 K
96
51. Estimate the rate at which ice would melt in a wooden box which is 20 mm thick having external
measurements (1 × 0.6 × 0.6) m3, assuming the external temperature to be 303 K.
Thermal conductivity of wood = 0.168 W m–1 K–1. [7.2 × 10−3 kg s−1]
Solution
The total surface area of walls is
A = 2(1 × 0.6 + 1 × 0.6 + 0.6 × 0.6) = 2(0.6 + 0.6 + 0.36) = 3.12 m2
Thickness of wooden box = x = 20 mm
External temperature = 303 K
Kwood = 0.168 W m−1 K−1
The rate of heat flow into the box is
∆Q K(A)(T1 − T2 ) 0.168 × 3.12 × (303 − 273)
= = = 786.24 Js−1
∆t x 20 × 10−3
∆Q −1
The rate at which ice melts is = ∆t = 786.24 J s = 234 × 10−5 = 2.34 × 10–3 kg s−1.
Lice 3.36 × 105 J / kg
52. Heat is flowing through two cylindrical rods of the same material. The diameters of the rods are in the
ratio 1 : 2 and their lengths are in the ratio 2 : 1. If the temperature difference between their ends is same,
1
then find the ratio of amounts of heat conducted through them per unit time. 8
 
Solution
2
Q1 A  x  d  x  1 1 1
=  1  ×  2  =  1  ×  2  = × =
Q2  A 2   x1   d 2   x1  4 2 8
53. A cylindrical metallic rod 0.5 m long conducts heat at the rate of 50 J s−1 when its ends are kept at
400 °C and 0 °C respectively. Coefficient of thermal conductivity of metal is 72 W m−1 K−1. What is the
diameter of rod? [0.033 m]
Solution
Q KA(T1 − T2 )
=
t l
72 × π r 2 × 400
50 =
0 .5
Solving, we get, r = 0.0167 m.
Hence, d = 0.033 m
54. A copper rod of length 60 cm long 8 mm in radius is taken and its one end is kept in boiling water and
the other end in ice at 0 °C. If 72 g of ice melts in one hour what is the thermal conductivity of copper?
Latent heat of fusion of ice = 3.36 × 105 J kg−1. [200.64 W m −1 K −1 ]
Solution
m Lf x 72 ×103 × 336 ×103 × 0.60
K= = = 200.64 W m −1 K −1
A (T1 − T2 ) t π× (8×10−3 ) 2 ×100 × 3600
55. A slab consists of two parallel layers of iron and brass 10 cm and 10.9 cm thick and of thermal
conductivities 500 W m−1 K−1 and 109 W m−1 K−1 respectively. The area of opposite faces are 2m2 each
and are at temperatures 373 K and 273 K. Find heat conducted per second across the slab and also the
temperature of the interface. [1.667 × 105 J s −1 ]
97
Solution
500 × 2 × (373 − T) 109 × 2 × (T − 273)
=  T = 356.33 K
10 ×10−2 10.9 ×10−3
Q 500 × 2 × (373 − 356.33)
Heat conducted per second = −2
= 1.667 × 10 5 J s −1
t 10 × 10
56. Find the temperature at which black body loses thermal energy at the rate of 8 × 104 W m−2. Stefan’s
constant σ = 5.7 × 10−8 W m−2 K−4. [1088 K]
Solution
E = σ T4
E 8 ×104
T= 4 =4 = 1088 K
σ 5.7 ×10−8
57. A black body having an area of 2 × 10−4 m2 for its radiating surface radiates energy of 16.42 J in 15 min.
What is the temperature of the body? [200 K]
Solution
1 1
 Q 4  16.42 4
T=  = −8 −4  = 200 K
 σ At   5.67 ×10 × 2 ×10 ×15 × 60 
58. An electric heater emits 1500 W of thermal radiation. The coil of the heater has a surface area of
0.025 m2. Assuming the coil to be black body, calculate its temperature. Stefan’s constant,
σ = 5.7 × 10−8 W m−2 K−4. [1013 K]
Solution
Power of heater P = 1500 W, Area of surface, A = 0.025 m2
σ = 5.7 × 10−8 W m−2 K−4
According to Stefan’s Law, Radiant energy emitted per second is P = σ AT4
P 1500
T = 4 =4 =1013 K
σA 5.7 ×10 −8 × 0.025
98
Competitive Corner
Classwork MCQs
1. The Fahrenheit and Celsius scales agree at a reading of

(A) 100 °C (B) −40 °C (C) −10 °C (D) 0 °C
Ans (B)
Temperature on Celsius scale (C) and Fahrenheit scale (F) are related by the equation
C F − 32 5
= or C = (F − 32)
100 180 9
Let θ be the reading on both the scales at a given temperature.
5
θ = (θ − 32)  θ = − 40
9
∴ − 40 °C = − 40 °F
2. A faulty thermometer reads 5 °C in melting ice and 99 °C in steam. The correct temperature in °F, when
this faulty thermometer reads 52 °C is
(A) 116.6 °F (B) 125.6 °F (C) 122 °F (D) 52 °F
Ans (C)
t − 5 F − 32
=
99 − 5 180
52 − 5 F − 32
=  F = 122 °F
94 180
3. Two rods of lengths l1 and l2 are made of different materials with coefficients of linear expansion
α1 and α2. If the difference between the two lengths is independent of temperature, then
l1 α1 l1 α2 2 2 α12 α 22
(A) = (B) = (C) l 1 α 2 = l 2 α 1 (D) =
l2 α2 l2 α1 l1 l2
Ans (B)
l1′ = l1 (1 + α1∆t) and l2′ = l2 (1 + α 2 ∆t)
l1′ − l2′ = 0  l1 (1 + α1∆t) − l2 (1 + α2∆t) = 0
l1 − l2 = (l2 α2 − l1 α1)∆t
l1 − l2
= l2 α2 − l1 α1
∆t
l −l
But 1 2 = 0
∆t
 2 α2 − l1 α1 = 0
l
l1 α2
 =
l2 α1
Aliter
If the difference is to remain constant
∆l1 = ∆l2 i.e., l1α1∆t = l2 α 2 ∆t
l1 α 2
 =
l2 α1
4. A thin copper wire of length l increases in length by 1% when heated from 0 °C to 100 °C. If a thin
copper plate of area l × l is heated form 0 °C to 100 °C, the percentage increase in its area would be
(A) 1% (B) 4% (C) 2% (D) 3%
99
Ans (C)
1 / 100
Δl = lo α Δt  α = = 10– 4 °C−1
100
Therefore, ΔA = A0 β Δt
∆A
× 100 = β∆t × 100 = 2 × 10−4 × 100 × 100 = 2%
Ao
5. A uniform bar of length L with an elastic modulus Y and thermal coefficient α is held between two rigid
planes, one at each end of the bar. In this way the bar is prevented from expansion in their directions
when it is heated. When the temperature of the bar is raised by ∆T. The stress developed in the bar is
Yα ∆ T Yα αL
(A) Y α∆T (B) (C) (D)
L ∆T ∆T
Ans (A)
F Y( ∆L) ∆L
Stress = = = α.∆T
A L L
F
∴ = Y.α.∆T
A
6. The co-efficient of linear expansion for brass (αb) = 18 × 10–6 °C−1 and that for iron (αi) = 12 × 10–6 °C−1.
The lengths of brass (lb) and iron (li) to be taken so that the difference between them always remains at
0⋅1 m, for any variation of temperature are
(A) li = 0.2 m, lb = 0.3 m (B) li = 0.3 m, lb = 0.2 m
(C) li = lb = 0.2 m (D) li = lb = 0.3 m
Ans (B)
li − lb = 0.1 m = li/ − lb/ …(1)
 αi li = αb lb  2li = 3lb …(2)
Solving (1) and (2), we get
li = 0.3 m, lb = 0.2 m.
7. A rod of length 30 cm, made of metal A expands by 0.075 cm when its temperature is raised from 0 °C
to 100 °C. Another rod of a different metal B having the same length expands by 0.045 cm for the same
change in temperature. A third rod of the same length is composed of two parts, one of metal A and other
of metal B. This rod expands by 0.065 cm for the same change in temperature. The portion made of
metal A has the length
(A) 20 cm (B) 10 cm (C) 15 cm (D) 18 cm
Ans (A)
∆l = Lα ∆T
0.075 = 30 × αA × 100  αA = 2.5 × 10−5 °C−1
0.045 = 30 × αB × 100  αB = 1.5 × 10−5 °C−1
For composite rod
0.065 = lA × 2.5 × 10−5 × 100 + lB × 1.5 × 10−5 × 100
0.065 = 2.5 × 10−3 lA + 1.5 × 10−3 (30 − lA)  lA = 20 cm
8. The moment of inertia of a body is I. The coefficient of linear expansion of the material is α. Fractional
change in moment of inertia about its axis, when there is a small change in temperature is
αI∆T
(A) 2 α I ∆T (B) 2 α ∆T (C) (D) 4 α ∆T
2
100
Ans (B)
I = mr2, ∆I = 2mr ∆r
∆I 2∆r 2rα∆T
= = = 2α ∆T
I r r
9. A steel wire is rigidly fixed in an aluminium frame of same length at 30 °C. If the temperature is raised
to 130 °C, stress in steel wire is [αAl = 23 × 10–6 °C−1, αs = 11 × 10–6 °C−1, Ysteel = 2 × 1011 Pa]
(A) 1.2 × 10–3 Pa (B) 2.4 × 108 Pa (C) 1.6 × 1014 Pa (D) 6 × 10–15 Pa
Ans (B)
∆l
Stress = Y × strain, strain = = (α Al − α s ) ∆θ
l
Stress = 2 × 1011 × (23 – 11) × 10–6 × 100 = 2.4 × 108 Pa
10. A uniform metal rod is used as bar pendulum. If the room temperature rises by 10 °C and coefficient of
linear expansion of the metal of the rod is 2 × 10−6 °C−1, the period of pendulum will increase by
(A) 1 × 10−3 % (B) −1 × 10−3 % (C) 2 × 10−3 % (D) −2 × 10−3 %
Ans (A)
l
T = 2π
g
∆T 1 ∆l α∆T 1
= = = × 2 × 10−6 × 10 = 10−5
T 2 l 2 2
∆T
∴ × 100 = 10−5 × 100 = 10−3 %
T
11. When 300 J of heat is added to 25 g of sample of a material its temperature rises from 25 °C to 45 °C.
The thermal capacity of the sample and specific heat of the material are respectively given by
(A) 15 J/ °C, 600 J/kg °C (B) 600 J/ °C, 15 J/ °C kg
(C) 150 J / °C, 60 J / kg °C (D) none of these
Ans (A)
Q 300
(i) Thermal capacity, TC = mc = = = 15 J / °C
∆T 45 − 25
(ii) Specific heat is nothing but thermal capacity per unit mass
mc 15
C= = = 600 J / kg °C
m 25 × 10−3
12. A lead ball moving with velocity v strikes a wall and stops. If 50 % of its energy is converted into heat,
the increase in temperature is (Specific heat of lead is s)
v2 v2 v 2s v 2s
(A) (B) (C) (D)
Js 4 Js J 2J
Ans (B)
1
mv 2
50 2 v2
× = H = ms∆T or ∆T =
100 J 4 Js
13. Certain quantity of water at 100 °C is mixed with thrice the quantity of water at 70 °C. The final
temperature of the mixture is
(A) 80 °C (B) 66.7 °C (C) 85 °C (D) 77.5 °C
101
Ans (D)
Heat lost by the hot water = heat gained by the cold water, i.e. ms (θ1 − θ) = 3m × s (θ − θ2) where θ is
the final temperature of the mixture. (100 − θ) = 3(θ − 70)
 θ = 77.5 °C
14. A beaker is filled with water at 4 °C. Then
(A) the water will overflow when it is heated
(B) the water will overflow when it is cooled
(C) the level of the water remains same whether it is cooled or heated
(D) the water will overflow either if the water is cooled or heated
Ans (D)
Water has maximum density at 4 °C. When water is either heated or cooled, its density decreases and
hence the volume increases. Due to this anomalous expansion, the water will overflow when it is either
heated or cooled.
15. The volume of mercury in the bulb of a thermometer is 10−6 m3. The area of cross-section of the capillary
tube is 2 × 10−7 m2. If the temperature is raised by 100 °C, the increase in the length of the mercury
column is (γHg = 18 × 10−5 °C−1)
(A) 18 cm (B) 0.9 cm (C) 9 cm (D) 1.8 cm
Ans (C)
By cubical expansion relation, ∆V = V × γ∆t
where, γ is coefficient of cubical expansion and V = 10−6 m3 = initial volume
γ = 18 × 10−5 °C−1
∆t = 100 °C
∆V = 10−6 × 18 × 10−5 × 102 = 18 × 10−9
Since, ∆V = A × ∆l
 18 × 10−9 = (2 × 10−7) ∆l = 9 × 10−2 m = 9 cm
16. The heat capacity of gas A is greater than the heat capacity of gas B. When same quantity of heat is
supplied to both the gases at constant volume
(A) the rise in temperature of A is greater than that of B
(B) the rise in temperature of B is greater than that of A
(C) the rise in temperature of both A and B is same
(D) the increase in internal energy of B is less than that of A
Ans (B)
The heat supplied Q = mc∆t i.e., Q = heat capacity × ∆t
Q
The rise in temperature ∆t =
heat capacity
1
Since the quantity of heat supplied is same for both A and B, ∆t ∝
heat capacity
The heat capacity of A is greater than that of B.
Therefore the rise in temperature of A is less than that of B.
102
17. Three rods of thermal conductivities 2k, k and k having same dimensions are arranged as shown. The
temperature of the junction is 50 °C
(A) 62.5 °C k
2k
(B) 75 °C
100 °C
(C) 60 °C k
(D) 50 °C 0 °C
Ans (A)
2k (100 − θ)A k (θ − 50)A k (θ − 0)A
= +  θ = 62.5 °C
l l l
18. Six identical conducting rods are joined as shown in figure. Points A and D are maintained at
temperatures 200 °C and 20 °C respectively. The temperature of junction B will be
(A) 120 °C
(B) 100 °C A D
200 °C B C 20 °C
(C) 140 °C
(D) 80 °C
Ans (C)
Equivalent electrical circuit, will be as shown in figure. Temperature difference between A and D is
180 °C, which is equally distributed in all the rods. Therefore, temperature difference between A and B
will be 60 °C, or temperature of B should be 140 °C.
R R R
A D
200 °C B C 20 °C
19. Certain amount of heat is given to 100 g of copper to increase its temperature by 21 °C. If the same
amount of heat is given to 50 g of water, then the rise in its temperature is (specific heat capacity of
copper = 400 J kg−1 K−1 and that for water = 4200 Jkg−1 K−1)
(A) 4 °C (B) 5.25 °C (C) 8 °C (D) 6 °C
Ans (A)
The amount of heat supplied is given by the relation Q = mc∆T
Here, m = 100 g = 0.1 kg, s = 400 J kg−1 K−1
∆T = 21 K for copper
Thus, Q = 0.1 × 400 × 21 = 840 J
Hence, 840 = 0.05 × 4200 × ∆T  ∆T = 4 °C
20. A source supplies heat at a constant rate to a solid. The variation of temperature with the supply of heat
is as shown in figure. The portion DE represents t
(A) conversion from solid to liquid state

D
(B) conversion from liquid to vapour state B E
(C) conversion from solid to vapour state C
Heat supplied
(D) conversion from vapour to solid state A
Ans (B)
The portion BC represents the change from solid to liquid state whereas the portion DE corresponds to
the boiling of the liquid which involves conversion from liquid to vapour state.
103
21. An experiment takes 10 minutes for an electric kettle to heat a certain quantity of water from 0 °C to
100 °C. If it takes 54 minutes to convert this water at 100 °C into steam, then latent heat of steam is
(A) 80 cal / g (B) 540 cal / kg (C) 540 cal / g (D) 80 cal / kg
Ans (C)
Let ‘m’ be the mass of water
Quantity of heat absorbed by water in 10 minutes
= mS∆T = m × 1 × 100 = 100 m
∴ Quantity of heat absorbed by water in 54 minutes
54 × 100 m
=
10
Quantity of heat required to convert water in to steam = mL
54 × 100 m
Hence = mL (or) L = 540 cal / g
10
22. A steel wire of cross-sectional area 0.5 mm2 is held between two rigid clamps so that it is just taut at
20 °C. The tension in the wire at 0 °C is
(Given that young’s modulus of steel is Ys = 2.1 × 1012 dyne cm−2 and coefficient of linear expansion of
steel is αs = 1.1 × 10−5 °C−1)
(A) 1.85 × 106 dyne (B) 5.92 × 105 dyne (C) 8.1 × 105 dyne (D) 2.31 × 106 dyne
Ans (D)
We know that due to drop in temperature, the tension increment in a clamped wire is F = YA α ∆θ
∴ F = 2.1 × 1012 × 0.5 × 10−2 × 1.1 × 10−5 × 20
= 2.31 × 106 dyne
23. When 1.5 kg of ice at 0°C mixed with 2 kg of water at 70°C in a container, the resulting temperature is
5°C the heat of fusion of ice is (swater = 4186 J kg–1K–1)
(A) 1.42 × 105 J Kg–1 (B) 2.42 × 105J Kg–1 (C) 3.42 × 105J Kg–1 (D) 4.42 × 105J Kg–1
Ans (C)
Heat lost by water = Heat required to melt ice + Heat required to rise temperature of ice
mwsw(T1 – Tf) = miLf + misw(Tf – T0)
2 × 4186 × (70 – 5) = 1.5 × (4186) t (5° – 0°)
544180 J = 1.5 × Lf + 31395
Lf = 3.42 × 105J Kg–1
24. One mole of O2 gas is heated at constant pressure starting at 27 °C. The energy that must be added to the
gas as heat to double its volume is
(A) 750 R (B) zero (C) 1050 R (D) 450 R
Ans (C)
At constant pressure if volume is doubled, temperature gets doubled
T1 = 300 K (27 °C)
T2 = 2T1 = 600 K
∆T = T2 − T1 = 300 K
7 7
Q = nCp∆T = 1 × R × 300 = 1050 R (Cp for diatomic gas, O2 is R )
2 2
104
25. Two liquids are at temperatures 20 °C and 40 °C. When same mass of both of them is mixed, the
temperature of the mixture is 32 °C. The ratio of their specific heats is
1 2 3 2
(A) (B) (C) (D)
3 5 2 3
Ans (D)
Final temperature is 32 °C
As Q = mC∆T and
heat lost by warm liquid = heat gained by cold liquid
m1c1(40 – 32) = m2C2(32 – 20)
C 2
given that m1 = m 2 , 1 =
C2 3
26. Hot water cools from 60 °C to 50 °C in the first 10 minutes and to 42 °C in the next 10 minutes. Then the
temperature of the surroundings is [CET 2010]
(A) 15 °C (B) 10 °C (C) 20 °C (D) 30 °C
Ans (B)
Let θ0 be the temperature of the surroundings
θ + θ2 60 + 50
Case 1: Average temperature θavg = 1 =
2 2
θavg = 55 °C
θexcess = θavg − θ0 = 55 – θ0
Rate of cooling = k(55 – θ0)
60 − 50
= k(55 − θ0 ) ... (1)
10
θ + θ2 50 + 42
Case 2: Average temperature, θavg = 1 =
2 2
θavg = 46 °C
θexcess = θavg − θ0 = 46 – θ0
Rate of cooling = k(46 – θ0)
50 − 42
= k(46 − θ0 ) ... (2)
10
10 55 − θ0
From (1) and (2), =
8 46 − θ0
 θ0 = 10 °C
27. A lead bullet penetrates into a solid object and melts. Assuming that 50% of its KE was used to heat it,
calculate the initial speed (in m s−1) of the bullet. The initial temperature of bullet is 27 °C and its
melting point is 327 °C. For lead Lfusion = 2.5 × 104 J kg−1 K−1 and clead = 125 J kg−1 K−1,
(A) 300 (B) 400 (C) 500 (D) 600
Ans (C)
mc∆T + mL = m × 125 × (327 − 27) + m × 2.5 × 104 = 62500 m …(1)
1 1 2 1 2
 mV  = mV …(2)
2 2  4
1
Equating (1) and (2) 62500m = mV 2  V = 500 m s −1
4
105
28. A wall has two layers A and B made of different materials but have the same thickness. The thermal
conductivity of A is twice that of B. Under steady state condition, the temperature difference across the
wall is 36 °C. The temperature difference across the layer B is
(A) 6 °C (B) 12 °C (C) 18 °C (D) 24 °C
Ans (D)
Q Q
During the steady state   =  
 t A  t B
K A A A ∆T K B A B (36 − ∆T)
= A B
lA lB
But K A = 2K B , lA = lB and A A = A B
T1 T 2 T 3
 ∆T = 12 °C ∴ T1 − T2 = 12 °C
The temperature difference = T2 − T3
= 36 − ∆T = 24 °C
29. Two rods A and B of equal lengths have thermal conductivities KA and KB. Each rod has its ends at
temperatures T1 and T2 respectively. If AA and AB are the area of cross section of the rods A and B and
same rate of flow of heat is maintained in both of them then
AA KA KA AB KA AA
(A) K A K B = A A A B (B) = (C) = (D) =
AB KB KB AA KB AB
Ans (C)
Q KA(T1 − T2 )
The rate of flow of heat =
t l
Q Q K A A A (T1 − T2 ) K A (T − T ) K A
  =   = B B 1 2 ∴ A = B
 t A  t B l l KB AA
30. A black body of surface area 0.5 m2 is at a temperature T1 and another black body of surface area 8 m2 is
at temperature T2. If the total energy radiated by the two surfaces are equal, then the temperatures are in
the ratio
(A) 1 : 2 (B) 2 : 1 (C) 1 : 16 (D) 16 : 1
Ans (B)
E
Let E be the energy radiated. The energy radiated per unit area = σ T14 ,
0.5
E
Similarly = σ T24
8
8 T4 T4 T
Dividing the two equations = 14 or 16 = 14 or 1 = 2 i.e., T1 : T2 = 2 :1
0.5 T2 T2 T2
31. If E is the rate at which energy is emitted from a black body at 0 °C then the rate of energy radiation
from the black body at 273 °C is
(A) E (B) 4 E (C) 16 E (D) 8 E
Ans (C)
E
According to Stefan’s law = σ A T4
t
4
E2  T2  E2  546 
4
E∝ T  4
=   =  = 2  E2 = 16E1 = 16E
4
E1 T
 1 E1  273 
106
32. A black metallic sphere of radius 4 m, is at a temperature of 2000 K and another of radius 1 m is
at 4000 K. The ratio of thermal powers radiated is
(A) 1 : 1 (B) 4 : 1 (C) 1 : 4 (D) 2 : 1
Ans (A)
According to Stefan’s law P = ΑeσT 4
2 4
P1 A1 T14 R  T  2 4
= ⋅ 4 =  1  ⋅  1  =  4  ×  2000  = 1
P2 A 2 T2  R 2   T2   1   4000 
33. From the graph shown below the curve representing perfectly black body is, (νm → frequency of
radiation with maximum intensity, T → absolute temperature) [CET 2011]
νm
(A) C (HZ)
(B) D B
(C) A D
C
(D) B
A
T(K)
Ans (A)
From Wein’s displacement law, νm ∝T
34. Experimental investigations show that the intensity of solar radiation is maximum for a wavelength
480 nm in the visible region. The surface temperature of sun is
(Given Wien’s constant b = 2.88 × 10−3 m K)
(A) 4000 K (B) 6000 K (C) 8000 K (D) 106 K
Ans (B)
The Wien’s radiation law is given by, λ m T = b , a constant
Hence, λmT = 2.88 × 10−3
2.88 × 10−3 2.88 × 10−3
 T= = = 6000 K
λm 480 × 10−9
35. The temperature of a black body is gradually increased. The colour of the body will change from
(A) white-green-red (B) red-yellow-blue
(C) red-violet-yellow (D) yellow-green-red
Ans (B)
According to Wien’s displacement law λmT = constant.
As temperature is increased, λ is decreased in the visible spectrium
∴ λR > λY > λB.
36. A body cools in 7 minutes from 60 °C to 40 °C. The time (in minute) it takes to cool from
40 °C to 28 °C, if surrounding temperature is 10 °C is
(A) 3.5 (B) 14 (C) 7 (D) 10
Ans (C)
θ − θ2  θ1 + θ2 
From Newton’s law of cooling, 1 = − θ0 
t  2 
60° − 40°  60° + 40°  40° − 28°  40° + 28° 
Therefore, ∝ − 10°  ; ∝ − 10°   t = 7
7  2  t  2 
107
37. Hot water contained in a vessel cools from 60 °C to 50 °C in 10 minutes and then to 42 °C in another
10 minutes. The temperature of the surroundings is
(A) 10 °C (B) 5 °C (C) 15 °C (D) 20 °C
Ans (A)
The rate of cooling dθ / dt = K (θ − θ0) where θ0 is the temperature of the surroundings.
60 − 50
For the first 10 minutes = K (60 − θ0)
10
50 − 42
For the next 10 minutes = K (50 − θ0)
10
 10 
  K(60 − θ )
 10  = 0
 8  K(50 − θ0 )
 
 10 
Solving these equations, we get, θ0 = 10 °C
38. One end of a 0.25 m long metal bar is in steam and the other is in contact with ice at 0 °C. If 12 g of ice
melts per minute, the thermal conductivity of the metal is (Given: Cross-section of bar = 5 × 10−4 m2
and Lice = 80 cal g−1. Answer is in cal s−1 m−1 K−1)
(A) 70 (B) 80 (C) 90 (D) 100
Ans (B)
∆x = 0.25 m, ∆T = 100 − 0 = 100 °C, ∆t = 60 s, K = ?
−4 2
A = 5 × 10 m , ∆Q = mL = 12 × 80 = 960 cal
∆Q ∆T 960 100
= kA ∴ = K × 5 × 10−4 ×
∆t ∆x 60 0.25
−1 −1 −1
K = 80 cal s m K
39. Number of times faster, a cup of coffee cool off from 100 °C than from 30 °C is (Assume the coffee to
act as a blackbody and temperature of surroundings = 20 °C)
(A) 9.8 (B) 10.9 (C) 13.2 (D) 11.3
Ans (D)
E T 4 − T04 (373)4 − (293) 4
Using Stefan-Boltzmann law, 1 = 14 = = 11.3
E 2 T2 − T04 (303) 4 − (293) 4
∴ The rate of cooling of coffee at 100 °C is about 11.3 times faster than at 30 °C.
40. A spherical black body of radius 12 cm radiates 450 W power at 500 K. If the radius is halved and the
temperature is doubled the power radiated in watt would be
(A) 225 (B) 450 (C) 900 (D) 1800
Ans (D)
P = (4πr2) σ T4  P α r2 T4
2 4 2
P2  r2   T2  1
=     =   × (2) 4 = 4
P1  r1   T1  2
P2 = 4P1 = 4 × 450 = 1800 W
108
Assignment MCQs
1. Solids expand on heating because
(A) the K.E. of atoms increases (B) P.E. of the atoms increases
(C) total energy of the atoms increases (D) inter atomic separation increases
Ans (D)
2. The expansion of a body depends on
(A) initial dimensions, temperature difference, material
(B) final dimensions, temperature difference, material
(C) initial dimensions, final temperature, material
(D) initial dimensions, initial temperature, material
Ans (A)
3. Oxygen boils at –183 °C. This temperature approximately in Fahrenheit is
(A) –329 °F (B) –261°F (C) –215 °F (D) –297 °F
Ans (D)
C F − 32 −183 F − 32
= = =  F = –297 °F
5 9 5 9
4. A Celsius and a Fahrenheit thermometer are put in water. The reading of the Fahrenheit thermometer is
three times that of the Celsius thermometer. The reading of the Fahrenheit thermometer is
(A) 100 °F (B) 80 °F (C) 270 °F (D) 160 °F
Ans (B)
C F − 32
We know that, =
100 180
Given that F = 3C
C 3C − 32 80
Hence = C=  F = 80 °F
100 180 3
5. An iron metre rod is to maintain an accuracy of 1 part per million. The co-efficient of linear expansion of
iron is 1 × 10–5 °C–1 the maximum variation in the temperature of the rod could be
(A) ± 1 °C (B) ± 0.5 °C (C) ± 0.1 °C (D) ± 0.01 °C
Ans (C)
∆L 1
± =± 6
l 10
∆L 1
∆θ = =± 6 = ± 0.1
αL 10 × 10−5
6. A thin rod of negligible mass and cross sectional area 4 × 10−6 m2, suspended vertically from one end has
a length of 0.5 m at 100 °C. The rod is cooled to 0 °C, but prevented from contracting by attaching a
mass at the other end. The mass attached is
(Y = 1011 N m −2 , α = 10−5 / K −1 , g = 10 m s −2 )
(A) 10 kg (B) 20 kg (C) 30 kg (D) 40 kg
Ans (D)
F
= − αY ∆t
A
αY∆tA
∴m = = 40 kg
g
109
7. A pendulum clock made of invar has a period of 0.5 s at 20 °C. If the clock is used in a climate where
average temperature is 30 °C, In 106 seconds the clock runs, (α invar = 10−6 °C −1 )
(A) 5 s fast (B) 10 s fast (C) 10 s slow (D) 5 s slow
Ans (D)
∆T 1
= α∆t
T 2
1 1
∴ Total change = × α × ∆t × 106 = × 10−6 × 10 × 106
2 2
= 5 s slow
8. The sprinkling of water reduces slightly the temperature of a closed room because [CET 2006]
(A) temperature of water is less than that of the room
(B) specific heat of water is high
(C) water has large heat of vapourisation
(D) water is a bad conductor of heat
Ans (C)
When water is sprinkled over a large area, the evaporation of water takes place. When the water
evaporates, it absorbs the heat from the surroundings. Due to this absorption of energy, cooling takes
place in the surroundings
9. The ratio of the densities of the two substances is 4 : 3 and that of their specific heats is 3 : 6. Then their
heat capacities per unit volume are in the ratio
(A) 1 : 2 (B) 2 : 3 (C) 3 : 2 (D) 2 : 1.
Ans (B)
Heat capacity is given by S = ms, where m is the mass of the substance and c is the specific heat.
S = Vρ × s or the heat capacity per unit volume
S
 
S  V 1 ρ1 s1 4 3 2
=ρ×s = × = × =
V S ρ2 s 2 3 6 3
 
 2
V
10. Two rods of equal length and diameter have thermal conductivities 3 and 4 units respectively. If they are
joined in series, the thermal conductivity of the combination would be
(A) 3.43 (B) 3.5 (C) 3.4 (D) 3.34
Ans (A)
In series
R = R1 + R2 2K1K 2
KS =
2l l l K1 + K 2
(or) = +
K eff ⋅ A K1A K 2 A 2(3)(4)
=
2 1 1 7 3+ 4
(or) = + =
K eff 3 4 12 = 3.43
24
∴ K eff = = 3.43
7
110
11. A kettle with 2 litre water at 27 °C is heated by a heating coil of power 1 kW. The heat is lost to the
atmosphere at constant rate 160 Js−1, when its lid is open. The time taken by water to get heated to 77 °C
with the lid open is (specific heat of water = 4.2 kJ kg−1)
(A) 8 min 20 s (B) 6 min 2 s (C) 14 min (D) 7 min
Ans (A)
By the law of conservation of energy, energy given by heater must be equal to the sum of energy gained
by water and energy lost from the lid
pt = ms∆θ + energy lost
i.e., 1000 t = 2 × (4.2 × 103) × 50 + 160 t
or 840 t = 8.4 × 103 × 50
t = 500 sec = 8 min 20 s
12. Three rods A, B and C of equal length L are maintained at the same temperature. Their coefficient of
linear expansions are αA, αB and αC respectively. If the temperature of all the rods are increased by θ °C
and αB > αA > αC, then the final order of the length of the rods will be
(A) Lc > LB > LA (B) LA = LB = LC (C) LA > LB > LC (D) LB > LA > LC
Ans (D)
L = L0(1 + αθ)
If L0 and θ are the same, then, ‘L’ is directly proportional to ‘α’
∴ LB > LA > LC
13. A uniform metal rod is used as bar pendulum. If the room temperature rises by 10 °C and coefficient of
linear expansion of the metal of the rod is 2 × 10–6 −C–1, the period of pendulum will increase by
(A) 1 × 10–3 % (B) –1 × 10–3% (C) 2 × 10–3% (D) –2 × 10–3%
Ans (A)
The fractional increment in time with temperature change,
∆t 1
= α ∆T ... (1)
t 2
∆t
Where, = fractional increment
t
α = coefficient of linear expansion
∆T = change in temperature
∆t 1
= × 2 × 10−6 × 10 = 10−5
t 2
∆t
% change of period is × 100 = 10−5 × 100% = 10–3%
t
14. The coefficient of volume expansion of solids is
(A) greater than liquids (B) equal to gases (C) less than liquids (D) equal to liquids
Ans (C)
15. One gram of ice at 0 °C is added to 5 gram of water at 10 °C. Final temperature of the mixture is
(A) –5 °C (B) 5 °C (C) 0 °C (D) 10 °C
Ans (C)
Heat required to melt completely 1 gram of ice at 0 °C, Q1 = 1 × 80 = 80 cal
Heat liberated on cooling 5 gram of water to 0 °C, Q2 = 5 × 10 = 50 cal
Since Q1 > Q2, final temperature = 0 °C.
111
16. 310 J of heat is required to raise the temperature of 2 moles of an ideal gas at constant pressure from
25 °C to 35 °C. The amount of heat required to raise the temperature of the gas through the same range at
constant volume is [CET 2007]
(A) 452 J (B) 276 J (C) 144 J (D) 384 J
Ans (C)
Q = nCp∆T
310 = 2 × Cp × 10  Cp = 15.5 J mol–1 K–1
Cp − Cv = R  Cv = Cp − R = 7.186 J mol–1 K–1
Q = nCv ∆T
Q = 2 × 7.186 × 10 = 143.72 J ≈ 144 J
17. Water is heated from 0 °C to 10 °C, its volume
(A) first decrease and then increases (B) does not change
(C) increases (D) decreases
Ans (A)
From the anomalous behaviour of water, its volume decreases upto 4 °C and then increases
18. Three rods of same dimensions have thermal conductivities 3 K, 2 K and K. They are arranged as shown
below. The temperature T of the junction is
(A) (200 / 3)°C 50 °C
(B) (100 / 3)°C 2K
3K
(C) 75 °C 100 °C
T
(D) (50 / 3)°C K
0 °C
Ans (A)
Rate of flow of heat, H = H1 + H2
3K(100 − T)A 2K(T − 50)A K(T − 0)A H1 50 °C
= +
l l l 3K T 2K
100 °C
3(100 – T) = 2(T – 50) + T – 0 H
K
300 – 3T = 2T – 100 + T H2 0 °C
200
6T = 400  T = °C
3
19. Two rods of different materials and different lengths but of equal cross sectional area are joined together
to form a linear compound rod. One end of the rod is at a constant high temperature. Then, in the steady
state, the temperature gradient in each rod
(A) has the same value.
(B) is proportional to the thermal conductivity.
(C) is inversely proportional to the thermal conductivity.
(D) is inversely proportional to length.
Ans (C)
dQ  dT 
We know = −KA  
dt  dx 
Since the rods are joined together, Q/t is the same for both the rods.
 dT   dT   dT  dT 1
Hence, K1A   = K 2 A   or K   = constant i.e., ∝
 dx 1  dx  2  dx  dx K
112
20. The temperature of a piece of metal is raised from 27 °C to 327 °C. The rate at which energy radiated is
increased to
(A) 4 times (B) 8 times (C) 9 times (D) 16 times
Ans (D)
According to Stefan’s law, the energy radiated per second E ∝ T4
4 4
E  T   600  E2
 2 = 2  =  or = 16
E1  T1   300  E1
21. The total radiant energy per unit area, normal to the direction of incidence, received at a distance R from
the centre of a star of radius r, whose outer surface radiates as a black body at a temperature T K is given
by (where, σ is Stefan’s constant)
σr 2 T 4 σr 2 T 4 σr 4 T 4 4πσr 2 T 4
(A) (B) (C) (D)
R2 4πr 2 r4 R2
Ans (A)
If r is the radius of the star and T its temperature, then the energy emitted by the star per second through
radiation in accordance with Stefan’s law will be given by AσT 4 = 4πr 2 σT 4
In reaching a distance R this energy will spread over a sphere of radius R so the intensity of radiation
P
will be given by S =
4πR 2
4πr 2 σT 4 σr 2 T 4
= =
4πR 2 R2
22. If the temperature of a perfect black body is increased two times, then the rate of radiation increases to
(A) two times (B) four times (C) eight times (D) sixteen times
Ans (D)
4
Q2 T 
Q∝T  4
=  2 
Q1  T1 
 Q 2 = 16 Q1
23. A star radiates maximum energy of wavelength λ m at a temperature T. The temperature of another star
which radiates maximum energy of wavelength 2 λ m is
T T
(A) (B) 2 T (C) (D) 4 T
4 2
Ans (C)
1 T
As λ m ∝ , temperature of the other star = .
T 2
24. Two stars A and B radiate maximum energy at the wavelengths of 360 nm and 480 nm respectively.
Then the ratio of the surface temperatures of A and B is
(A) 3 : 4 (B) 81 : 256 (C) 4 : 3 (D) 256 : 81
Ans (C)
λmT = constant Wein’s displacement law.
1
T∝
λm
TA λ B 480 4
= = = ∴ Option (3).
T B λ A 360 3
113
25. The SI unit of specific heat capacity is [CET 2017]

(A) J mol–1 K–1 (B) J kg–1 (C) J kg–1 K–1 (D) J K–1
Ans (C)
26. The temperature of a black body is increased by 50%, then the percentage increase of radiation is
approximately
(A) 100% (B) 25% (C) 400% (D) 500%
Ans (C)
3 81
T1 = T; E1 = E (E ∝ T4)
2 16
 E1   81 
 − 1 × 100% =  − 11 × 100% = 406.25% ≃ 400%
E   16 
27. A pan filled with hot food cools from 94 °C to 86 °C in 2 minutes, when the room temperature is 20 °C.
How long will it cool from 74 °C to 66 °C?
(A) 2.8 minutes (B) 1.8 minutes (C) 2 minutes (D) 2.5 minutes
Ans (A)
dθ
From Newton’s law of cooling, ∝ ( θ − θ0 )
dt
94 − 86  94 + 86 
In Case (i), ∝ − 20 
2  2 
8
 ∝ ( 90 − 20 )
2
or 4 ∝ 70 …(1)
74 − 66  74 + 66 
In Case (ii), ∝ − 20 
t  2 
8
∝ ( 70 − 20 )
t
8
∝ 50 …(2)
t
Dividing (1) and (2)
t 70
=
2 50
14
t= = 2.8 minutes
5
28. A body at a temperature of 727 °C and having surface area 5cm 2 , radiates 300 J of energy each
minute. The emissivity (Given: Stefan’s constant = 5.67 ×10−8 Wm −2 K −4 ) is,
(A) e = 0.18 (B) e = 0.02 (C) e = 0.2 (D) e = 0.15
Ans (A)
Here A = 5cm 2 = 5 × 10−4 m 2 T = 727 + 273 = 1000 K
300
Energy radiated per second = = 5Js −1
60
E
E = e ( σT 4 ) × A  e =
σT 4 A
5
E= 4
= 0.18
5.67 × 10 × (1000 ) × 5 × 10−4
−8
114
29. An electric heater supplies 1.8 kW of power in the form of heat to a tank of water. Time it takes to heat
200 kg of water in the tank from 10 °C to 70 °C is(Assume heat loss to the surrounding is negligible)
(A) 7.75 h (B) 10.2 h (C) 3.78 h (D) 12.12 h
Ans (A)
Heat added = Heat absorbed
(1.8 kJ/s)t = (4.174 kJ kg−1 K−1) (200 kg) (60 K) = 5 × 104 kJ
t = 2.78 × 104 S (or) t = 7.75 h
30. A, B and C are three identical conductors made from different materials. They are kept in contact as
shown
A B C
100 °C • • 0 °C
Their thermal conductivities are K, 2K and K/2. The free end of A is at 100 °C and the free end of C is at
0 °C. During steady state, the temperature of the junction of A and B is nearly
(A) 37 °C (B) 71 °C (C) 29 °C (D) 63 °C
Ans (B)
Heat flowing per second across any section is same
A and L are same
K
K(100 – θ1) = 2K(θ1 − θ2) = ( θ2 − 0 )
2
θ2
θ1 − θ2 =
4
4
 θ2 = θ1
5
4 1 4
100 − θ1 = × θ1 = θ1
5 2 10
1000 − 10 θ1 = 4θ1
 1000 = 14 θ1
1000
 θ1 = = 71 °C
14
JEE Main
1. The temperature of the two outer surfaces of a composite slab, consisting of two materials having
co-efficient of thermal conductivity K and 2K and thickness x and 4x, respectively, are T2 and T1
 A(T2 − T1 )k 
(T2 > T1). The rate of heat transfer through the slab, in a steady state, is   f , where f is
 x 
x
equal to
(A) 1
1
(B) T2 K
2 2K T1
2
(C)
3
1 4x
(D)
3
115
Ans (D)
KA(θ1 − θ2 ) t
Q=
d
k(θ1 − θ2 )
= constant
d
k(T2 − T0 ) 2k(T0 − T1 )
=
x 4x
T −T
T2 − T0 = 0 1
2
 2T2 − 2T0. = T0 − T1
 3T0 = 2T2 + T1
2T + T1
 T0 = 2
3
Rate of heat transfer
Q KA(T2 − T0 )
=
t x
KA  2T + T1 
=  T2 − 2
x  3 
KA  3T2 − 2T2 − T1 
=
x  3 

KA  T2 − T1  KA
= = (T2 − T1 )
x  3  3x
Q KA(T2 − T1 ) 1
∴ = ×
t 3 3
1
∴f =
3
2. One end of thermally insulated rod is kept at a temperature T1 and the other end at T2. The rod is
composed of two materials of lengths l1 and l2 and thermal conductivities K1 and K2 respectively. The
temperature at the interface of the two materials is
(A) (K2 l2 T1 + k1 l1 T2) / (k1 l2 + k2 l2)
T1 l1 l2 T2
(B) (k2 l1 T1 + k1 l2 T2) / (k2 l1 + k1 l2)
(C) (k1 l2 T1 + k2 l1 T2) / (k1 l2 + k2 l1)
(D) (k1 l1 T1 + k2 l2 T2) / (k1 l1 + k2 l2) K1 K2
Ans (C)
Let the temperature at the interface be T.
At equilibrium
Q1 Q 2
=
t t T1 l1 l2 T2
For part AB
Q1 (T1 − T)K1 A K1 K2 C
∝ B
t l1
For part BC
Q 2 ( T − T2 )
∝ K2
t l2
116
(T1 − T) (T − T2 )k 2
k1 =
l1 l2
T k l + T2 k 2 l1
T= 1 12
k1 l2 + k 2 l1
3. Three rods of copper, brass and steel are welded together to from a Y-shaped structure. Area of cross rod
is maintained at 100 °C, whereas ends of brass and steel rods are kept at 0 °C. Lengths of copper, brass
and steel rods are 46 cm, 13 cm and 12 cm respectively. The rods are thermally insulated from
surroundings except at ends. Thermal conductivities of heat flow through copper rod is
(A) 4.8 cal s−1 (B) 6.0 cal s−1 (C) 1.2 cal s−1 (D) 2.4 cal s−1
Ans (A)
dQ1 dQ 2 dQ3 100° C
= +
dt dt dt dQ l1
1
0.92(100 − T) 0.26(T − 0) 0.12(T − 0) dt K1

 = +
46 13 12
 T = 40 °C
dQ1 0.92 × 4 × (100 − 40) K2 K3
=
dt 40 l2 dQ 2 l3
−1 dt
= 4.8 cal s
dQ3
O° C dt O° C
4. A wall has two layers A and B, each made of different materials. Both the layers have the same
thickness. The thermal conductivity of material A is twice that of B. Under thermal equilibrium, the
temperature difference across the wall is 36 °C. The temperature difference across the layer A is
(A) 6 °C (B) 12 °C (C) 18 °C (D) 24 °C
Ans (B)
T1 T T2
2kA(T1 − T) kA(T − T2 )
=  2T1 − 3T = −T2
L L
A B
Adding T1 on both sides
2K K
3T1 − 3T = T1 − T2
T − T2 36
 T1 − T = 1 = = 12 o C
3 3
L L
5. Steam at 100 °C is passed onto 1.1 kg of water contained in a calorimeter of water equivalent to 0.02 kg
at 15 °C till the temperature of the calorimeter and its contents rises to 80°C. The mass of the steam
condensed in kilograms is
(A) 0.130 (B) 0.065 (C) 0.260 (D) 0.135
Ans (A)
Heat required
Q = (1.1 + 0.02) × 103 × 1 × (80 − 15) = 72800 cal
Let m gram of steam is condensed.
Then heat loss = m × 540 + m × 1 × 20 = 560 m
Heat loss = Heat gain
 560 m = 72800  m = 130 g = 0.130 kg
117
6. Two spheres of the same material have radii 1m and 4m and temperatures 4000 K and 2000 K,
respectively. The ratio of the energy radiated per second by the first sphere to that by the second is
(A) 1 : 1 (B) 16 : 1 (C) 4 : 1 (D) 1 : 9
Ans (A)
E1 A1T14 R 12 T14
= =
E 2 A 2 T24 R 22 T24
12 × 40004 16
= = =1
42 × 20004 16
7. According to Newton’s law of cooling, the rate of cooling of a body is proportional to (∆θ)n where ∆θ is
the difference of the temperature of the body and the surroundings, and n is equal to,
(A) one (B) two (C) three (D) four
Ans (A)
According to Newton’s law of cooling, the rate of cooling of a body is directly proportional to the
temperature difference between the body and the surroundings.
8. A liquid in a beaker has temperature θ(t) at time t and θ0 is the temperature of surroundings. According
to Newton’s law of cooling the correct graph between loge (θ − θ0) and t is
Y Y
(A) loge (θ− θ0) (B) loge (θ− θ0)
0 0
→t →t
Y Y
(C) loge (θ− θ0) (D) loge (θ− θ0)
0
0
→t →t
Ans (C)
dθ
= − k(θ − θ0 )
dt
θ t
dθ

θ0 θ − θ 0
= − k 0 dt
loge (θ − θ0) = − kt + C
∴ the expected graph is a straight line
9. The pressure that has to be applied to the ends of a steel wire of length 10 cm to keep its length constant
when its temperature is raised by 100 °C is (For steel Y = 2 × 1011 Nm−2 and α = 1.1 × 10−5 k−1)
(A) 2.2 × 107 Pa (B) 2.2 × 106 Pa (C) 2.2 × 108 Pa (D) 2.2 × 109 Pa
Ans (C)
Given ∆ T = 100 °C
Thermal stress = Y × strain
118
∆L
= Y×
L
=Yα∆T
∴ P = 2 × 1011 × 1.1 × 10−5 × 100
= 2.2 × 108 Pa
10. Three rods of identical cross sectional area are made from the same material and form the sides of an
isosceles triangle ABC, right angled at B. The points A and B are maintained at temperature T and
2 T, respectively. In the steady state, the temperature of the point in C is Tc . Assuming that only heat
conduction takes place, TC/T is
1 3 1 1
(A) (B) (C) (D)
(
2 2 −1 ) 2 +1 3 ( 2 −1 ) 2 +1
Ans (B)
 ∆Q   ∆Q 
  =  T A
 ∆t  BC  ∆t CA
a 2 a

KA ( 2T − TC ) = KA ( T
C − T)
α 2α TC
B a C
T 3
on solving C = 2T
T 2 +1
Numerical Problems
11. What will be the final temperature when 150 g of ice at 0 °C is mixed with 300 g of water at 50 °C.
Specific heat of water = 1 cal/g/ °C. Latent heat of fusion of ice = 80 cal/g. [in °C]
Ans 7
Let us assume that T > 0°C
Heat lost by water = heat gained by ice to melt + heat gained by water formed from ice
 300 × 1× (50 − T) = 150 × 80 + 150 × 1× (T − 0)
 T = 6.7°C
Hence, our assumption that T > 0°C is correct.
12. A pendulum clock loses 12 s a day if the temperature is 40°C and goes fast by 4 s a day if the
temperature is 20°C. Find the temperature at which the clock will show correct time.
Ans 25
Let T be the temperature at which the clock is correct.
Time lost per day = 1/2 α (rise in temperature) × 86400
 12 = 1 / 2α(40 – T) × 86400 …(i)
Time gained per day = 1/2 α (drop in temperature) × 86400
 4 = 1 / 2α (T – 20) × 86400 …(ii)
Adding Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get
32 = 86400α(40 − 20)  α = 1.85 × 10−5 l °C−1
Dividing Eq. (i) by Eq. (ii), we get
12(T − 20) = 4(40 − T)  T = 25°C
 Clock shows correct time at 25°C
119
13. The coefficient of thermal conductivity of copper is nine times that of steel. In the composite cylindrical
bar shown in the figure. What will be the temperature at the junction of copper and steel? [in °C]
Ans 75
K1 = 9K 2 , l1 = 18 cm, l2 = 6 cm, θ1 = 100°C, θ2 = 0°C
K1 K
θ1 + 2 θ2
l l2
Temperature of the junction θ = 1
K1 K 2
+
l1 l2
9K 2 K
100 + 2 (0)
50 + 0
 θ = 18 6 = = 75 °C
9K 2 K 2 8 / 12
+
18 6
14. 2 kg of ice at – 15 °C is mixed with 2.5 kg of water at 25°C in an insulating container. If the specific heat
capacities of ice and water are 0.5 cal/g °C and 1 cal/g °C, find the amount of water present in the
container. (in kg to the nearest integer)
Ans 3
Energy released by water from 25 °C to 0 °C
= 2500 × 1 × 25 = 62500 cal
Energy to bring ice to 0°C
1
= 2000 × × 15 = 15000 cal
2
Energy used to melt ice of m gram = m80 cal
 62500 − 15000 
∴ Mass of ice that melts, m =   = 593.75 g
 80 
So, mass of water = (2500 + 593.75) g
= 3093.75 g ≃ 3 kg
15. A body is cooled in 2 min in a room at temperature of 30 °C from 75 °C to 65 °C. If the same body is
cooled from 55 °C to 45 °C in the same room, find the time taken (in minute).
Ans 2
For the first case
(θ1 − θ2 )  θ + θ2 
= α 1 − θ0 
t  2 
75 − 65  75 + 65 
= α − 30  …(i)
2  2 
For the second case
55 − 45  55 + 45 
= α − 30  …(ii)
t  2 
t
Divide Eq. (i) by Eq. (ii), = 2
2
 t = 4 min
120
NEET
1. The radius of a metal sphere at room temperature T is R and the co-efficient of linear expansion of the
metal is α. The sphere is heated a little by a temperature ∆T so that its new temperature is T + ∆T. The
increase in the volume of the sphere is approximately
4πR 3α∆T
(A) 2πRα∆T (B) πR2α∆T (C) (D) 4πR3α∆T
3
Ans (D)
Let the radius of the sphere be R. As the temperature increases radius of the sphere increases as shown.
4
Original volume V0 = πR 3
3
Co-efficient of linear expansion = α
also co-efficient of volume expansion = 3α
•
1 dV R
∴ = 3α  dV = 3VαdT
V dT
or ≃ 4πR 3α∆T ∆V
2. A substance has co-efficient of cubical expansion of 4.9 × 10−4 °C−1. The fractional change in the density
for the rise in temperature 30 K is
(A) 0.0012 (B) 0.1280 (C) 0.0235 (D) 0.0145
Ans (D)
Here γ = 4.9 × 10−4 o C −1 , ∆T = 30K = 30°C
V1 = V + ∆V = V (1 + γ ∆T)
V1
= V(1 + 4.9 × 10−4 × 30) = 1.0147 V  = 1.0147
V
m 1
Now ρ = or V ∝
V ρ
ρ − 0.9855ρ
ρ1 = = 0.0145
ρ
3. Coefficient of linear expansion of brass and steel rods are α1 and α2. Lengths of brass and steel rods are
l1 and l2 respectively. If (l2 − l1) is maintained same at all temperatures, the relation between them is
(A) α1 l22 = α 2 l12 (B) α12 l2 = α 22 l1 (C) α1 l1 = α 2 l2 (D) α1 l2 = α 2 l1
Ans (C)
Co-efficient of linear expansion of brass = α1
Co-efficient of linear expansion of steel = α2
Lengths of brass and steel rods are l1 and l2 respectively.
As given, the difference in the increase in length ( l'2 − l'1 ) is same for all temperature
So l'2 − l'1 = l2 − l1
 l2 (1 + 2 ∆t ) − l1 (1 + α1∆t) = l2 − l1  l2 α 2 = l1α1
4. Two metal rods of length L1 and L2 and co-efficient of linear expansion α1 and α2 respectively are
welded together to make a composite rod of length (L1 + L2) at 0 °C. The effective co-efficient of linear
expansion of the composite rod is
L α 2 − L 2 α 22 L21α1 − L22 α 2 L α + L2α 2 L α + L2α 2
(A) 1 12 2
(B) 2 2
(C) 1 1 (D) 1 1
L1 + L 2 L1 + L 2 L1 − L 2 L1 + L 2
121
Ans (D)
WKT ∆L = L α ∆t
For welded rod
∆L = ∆L1 + ∆L2
α(L1 + L 2 )∆t = α1L1∆t + α 2 L 2 ∆t
α L + α 2 L2
α= 1 1
L1 + L 2
5. The length of a steel rod is 5cm longer than that of a brass rod. If this difference in their lengths remain
the same at all temperature, then the length of brass rod will be (co-efficient linear expansion for steel
and brass are 12 × 10−6/ °C and 18 × 106/ °C)
(A) 20 cm (B) 15 cm (C) 5 cm (D) 10 cm
Ans (D)
∆Ls − ∆L B = ∆L
Ls = L, LB = (L − 5) cm
αs = 12 × 10−6/°C
αB = 18 × 10−6/ °C
∆L s ∆Ls
As α s  12 × 10−6 = …(1)
L s × t1 L × t1
∆L B ∆L B
αB =  18 × 10−6 = …(2)
LB × t 2 (L − 5)t 2
2 L −5
Dividing equations (1) and (2), we get = or L = 15  LB = 15 − 5 = 10 cm
3 L
6. When a liquid is heated in a glass vessel its co-efficient of apparent expansion is 1.03 × 10−3 °C−1 when
the same liquid is heated in a copper vessel, its coefficient of apparent expansion is 1.006 × 10−3 °C−1. If
the co-efficient of linear expansion of copper is 17 × 10−6 °C−1, then the coefficient of linear expansion of
glass is
(A) 8.5 × 10−4 °C−1 (B) 9 × 10−6 °C−1 (C) 27 × 10−6 °C−1 (D) 10 × 10−4 °C−1
Ans (B)
Here γ γ = γ ag + 3 α g = γ ac + 3 α c
 1.03 × 10−3 + 3 αg = 1.006 × 10−3 + 3 × (17 × 10−6)
 αg = 9 × 10−6 °C−1
2
7. A non-conducting body floats in a liquid at 20°C with of its volume immersed in the liquid. When
3
3
liquid temperature is increased to 100°C, of body’s volume immersed in the liquid. Then the
4
co-efficient of real expansion of the liquid is (neglecting the expansion of container of the liquid)
(A) 15.6 × 10−4 °C−1 (B) 156 × 10−4 °C−1
(C) 1.56 × 10−4 °C−1 (D) 0.156 × 10−4 °C−1 [AIIMS 2012]
Ans (A)
V2 − V1
Co-efficient of real expansion γ R =
V1 (T2 − T1 )
3V 2V
Here V2 = , V1 = and T2 − T1 = 100 − 20 = 80 °C
4 3
122
3V 2V
−
γR = 4 3 = 1
2V
× 80 640
3
γ R = 15.6 × 10−4 o C−1
8. A clock with a metal pendulum beating seconds keeps correct time at 0 °C. If it loses 12.5 s a day at
25 °C, the co-efficient of linear expansion of metal pendulum is
1 1 1 1
(A) °C −1 (B) °C −1 (C) °C −1 (D) °C −1
86400 43200 14400 28800
Ans (A)
Number of seconds lost in a day
1
∆t = α ∆ θ × 86400
2
The co-efficient of linear expansion of metal pendulum
2∆T 2 × 12.5 1
α= = α= °C −1
∆θ × 86400 25 × 86400 86400
9. A bimetallic strip is made of aluminum and steel (αAl > αsteel) on heating the strip will
(A) remains straight
(B) get trusted
(C) will bend with aluminum on concave side
(D) will bend with steel on concave ride
Ans (D)
As αAl > αsteel, aluminum will expand more.
Aluminum
So, it should have larger radius of curvature.
Hence, aluminum will be on convex ride
Steel
θ
10. The apparent co-efficient of expansion of a liquid when heated in a copper vessel is C and when heated
in a silver vessel it is S. If A is the linear co-efficient of expansion of copper, then the linear co-efficient
of expansion of silver is
C + S − 3A C − S + 3A S + 3A − C C + S + 3A
(A) (B) (C) (D)
3 3 3 3
Ans (B)
γγ = γa + γv
For copper γ γ = C + 3α cu = C + 3A
 C + 3A = S + 3αAg
C − S + 3A
 α Ag =
3
123
11. Three rods of equal length ‘l’ are joined to form an equilateral triangle PQR. O is the mid-point of PQ.
Distance OR remains same for small change in temperature. Co-efficient of linear expansion for PR and
RQ is same i.e., α2 but that for PQ is α1. Then
R
(A) α1 = 3α1
(B) α2 = 4α1
(C) α1 = 3α2
(D) α1 = 4α2
P O Q
Ans (D)
(OR)2 = (PR)2 − (DO)2
2
l
=l − 
2
2
l 
= [l (1 + α2 t)]2 −  (1 + α1t) 
2 
2 2
l l
l − = l 2 (1 + α 22 + t 2 + 2α 2 t) − (1 + α12 t 2 + 2α1t)
4 4
2 2 2
Neglecting α 2 t and α1 t 2
l2 2α
O = l 2 (2α 2 t 2 ) − (2α1 t)  2α 2 = 1  α1 = 4α 2
4 4
12. Three rods AB, BC and BD of same length l and cross-section A
A K, l B 2K, l C
are arranged as shown. The end D is immersed in ice at 0 °C.
[Mass of ice = 440 g]. The end C is maintained at 100 °C. Heat is 200 cal s−1 100 °C
supplied at constant rate of 200 cal s–1. Thermal conductivities of K/2, l
K
AB, BC and BD are K, 2K and , respectively. Time after which
2 D
whole ice will melt is [k = 1 cal / ms °C, A = 10 cm2, l = 1 m]
(A) 400 s
(B) 600 s
(C) 700 s Ice at 0 °C
(D) 800 s
Ans (D)
Let θ is the temperature of B
(K / 2)A(θ − 0) (2K)A(θ − 100)
+ = 200
l l
KA  θ 
 + 2(θ − 100)  = 200
l 2 
Substituting the values, θ = 880 °C
K A(θ − 0) 1 10
Also from B to D = × 880 = 44 cal/s
2 l 2 100
m 440 × 80
44 = × 80 ; t = ∴ t = 800 s
t 44
124
13. Two cylindrical rods made of the same material are such that their diameters are in the ratio 1 : 2 and
their lengths are in the ratio 1 : 2. If the temperature difference across the ends of each rod is same, the
ratio of heat conducted by them per second is
(A) 1 : 1 (B) 1 : 2 (C) 1 : 4 (D) 1 : 8
Ans (B)
 πd 2 
K  × ∆T
 Q  KA∆T  4 
Rate of heat flow is given by   = =
 t  l l
2
Q d
  ∝
 t  l
Two cylindrical rods A and B are of the same material.
The length of B is twice that of A and its diameter is also twice that of A.
Q Q
  d 
2
l  1
2  
 t A 2  t A 1
= A × B =  ×  =
Q  dB   lA   2  1 Q 2
   
 t B  t B
14. Certain quantity of water cools from 70 °C to 60 °C in first 5 minutes and to 54 °C in the next
(A) 45 °C (B) 20 °C (C) 42 °C (D) 10 °C
Ans (A)
T1 − T2  T + T2 
According to Newton’s law of cooling =K 1 − T0 
t  2 
70 − 60
First case = K [ 65 − T0 ]
5
60 − 54
Second case = K [57 − T0 ]
5
5 65 − T0
On dividing =  285 − 5T0 = 195 − 3T0  2T0 = 90  T0 = 45 °C
3 57 − T0
15. The height of Niagara falls is 50 m. Calculate the difference in temperature of water at the top and at the
bottom of fall, if J = 4.2 J cal−1
(A) 0.201 °C (B) 0.019 °C (C) 0.418 °C (D) 0.117 °C
Ans (D)
gh 9.8 × 50
∆θ = = = 0.117 °C
cJ 1000 × 4.2
Self Assessment Test - 10.1

1. The unit of Stefan’s constant is
(A) W m−2 K−1 (B) W m K–4 (C) W m−2 K−4 (D) N m−2 K4
Ans (C)
According to Stefan’s Boltzmann law, the energy radiated per second, E = σAT4
E W
∴σ = 4
= 2 4 = W m −2 K −4 .
AT m K
125
2. The sprinkling of water reduces slightly the temperature of a closed room because
(A) temperature of water is less than that of the room
(B) specific heat of water is high
(C) water has large latent heat of vapourisation
(D) water is a bad conductor of heat
Ans (C)
When water is sprinkled over a large area, evaporation takes place. As the latent heat of vapourisation is
large cooling takes place.
3. Two identical rods AC and CB made of two different metals having
A C B
thermal conductivities in the ratio 2 : 3 are kept in contact with each
other at the end C as shown in the figure. A is at 100 °C and B is at θ
100°C 25° C
25 °C. Then the junction C is at
(A) 50 °C (B) 75 °C (C) 60 °C (D) 55 °C
Ans (D)
For conduction of heat,
Q = KA 1
( θ − θ2 ) t
d
Let temperature of junction = θ
∴ K1 (100 − θ) = K2 (θ − 25)
K θ − 25 2 θ − 25
or 1 = or =
K 2 100 − θ 3 100 − θ
or 3θ − 75 = 200 − 2θ or 5θ = 275 or θ = 55 °C.
4. The surface temperature of the sun which has maximum energy emission at 500 nm is 6000 K. The
temperature of a star which has maximum energy emission at 400 nm will be
(A) 6500 K (B) 7500 K (C) 4500 K (D) 8500 K
Ans (B)
By Wien’s displacement law,
λmT = constant.
∴λ m T = λ'm T ' or 500 × 6000 = 400 × T'
500 × 6000
or T ' = = 7500 K
400
5. The coefficient of thermal conductivity of copper is 9 times that of steel. In the composite cylindrical bar
shown in the figure, what will be the temperature at the junction of copper and steel?
(A) 25 0 C
100°C 0°C
(B) 330 C
copper steel
(C) 75 0 C
18 cm 6 cm
(D) 67 0 C
Ans (C)
Thermal P.D. ( temp. difference )
The heat current =
Thermal resistance
σA 1
I thermal = Thermal P.D. × where ρ = .
l σ
126
(100 °C − T ) 9σ ⋅ A ( T − 0 °C ) σA
I= =
18 cm 6 cm
 4T = 300 °C  T = 75 °C
6. If a black body emits 0.5 joules of energy per second when it is at 27 °C, then the amount of energy
emitted by it when it is at 627 °C will be
(A) 13.5 J (B) 135 J (C) 40.5 J (D) 162 J
Ans (C)
The energy emitted by a black body per second is given by Stefan’s law E = σT4
4
E' ( 273 + 627 )4 ( 900 K )
∴ = σ⋅ = σ ⋅
E ( 273 + 27 )4 ( 300 K )
4
( 900 ) 4
 E ' = 0.5 × = 0.5 × 81 = 40.5 J.
( 300 ) 4
7. 0.1 m3 of water at 80 °C is mixed with 0.3 m3 of water at 60 °C. The final temperature of the mixture is
(A) 70 °C (B) 60 °C (C) 75 °C (D) 65 °C
Ans (D)
Heat lost of 0.1 m3 of water = Heat gained by 0.3 m3 of water
m1c(80° − θ) = m2c (θ − 60°)
0.1(80° −θ) = 0.3(θ − 60°)
80° − θ
=3
θ − 60°
80° − θ = 3θ − 180°
4θ = 260°
θ = 65°
Alternate method
1
Change in temperature ∝
mass
80° − θ 0.3
For same liquid, = =3
θ − 60° 0.1
θ = 65°
8. The amount of heat energy radiated by a metal at temperature ‘T’ is ‘E’. When the temperature is
increased to 3 T, energy radiated is
(A) 9 E (B) 3 E (C) 27 E (D) 81 E
Ans (D)
4
E T 
E ∝ T , 2 =  2  = (3) 4 = 81
4
E1  T1 
9. The surface temperature of the stars is determined using

(A) Wein’s displacement law (B) Rayleigh-Jeans law
(C) Kirchhoff’s law (D) Planck’s law
Ans (A)
Wein’s displacement law,
λmT = 2.9 × 10−3 mK
127
10. Two slabs are of the thicknesses d1 and d2. Their thermal conductivities are K1 and K2 respectively. They
are in series. The free ends of the combination of these two slabs are kept at temperatures θ1 and θ2.
Assume θ1 > θ2. The temperature θ of their common junction is ________
K θ d + K 2 θ 2 d1 K θ + K 2θ2 K θ + K 2 θ2 K θ d + K 2θ2d 2
(A) 1 1 2 (B) 1 1 (C) 1 1 (D) 1 1 1
K 1d 2 + K 2 d 1 K1 + K 2 θ1 + θ 2 K 1d 2 + K 2 d 1
Ans (A)
Let θ be the temperature of the interface.
Since the slabs are in series,
K A (θ1 − θ) K 2 A (θ − θ 2 )
∴ 1 =
d1 d2
K 1d 2θ 1 − K 1d 2θ = K 2d 1θ − K 2d 1θ 2
θ (K1d2 + K2d1) = K1d2θ1 + K2d1θ2
K d θ + K 2 d1θ 2
 θ= 1 2 1
K1d 2 + K 2 d1
11. Hot water cools from 60 °C to 50 °C in the first 10 minutes and to 42 °C in the next 10 minutes. Then the
temperature of the surroundings is ________
(A) 15 °C (B) 10 °C (C) 20 °C (D) 30 °C
Ans (B)
Let θ0 be the temperature of the surroundings.
θ + θ 2 60 + 50
Case (1) Average temperature, θ av = 1 = = 55 °C
2 2
θ excess = θ av − θ 0 = 55 − θ 0
Rate of cooling = k [55 − θ0]
60 − 50
i.e., = k [55 − θ 0 ] …(1)
10
50 + 42
Case (2) Average temperature, θ av = = 46 °C
2
θexcess = (46 − θ0)
Rate of cooling = k (46 − θ0)
50 − 42
∴ = k (46 − θ 0 ) …(2)
10
10 55 − θ 0
From equations (1) and (2), = θ0 = 10 °C
8 46 − θ 0
12. Three identical rods A, B and C are placed end to end. A temperature difference is maintained between
the free ends of A and C. The thermal conductivity of B is THRICE that of C and HALF of that of A.
The effective thermal conductivity of the system will be (KA is the thermal conductivity of rod A).
2 1
(A) 2 KA (B) K A (C) K A (D) 3KA
3 3
Ans (C)
3 1 2 6 9
= + + =
Ks KA KA KA KA
1 3 1
= ∴ Ks = KA
Ks KA 3
128
13. The quantities of heat required to raise the temperatures of two copper spheres of radii r1 and r2
(r1 = 1.5 r2) through 1 K are in the ratio of __________
3 27 9
(A) (B) 1 (C) (D)
2 8 4
Ans (C)
3 3 3
Q1 m1 ρ × (volume)1  r1   1.5r2 
 = 1.5 3 =   =
3 27
= = =  =
Q 2 m 2 ρ × (volume)2  r2   r2   
2 8
14. Which one of the following is νm − T graph for perfectly black body? νm is the frequency of radiation
with maximum intensity. T is the absolute temperature.
νm (Hz)
A B
(A) C D
(B) D C
(C) A
(D) B
T(K)
Ans (A)
νm ∝ T, from Wein’s displacement law
∴ graph C represents νm − T graph
15. A, B and C are the three identical conductors but made from different materials. They are kept in contact
as shown.
K
Their thermal conductivities are K, 2K and . The free end of A is at 100°C and the free end of C is at
2
0°C. During steady state, the temperature of the junction of A and B is nearly _____°C
(A) 37 (B) 71 (C) 29 (D) 63
Ans (B)
Heat flowing per second across any section is same.
K
A and L are same K (100 − θ1) = 2K(θ1 − θ2) = (θ 2 − 0)
2
θ 4
θ1 − θ 2 = 2  θ 2 = θ1
4 5
4 1 4
100 − θ1 = × θ1 = θ1
5 2 10
1000 − 10 θ1 = 4θ1
θ
100 − θ1 = 2 (θ1 − θ 2 ) = 2
2
1000
θ1 = = 71 °C
14
16. A hot body is allowed to cool. The surrounding temperature is constant at 30°C. The body takes time t1
to cool from 90°C to 89°C and time t2 to cool from 60°C to 59.5°C. Then,
t
(A) t2 = t1 (B) t2 = 2t1 (C) t 2 = 1 (D) t2 = 4t1
2
129
Ans (A)
According to Newton law of cooling,
dT  90 + 89 
α − 30 
dt  2 
dT1
α(89.5 − 30)
dt1
dT1 = 90 – 89 = 1°C
dt1 = t1
1
= 89.5 − 30 = 59.5 °C . . . (1)
t1
dT2  60 + 59.5 
α − 30  = 59.75 − 30 = 29.75 °C
dT2  2 
dT2 = 60 – 59.5 = 0.5
dt2 = t2
dT2 0.5  60 + 59.5 
= α − 30 
dt 2 t2  2 
0.5
α 29.75°C . . . (2)
t2
(1)
Dividing
( 2)
t2 59.5
= =2
0.5 t1 29.75
t2
= 2 × 0.5 = 1
t1
t1 = t2
17. A solid cylinder of radius R made of a material of thermal conductivity K1 is surrounded by a cylindrical
shell of inner radius R and outer radius 2R made of a material of thermal conductivity K2. The two ends
of the combined system are maintained at two different temperatures. Then there is no loss of heat across
the cylindrical surface and the system is in steady state. The effective thermal conductivity of the system
is
K1 K 2 3K1 + K 2 K + 3K 2
(A) K1 + K2 (B) (C) (D) 1
K1 + K 2 4 4
Ans (D)
If K is the effective thermal conductivity then,
K2
4KπR 2 K1πR 2 K 2 π(3R 2 )
= +
L L L
K1
3K 2 + K1
K=
4
18. Two stars A and B radiate maximum energy at the wavelengths of 360 nm and 480 nm respectively.
Then the ratio of the surface temperatures of A and B is
(A) 3 : 4 (B) 81 : 256 (C) 4 : 3 (D) 256 : 81
130
Ans (C)
λmT = constant Wein’s displacement law.
1
T∝
λm
TA λ B 480 4
= = =
T B λ A 360 3
19. In anomalous expansion of water, at what temperature, the density of water is maximum?
(A) > 4°C (B) 4°C (C) 10°C (D) <4°C
Ans (B)
In anomalous expansion of water the density of water is maximum at 4 °C.
Density
→
4 °C Temperature →
20. 1 gram of ice is mixed with 1 gram of steam. At thermal equilibrium, the temperature of the mixture is
(A) 55 °C (B) 50 °C (C) 100 °C (D) 0°
Ans (C)
Heat released when steam condenses into water at 100 °C, Q1 = mLv = 540 cal
Heat required for ice to melt and get heated to 100 °C is Q2 = mLf + mCw ∆θ = 80 + 100 = 180 cal
Hence the temperature of mixture is 100 °C (∵180 < 540 )
21. Water is heated from 0 °C to 10 °C, then its volume

(A) first decreases and then increases (B) does not change
(C) increases (D) decreases
Ans (1)
Due to the anomalous behaviour of water, its volume decreases upto 4 °C and then increases
22. A pan filled with hot food cools form 94 °C to 86 °C in 2 minutes. When the room temperature is 20 °C.
How long will it cool from 74 °C to 66 °C?
(A) 2 minutes (B) 2.8 minutes (C) 2.5 minutes (D) 1.8 minutes
Ans (B)
According to Newton’s law of cooling
dθ  θ + θ2 
= k 1 − θ0  … (i)
dt  2 
dθ 94 − 86
Here = = 4 °C min −1
dt 2
θ1 = 94 °C, θ2 = 86 °C, θ0 = 20 °C
Using eqn (i),
 94 + 86 
4 = k − 20  = 70k
 2 
4
k= … (ii)
70
For fall in temperature from 74 °C to 66 °C,
131
Using eqn (i),

74 − 66 4  74 + 66  4
=  − 20  = × 50
t 70  2  70
8× 7
t= = 2.8 minutes
4×5
23. Four rods with different radii r and length l are used to connect two heat reservoirs at different
temperatures. Which one will conduct most heat?
1 1
(A) r = 1 cm, l = 1 m (B) r = 1 cm, l = m (C) r = 2 cm, l = 2m (D) r = 2 cm, l = m
2 2
Ans (D)
Rate of heat conduction through a rod of radius r and length l,
dQ K ( πr ) ( T2 − T1 )
2
=
dt l
dQ r 2
For given K and (T2 – T1), α
dt l
1
Hence, rod with r = 2 cm and l = m will conduct most heat.
2
24. A cup of tea cools from 65.5 °C to 62.5 °C in 1 minute in a room at 22.5 °C. How long will it take to
cool from 46.5 °C to 40.5 °C in the same room?
(A) 4 minutes (B) 2 minutes (C) 1 minute (D) 3 minutes
Ans (A)
dT
= k ( θ − θ0 )
dt
3
I = k ( 64 − 22.5 )
1
3
= k ( 41.5 ) … (1)
1
6
II = k ( 43.5 − 22.5 )
t
6
= k ( 21) … (2)
t
(1) 3 t 41.5
 × =
( 2) 1 6 21
t = 4 min
25. A sphere, a cube and a thin circular plate all of same material and same mass initially heated to same
high temperature are allowed to cool down under same conditions. Then the
(A) plate will cool the fastest and the sphere the slowest
(B) cube will cool the fastest and the plate the slowest
(C) plate will cool the fastest and the cube the slowest
(D) sphere will cool the fastest and the cube the slowest
Ans (A)
The circular plate has maximum surface area and hence it cools faster. For a given volume (mass in this
case), a sphere has the least surface area and hence it cools slowly.
132
26. Which of the following curves represent the variation of coefficient of volume expansion of an ideal gas
at constant pressure?
(A) (B) (C) (D)
Ans (B)
1 nR
We know PV = nRT or =
T PV
Since, P is constant, P∆V = nR∆T
∆V nR
(or) =
∆T P
∆V
Coefficient of volume expansion α v =
V∆ T
nR 1
αv = =
PV T
27. 100 g of ice at 0 °C is mixed with 100 g of water at 100 °C. The final temperature of the mixture is
[Take Lf = 3.36 × 105 J kg–1 and Sw = 4.2 × 103 J kg–1k–1]
(A) 10 °C (B) 50 °C (C) 1 °C (D) 40 °C
Ans (A)
L
Tw − f
sw
Temperature of the mixture =
2
80
100 −
= 1 = 20 C = 10 °C
2 2
28. Driver of truck gets his steel petrol tank filled with 75 L of petrol at 10 °C., If γsteel is 24 × 10−6 °C−1 and
γpetrol is 9.9 × 10−4 °C−1, the overflow petrol at 30 °C is
(A) 1.35 L (B) 1.38 L (C) 1.45 L (D) 1.48 L
Ans (B)
Change in volume of petrol,
∆Vp = Vγp ∆T = V × 9.9 × 10−4 × 20 = 1.98 × 10−2 V
Change in volume of steel tank,
∆Vs = Vγs ∆T = V × 3 × 24 × 10−6 × 20
= 1.44 × 10−3 V = 0.144 × 10−2 V
Volume of petrol overflowing,
∆Vp − ∆Vs = (1.98 − 0.144) × 10−2 V
= 1.836 × 10−2 × 75 = 1.38 L
29. Two rods of different materials having coefficients of linear expansion α1 and α2 and Young’s modulus
Y1 and Y2 respectively are fixed between two rigid massive walls. The rods are heated such that they
undergo the same increase in temperature. There is no bending of rods. If α1 : α2 = 2 : 3, the thermal
stress developed in the two rods are equal provided Y1 : Y2 equal to
(A) 2 : 3 (B) 4 : 9 (C) 1 : 2 (D) 3 : 2
133
Ans (D)
From the formula for thermal stress
F
  = α1Y1 ∆T … (1)
 A 1
F
  = α 2 Y2 ∆T … (2)
 A 2
(Since, temperature ∆T is same)
( F A )1 α1Y1
Dividing (1) by (2), we get =
( F A )2 α 2 Y2
For thermal stress to be equal, α1Y1 = α2Y2
Y1 α 2 3  α1 2 
or = =  As α = 3 
Y2 α1 2  2 
30. A 10 kW drilling machine is used to drill a bore in a small aluminium block of mass 8 kg. Find the rise
in temperature of the block is 2.5 minutes, assuming 50% power is used up is heating the machine itself
or lost to the surrounding.
(Specific heat of aluminium = 0.91 J g−1 °C−1)
(A) 100 °C (B) 103 °C (C) 150 °C (D) 155 °C
Ans (B)
Here, P = 10 kW = 104 W, m = 8 kg
Time, t = 2.5 minute = 2.5 × 60 = 150 s
Specific heat, s = 0.91 J g−1 C−1
Total energy = P × t = 104 × 150 = 15 × 105 J
As 50% of energy is lost,
1
∴ Energy available, ∆Q = ×15 ×105 = 7.5 × 105 J
2
As ∆Q = ms∆T
∆Q 7.5 ×105
∆T = = = 103 °C
ms 8 ×103 × 0.91

1. The temperature of an object is raised from –10 °C to 35 °C. The change in temperature on the
Fahrenheit scale of temperature is
(A) 45 °F (B) 35 °F (C) 81 °F (D) 25 °F
Ans (C)
9 9
∆TF = ∆TC = × 45 = 81 °F
5 5
2. When a platinum resistance thermometer is put in contact with ice, steam and a liquid, the resistance of
platinum wire recorded are 2 Ω, 3 Ω and 4 Ω respectively. The temperature of the liquid is
(A) 100 °C (B) 48 °C (C) 35 °C (D) 200 °C
Ans (D)
 R − R0  4−2
t = t  × 100 =   × 100 = 2 × 100 ∴ t = 200 °C
 R 100 − R 0   3− 2 
134
3. Two thermometers X and Y have fundamental intervals of 80° and 120°. When immersed in ice, they
show the readings of 20° and 30°. If Y measures the temperature of a body as 120°, the reading of X is
(A) 55° (B) 65° (C) 75° (D) 80°
Ans (D)
X − L⋅F⋅P Y − L⋅F⋅P
=
80 120
X − 20 120 − 30
= ∴ x = 80°
80 120
4. Design of some physical instrument requires that there should be a constant difference in length of 10 cm
between an iron rod and a copper cylinder laid side by side at all temperatures. The lengths are
(given α Fe = 11 × 10 −6 º C −1 , α Cu = 17 × 10 −6 º C −1 )
(A) 08.3 cm and 18.3 cm (B) 18.3 cm and 28.3 cm
(C) 38.3 cm and 48.3 cm (D) 28.3 cm and 38.3 cm
Ans (B)
(α Fe = 11 × 10 −6 º C −1 , α Cu = 17 × 10 −6 º C −1 )
Since copper expands more than iron, the length of the iron rod must be greater than that of copper rod.
Let their lengths be L1 and L2 and hence, L1 − L 2 = 10 cm
Since the difference is always to be the same at all temperature their increase in length must be the same
whatever the rise in temperature.
L α 17
∆L = L1α Fe ∆T = L 2 α Cu ∆T or 1 = Cu =
L 2 α Fe 11
Also L1 − L 2 = 10 cm
Solving for L1 and L 2 we get L1 = 28.3 cm and L 2 = 18.3 cm
5. A rod of particular material of length 40 cm has a coefficient of linear expansion α1 = 6 × 10−6 °C−1. The
material of another rod of length l has a coefficient of linear expansion α2 = 4 × 10−6 °C−1. If the
difference in lengths of the two rods always remains same at all temperature, then the value of l is
(A) 26 cm (B) 60 cm (C) 80 cm (D) 32 cm
Ans (B)
If the difference is constant, then l1α 1 = l 2 α 2 i.e., 40 × 6 × 10 −6 = l × 4 × 10 −6
∴ l = 60 cm
6. A metal cube of length 10.0 mm at 0 °C is heated to 200 °C. Given, its coefficient of linear expansion is
2 × 10–5 K–1, the percent change in its volume is
(A) 0.1 (B) 0.2 (C) 0.4 (D) 1.2
Ans (D)
Percentage change in volume = 3α∆t × 100
= 300 α∆t = 300 × 2 × 10–5 × 200 = 1.2
7. An iron meter stick is allowed an error of 1 part per million. If the coefficient of linear expansion of iron
is 1 × 10–5 °C−1, the maximum variation in temperature that the stick can have is
(A) ± 0.01 K (B) ± 0.10 K (C) ± 1.00 K (D) ± 10.0 K
Ans (B)
∆l = lα∆t
10−6 = 1 × 1 × 10–5 × ∆t  ∆t = ± 0.1 K
135
8. Three rods of same area of cross-section are made of same material from the sides of an isosceles
triangle ABC. The points A and B are maintained at temperatures T and 2 T respectively. In the
steady state, temperature of point C will be
A
T 3T
(A) (B)
2 +1 2 +1
T T
(C) (D)
2 −1 (
3 2 −1 )
B C
Ans (B)
TB > TA , heat flows from B to A, through BA and BCA
Rate of heat flow in BC = Rate of heat flow in CA
[
kA 2T − TC
=
)
kA [TC − T )
 TC =
3T
l 2l 2 +1
9. A steel wire of uniform area 2 mm2 is heated to 50 °C and is stretched by tying its ends rigidly. The
change in tension when the temperature falls from 50 °C to 30 °C, by taking Y = 2 × 1011 N m−2 and
α = 1.1 × 10−5 °C−1 is
(A) 1.5 × 1010 N (B) 5 N (C) 88 N (D) 2.5 × 1010 N
Ans (C)
F = αY∆tA
= 1.1 × 10−5 × 2 × 1011 × 20 × 2 × 10−6 = 88 N
10. The brass scale of a barometer gives correct reading at 0 °C. The barometer reads 75 cm at 25 °C. The
actual atmospheric pressure at 27 °C is (αbrass = 19 × 10−6 °C−1)
(A) 75.041 cm (B) 7.5 cm (C) 75m (D) 7.5mm
Ans (A)
The barometer reading at 27 °C is R27 = R25 (1 + α∆t) = 75 [1 + 19 × 10−6 × 2]
= 75.00285 cm
T.R = S.R (1 + α∆t)
= 75.00285 (1 + 19 × 10−6 × 27) = 75.041 cm
11. Marine animals live deep inside a lake, when the surface of the lake freezes because,
(A) ρw is minimum at 4° C (B) ρw is maximum at 4° C
(C) ρw = 0 (D) remain same
Ans (B)
As the density of water is maximum at 4 °C, water at the bottom of lake remains at 4 °C in winter even if
that at the surface freezes. This makes marine animals to live deep inside a lake.
12. A piece of bread gives 5 k cal of heat to a boy. The height to which he can climb by using this energy, if
his efficiency is 28 % and mass is 60 kg is
(A) 15 m (B) 5 m (C) 2.5 m (D) 10 m
Ans (D)
Heat produced = Increase in potential energy
28
× 5 × 103 × 4.2 = 60 × 9.8 × h  h = 10 m
100
136
13. Equal masses of three liquids A, B and C have temperature 10 °C, 25 °C and 40 °C respectively. If
A and B are mixed, the mixture has a temperature of 15 °C. If B and C are mixed, the mixture has a
temperature of 30 °C. If A and C are mixed, the mixture will have a temperature of
(A) 29 °C (B) 25 °C (C) 20 °C (D) 16 °C
Ans (D)
When A and B are mixed, mCA (15 − 10) = mCB (25 − 15)  CA = 2 CB
When B and C are mixed, mCB (30 − 25) = mCC (40 − 30)  CB = 2 CC  CA = 4 CC
When A and C are mixed let ‘θ’ be temperature of mixture,
then mCA (θ − 10) = mCC (40 − θ)
m 4CC (θ − 10) = mCC (40 − θ)
4θ − 40 = 40 − θ  θ = 16 °C
14. An electric kettle takes 10 minutes to heat a certain quantity of water from 0 °C to 100 °C. If it takes
54 minutes to convert this water at 100 °C into steam, then latent heat of steam is
(A) 90 cal g–1 (B) 540 cal g–1 (C) 270 cal g–1 (D) 2268 cal g–1
Ans (B)
Let Q be the supply of heat/min
Then Q(10) = m × 1 × 100  Q = 10 m
Q (54) = mLv
(10 m) 54 = mLv  Lv = 540 cal g–1
15. If a person melts 60 g of ice by chewing in one minute, his power is
(A) 4800 W (B) 336 W (C) 1.33 W (D) 0.75 W
Ans (B)
Q ML 60 × 80 × 4.2 J
P= = =
t t 60 s
= 336 W
16. A sphere of aluminium of 0.047 kg is placed for sufficient time in a vessel containing boiling water, so
that the sphere is at 100 °C. It is then immediately transferred to 0.14 kg copper calorimeter containing
0.25 kg of water at 20 °C. The temperature of water rises and attains a steady state at 23 °C. Calculate
the specific heat capacity of aluminium. Ccopper = 0.386 × 103 J kg−1 K−1, Cwater = 4.18 × 103 J kg−1 K−1.
Answer is in J kg−1 K−1.
(A) 911 (B) 1020 (C) 798 (D) 850
Ans (A)
mAl CAl (T1 − T2) = mCu CCu (T2 − T0) + mw Cw (T2 − T0)
0.047 × CAl (100 − 23) = 0.14 (0.386 × 103) (23 − 20) + 0.25 (4.18 × 103) (23 − 20)
 CAl = 911 J kg−1 K−1
17. Consider the two insulating sheets with thermal resistances R1 and R2 as shown in figure. The
temperature θ is θ2
θ1θ2 R1R 2 θ1R 2 + θ2 R 1
(A) (B) R2
(θ1 + θ2 )(R 1 + R 2 ) R1 + R 2
θ
θ1R1 + θ2 R 2 (θ1 + θ2 )R 1R 2
(C) (D) R1
R1 + R 2 R 12 + R 22
θ1
137
Ans (B)
For the two sheets, H1 = H2 (H = rate of heat transited)
θ1 − θ θ − θ2
(or) =
R1 R2
θ R + θ2 R 1
Solving this, we get θ = 1 2
R1 + R 2
18. A wall has two layers A and B made of different materials but have the same thickness. The thermal
conductivity of A is twice that of B. Under steady state condition, the temperature difference across the
wall is 36° C. The temperature difference across the layer B is
(A) 6° C (B) 12° C (C) 18° C (D) 24° C
Ans (D)
K A A(T − T1 ) K B A(T2 − T)
= T1 T T2
l l
Given T2 − T1 = 36 °C …(1)
2KB(T − T1) = KB(T2 − T) A B
l
2T − 2T1 = T2 − T  3T = 2T1 + T2 …(2) KA KB
∴ 3T = 2T1 + 36 + T1
3T − 3T1 = 36
T − T1 = 12 ∴ T2 − T = 24 °C
19. Two vessels made of different materials are of the same size and shape. Both of them are filled with the
same quantity of ice. The ice in the first vessel melts in 20 minutes and that in the second vessel melts in
35 minutes. The ratio of the thermal conductivities of the materials is
(A) 7 : 4 (B) 2 : 1 (C) 1 : 2 (D) 2 : 3
Ans (A)
The heat supplied to both the vessels is same.
K A∆θ × t 1 K A∆θ × t 2
Q= 1 = 2  K1t1 = K2t2
∆x ∆x
K1 t 35
= 2 =  K1 : K2 = 7 : 4
K2 t1 20
20. A body cools from 50 °C to 49 °C in 5 seconds. If the temperature of the surrounding is 30 °C, the time
taken by the body to cool from 40 °C to 39 °C is
(A) 5 s (B) 7.5 s (C) 10.26 s (D) 2.5 s
Ans (C)
dθ
From Newton’s law of cooling, the rate of cooling = K (θ − θ0)
dt
When the body cools from 50° to 49°, the rate of cooling is
dθ 50 − 49 1
= = k (49.5 − 30)  k = units.
dt 5 97.5
40 − 39 1
When the body cools from 40° to 39°, then = (39.5 − 30)
dt 97.5
1× 97.5
∴ The time taken dt = = 10.26 s
9 .5
138
21. The radiation emitted by a star A is 10000 times that of the sun. If the surface temperatures of the sun
and the star A are 6000 K and 2000 K respectively, the ratio of the radii of the star A and the sun is
(A) 300 : 1 (B) 600 : 1 (C) 900 : 1 (D) 1200 : 1
Ans (C)
According to Stefan-Boltzmann law, the energy radiated per second through the surface of surface area
A is given by
E = σ T4 A
4
E A T 
∴ 1 = 1 1
E 2 A 2  T2 
4
r 2  2000 
 10000 = 12  
r2  6000 
r12
= (30) 4 r1 : r2 = 900 : 1
r22
22. Two plates of same area are kept in contact. Their thickness as well as thermal conductivities are in the
ratio 2 : 3. The outer surface of one plate is maintained at 10 °C and that of the other at
0 °C. The temperature of the common surface is
(A) 0 °C (B) 2⋅5 °C (C) 5 °C (D) 6⋅5 °C
Ans (C)
k A (T − T ) k 2 A 2 (T − T2 )
Q1 = Q2  1 1 1 =
l1 l2
k 1 l 2 T − T2 T−0
= 1= T = 5 oC
k 2 l1 T1 − T 10 − T
23. Steam at 100 °C is passed into 20 g of water at 10 °C. When water acquires a temperature of 80 °C, the
mass of water present will be [Take specific heat of water = 1 cal g−1 °C−1 and latent heat of steam
= 540 cal g−1]
(A) 24 g (B) 31.5 g (C) 42.5 g (D) 22.5 g
Ans (D)
Heat gained by water = Heat lost by stream
20 × 1 (80°− 10°) = (m × 540) +
m × 1 (100° − 80°)
1400 = 560 m  m = 2.5 g
Total mass of water = 20 g + 2.5 g = 22.5 g
24. A certain quantity of water cools from 70 °C to 60 °C in the first 5 minutes and to 54°C in the next
(A) 45 °C (B) 20 °C (C) 42 °C (D) 10 °C
Ans (A)
( θ1 − θ2 )  ( θ1 + θ2 ) 
By Newton’s law of cooling, =k − θ0 
∆t  2 
( 70° − 60° )
In the first five minutes, = k [65° − θ0 ] …(1)
5
( 60° − 54° )
In the next five minutes = k [57° − θ0 ]
5
139
6
= k [57° − θ0 ] …(2)
5
(1) 5 ( 65° − θ0 )
 =  θ0 = 45°
(2) 3 ( 57° − θ0 )
25. A spherical black body with a radius of 12 cm radiates 450 watt power at 500 K. If the radius were
halved and the temperature doubled, the power radiated in watt would be
(A) 1800 (B) 225 (C) 450 (D) 1000
Ans (A)
450 = σ ⋅ 4πr12T14
p = σ4πr22T24
2 4
p r  T 
= 2   2 
450  r1   T1 
p 1
= ×16 ∴ p = 4 × 450 = 1800
450 4
26. The two ends of a metal rod are maintained at temperatures 100 °C and 110 °C. The rate of heat flow in
the rod is found to be 4.0 J s−1. If the ends are maintained at temperatures 200 °C and 210 °C, the rate of
heat flow will be
(A) 16.8 J s−1 (B) 8.0 J s−1 (C) 4.0 J s−1 (D) 44.0 J s−1
Ans (C)
Rate of flow of heat ∝ temperature difference.
Since the temperature difference remains same i.e.,10 °C, rate of flow of heat is the same in both
cases.
27. The power radiated by a black body is P and it radiates maximum energy at wavelength, λ0. If the
3
temperature of the black body is now changed so that it radiates maximum energy at wavelength λ 0 ,
4
the power radiated by it becomes nP. The value of n is
3 4 256 81
(A) (B) (C) (D)
4 3 81 256
Ans (C)
3
λ 0 T0 = λ 0 T (Wein′s displacement law)
4
4
T = T0
3
4 4
P1 σA T04 T 4 256
= 4
 P2 =   P1 =   P = P
P2 σA T  T0  3 81
28. The surface temperature of the Sun which has maximum energy emission at 500 nm is 6000 K. The
temperature of a star which has maximum energy emission at 400 nm will be
(A) 6500 K (B) 7500 K (C) 4500 K (D) 8500 K
Ans (B)
T (λ ) 400 4
λmT = constant (Wein’s law) sun = m star = =
Tstar (λ m )sun 500 5
5 5
Tstar = × Tsun = × 6000 = 7500 K
4 4
140
29. 0.1 m3 of water at 80 °C is mixed with 0.3 m3 of water at 60 °C. The final temperature of the mixture is
(A) 70 °C (B) 60 °C (C) 75 °C (D) 65 °C
Ans (D)
Heat lost by 0.1 m3 of water = Heat gained by 0.3 m3 of water
m1C(80° − θ) = m2e(θ − 60°)
0.1(80° − θ) = 0.3(θ − 60°)
80° − θ
=3
θ − 60°
80° − θ = 3θ − 180°
4θ = 260°  θ = 65°
Alternate Method
1
Change in temperature ∝
mass
80° − θ 0.3
For same liquid, = = 3  θ = 65°
θ − 60° 0.1
30. The quantities of heat required to raise the temperatures of two copper spheres of radii r1 and r2
(r1 = 1.5 r2) through 1 K are in the ratio of
3 27 9
(A) (B) 1 (C) (C)
2 8 4
Ans (C)
3 3 3
Q1 m1 ρ × ( volume )1  r1   1.5r2  3  3  27
= = =  =
Q 2 m 2 ρ × ( volume )2  r2   r2  = 1.5 =  2  = 8

141
11. Thermodynamics
Exercise
1. Cooling is produced when a gas at high pressure suddenly expands. Explain.
Solution
The gas has to perform work to expand. This results in decrease in the internal energy of the gas and
consequently its temperature falls.
2. When a gas is suddenly compressed, its temperature rises. Why?
Solution
Sudden compression of a gas is an adiabatic change. Work done in compressing the gas is converted into
internal energy and as such the temperature of the gas rises.
3. Discuss the results when a thermos flask containing tea is vigorously shaken.
Solution
Work done in vigorously shaking a thermos flask is converted into internal energy of the tea inside it
which raises its temperature. Further, along with the hot tea, a lot of vapour is also present. Due to an
increase in temperature, the pressure of this vapour many further increase and in the extreme case, the
cork of the bottle may be blown out.
4. Can the temperature of a system be increased without heating it?
Solution
According to first law of thermodynamics, ∆Q = ∆U + ∆W. If ∆Q = 0, ∆U + ∆W = 0 or ∆U = –∆W.
Thus, ∆U increases but ∆W decreases. Thus, by converting work into internal energy, we can increase
the temperature of a system, i.e., by shaking a liquid or compressing a gas.
5. Can heat be added to system without increasing its temperature?
Solution
If we do not want to increase temperature, ∆U = 0 and as such from first law, ∆Q = ∆W. Thus, if the heat
added to the system is equal to the work done by it, its temperature will not increase (isothermal change).
Further, there is no increase in temperature when heat is added for melting of ice at its freezing point or
boiling of water at its boiling point.
6. A spark is produced when two stones are struck against each other. Why?
Solution
The amount of work done when two stones are struck against each other is converted into heat which
produces the spark.
7. Which of the following phenomena are reversible?
(i) Production of heat by rubbing of hands
(ii) Waterfall
(iii) Charging of a battery
(iv) Electrolysis of water
Solution
(iii) Charging of a battery (as whatever energy is stored in the battery during charging, is released during
discharging process).
142
1PBDBEPS-Thermodynamics
8. Can whole of work be converted into heat? Is the reverse true?

Solution
Yes. We can convert whole of the work into heat through friction. But in accordance with the second law
of thermodynamics, whole of heat cannot be converted into work. Hence, the reverse is not true.
9. What is a heat engine?
Solution
A heat engine is a device used for converting heat energy into mechanical energy.
10. Efficiency of reversible engine is maximum. Why?
Solution
According to Carnot’s theorem, all reversible engines working between the same two temperatures have
the same (maximum) efficiency.
11. Give an example for an isothermal process.
Solution
Melting of ice is an isothermal process.
12. Give an example for an adiabatic process.
Solution
Bursting of a bicycle tube is an adiabatic process.
13. Heat is supplied to a system, but the system does not perform any external work. What is the process
involved?
Solution
Isochoric process.
14. When a gas expands adiabatically, it does work on its surroundings. Where does the energy come from?
Solution
Internal energy.
15. A gas is expanding due to supply of heat in an isothermal process. What is the efficiency of the system?
Solution
100%.
16. What is a refrigerator?
Solution
A refrigerator is a heat engine working in reverse order i.e., it transfers heat from a cold body to a hot
body.
17. Name any three thermodynamic variables.
Solution
Temperature, pressure and volume.
18. Give the Kelvin-Planck statement of the second law of thermodynamics.
Solution
It is impossible to obtain a continuous supply of work from a body by cooling it to a temperature below
the lowest of its surroundings.
143

19. What does the zeroth law of thermodynamics tell us about measuring the temperature of an object?
Solution
Two objects in thermal equilibrium have the same temperature.
20. Water at the base of a waterfall is lightly warmer than at the top.
Solution
The potential energy of water at the top of a waterfall changes into its kinetic energy at the base. This
kinetic energy further changes into internal energy of water and as such its temperature rises.
21. A gas has many specific heats whereas a liquid and a solid have only one. Why?
Solution
Usually liquid and gases are heated by keeping them open to atmosphere i.e., at constant pressure.
Whereas gases can be heated in infinite number of ways.
22. What happens to the internal energy of a gas during:
(a) an isothermal expansion
(b) an adiabatic expansion.
Solution
(a) During an isothermal expansion, temperature remains constants, i.e., dT = 0. As internal energy
change (dU) is given by dU = CV dT, dU = 0 since dT = 0.
Thus, in an isothermal expansion, the internal energy remains constant.
(b) During an adiabatic expansion, the total heat content of the system remains constant, i.e., dQ = 0. As
dQ = dU + dW, dU + dW = 0 or dW = – dU. Thus, in an adiabatic expansion, the internal energy
decreases which is spent in work done during expansion.
23. Explain how a refrigerator could be employed as a heat pump to heat a room.
Solution
Install the refrigerator in such a way that its exterior is exposed to the outside environment and its
interior to the inside of the house. Now the refrigerator acts as a heat pump as it extracts heat from the
environment and rejects a greater amount of heat to the inside of the house.
24. Explain quasi-static process.

Solution
A quasi static process is an ideal process and cannot be achieved in practice. However, processes which
are very slow, which do not involve accelerated motion of the piston, large temperature gradient, etc. are
good approximation to a quasi-static process.
25. What are the limitations of first law of thermodynamics?
Solution
The first law of thermodynamics gives the equivalence between the heat and the mechanical energy in
the sense that one can be transformed into the other. This law fails to explain the following points:
144
(a) Heat always flows form a hot body to a cold body. But this law does not give any reason as to why
heat cannot flow from a cold body to a hot one. i.e., it does not tell us the direction of the heat
transfer.
(b) The first law does not explain the conditions under which heat energy cannot be converted into
work. e.g., when a bullet strikes a target, its kinetic energy gets converted into heat energy. But the
first law does not give any reason as to why heat energy produced in the target cannot be
transformed into the kinetic energy of the bullet and make it fly back. The first law does not tell us
as to what percentage of the heat energy can be converted into mechanical work.
26. Distinguish between reversible and irreversible processes.
Solution
Reversible process
It is a process which can be made to proceed in two opposite directions with the same ease, so that the
system and the surroundings pass through exactly the same intermediate states as in the direct process.
Example: Conversion of ice to water and vice versa, under ideal conditions.
Irreversible Process
It is a process which cannot be made to proceed in the reverse direction with the same ease and the
system does not pass through the same intermediate states in the direct and reverse processes.
Example: A body moving on a rough surface from one point to another.
27. What is a reversible process? Give an example.
Solution
It is a process which can be made to proceed in two opposite directions with the same ease, so that the
system and the surroundings pass through exactly the same intermediate states as in the direct process.
28. If you were asked to increase the efficiency of a Carnot engine by increasing the temperature of the
source or by decreasing the temperature of the sink by 10 K, which would you prefer and why?
Solution
To increase the efficiency of the carnot engine; the decreasing temperature of the sink will be preferred.
It is because decreasing the temperature of the sink by 10 K brings about greater increase in the
efficiency of the heat engine than that is achieved by increasing the temperature of the source by
10 K.
29. Explain why
(a) The coolant in a chemical or a nuclear plant (i.e., the liquid used to prevent the different parts of a
plant from getting too hot) should have high specific heat.
(b) Air pressure in a car tyre increases during driving.
(c) The climate of a harbour town is at high temperate than that of a town in a desert at the same
latitude.
Solution
(a) Heat absorbed by a substance is directly proportional to its specific heat. Since a coolant is meant to
absorb heat in a chemical or nuclear plant, it should have high specific heat.
(b) Heat produced due to friction between the tyre and road increases the temperature of air inside it.
Consequently, the pressure inside the tyre increases as its volume is practically constant (as P ∝ T
when V is constant).
(c) Since a harbour town is near the sea, a large amount of water vapour are present in the air.
145
30. Distinguish between isothermal and adiabatic processes.

Solution
Refer module

31. What is a thermodynamic system? Explain thermodynamic state and thermodynamic equilibrium.
Solution
Refer Module
32. State and explain the first law of thermodynamics.
Solution
Refer Module
33. What is an isothermal process? Derive the expression for work done in an isothermal process.
Solution
Refer Module
34. What is an adiabatic process? Derive the expression for work done in an adiabatic process.
Solution
Refer Module
35. Discuss the relation between heat and work. Hence state the first law of thermodynamics.
Solution
Refer Module
36. Explain the Carnot’s cycle.
Solution
Refer Module
37. With a neat diagram explain the working of a refrigerator.

Solution
Refer Module
38. State and prove Carnot’s theorem.
Solution
Refer Module
39. In changing the state of a gas adiabatically from an equilibrium state A to another equilibrium state B, an
amount of work equal to 22.3 J is done on the system. If the gas is taken from state A to B via a process
in which the net heat absorbed by the system is 9.35 cal, how much is the net work done by the system in
the latter case? (Take 1 cal = 4.19 J) [16.9 J]
Solution
In the first case, since the state of the gas is changed adiabatically, from an equilibrium state A to another
equilibrium state B, dQ = 0. Further, as work is done on the system,
dW = – 22.3 J.
146
From dQ = dU + dW,
0 = dU – 22.3 J or dU = 22.3 J
In the second case, the gas is again taken from the state A to state B when net heat absorbed is 9.35 cal,
dU = 22.3 J (dU has the same value because internal energy is a state variable)
As dQ = 9.35 cal = 9.35 × 4.19J = 39.2J
from dQ = dU + dW
dW = dQ – dU = 39.2J – 22.3 J = 16.9 J
40. A steam engine delivers 5.4 × 108 J of work per minute and requires 3.6 × 109 J of heat per minute from
its boiler. What is the efficiency of the engine? How much heat is wasted per minute? [3.1 × 109J]
Solution
Work done by the engine, W = 5.4 × 108 J/min
Heat absorbed by the engine, Q1 = 3.6 × 109 J/min
W 5.4 × 108 J / min
Efficiency of the engine, η = = = 0.15 = 15%
Q1 3.6 × 109 J / min
Heat wasted per minute = heat absorbed/min – work done/min
= Q1 – W = 3.6 × 109 J – 5.4 × 108 J
= 109 (3.6 – 0.54) J = 3.06 × 109 J
= 3.1 × 109 J
41. A thermodynamic system is taken from an original state to an intermediate state by the linear process
shown in the figure below.
Pressure, P(Nm−2)
D
600
300
F E
Volume, V(m3)
2.0 5.0
Its volume is then reduced to the original value from E to F by an isobaric process. Calculate the total
work done by the gas from D to E to F. [450 J]
Solution
Change in volume = EF = 5.0 m3 – 2.0 m3 = 3.0 m3
Change in pressure = DF = 600Nm−2 – 300 Nm−2 = 300 Nm−2
Work done by the gas = are of ∆DEF
1
= ( DF × EF)
2
1
= (300 Nm − 2 ) (3.0 m3 ) = 450 J
2
147
42. The efficiency of an engine is found to increase from 0.3 to 0.4 when the temperature of the sink is
lowered by 50 °C. Calculate the temperatures of the sink and the source [500 K, 350 K]
Solution
T 
η=1 −  2 
 T1 
T 
0.3 = 1 −  2  …(1)
 T1 
 T − 50 
0.4 = 1 −  2  …(2)
 T1 
Solving equation (1) and (2),
we get T1 = 500 K, T2 = 350 K
43. A Carnot’s engine whose source is at 280 K has an efficiency of 40 %. It is desired to increase the
efficiency to 50 %.
(i) By how many degrees must the temperature of the source be increased if the temperature of the sink
remains constant?
(ii) By how many degrees must the temperature of the sink be decreased if the temperature of the source
remains constant? [(i) 56 K, (ii) 28K]
Solution
40 T
(i) We have, = 1 − 2  T2 = 168 K
100 280
50 T2
∴ =1− /
100 T1
1 168
=1− /
2 T1
T/1 = 336 K
∴ Source temperature is to be increased by (336 − 280 K) i.e., 56 K.
50 T/
(ii) = 1 − 2  T/2 = 140 K
100 280
168 – 140 = 28 K
Temperature of the sink to be decreased by 28 K.
44. A refrigerator is to maintain eatables kept inside at 9°C. If room temperature is 36°C, calculate the
coefficient of performance. [10.4]
Solution
Here, T1 = 36°C = 36 + 273 = 309 K,
T2 = 9°C = 9 + 273 = 282 K
T2 282K 282
Thus, coefficient of performance, ω = = = = 10.4
T1 − T2 (309 − 282)K 27
148
45. A heat engine operates between a cold reservoir at temperature T2 = 400 K and hot reservoir at
temperature T1. It takes 250 J of heat from the hot reservoir and delivers 125 J of heat to the cold
reservoir in a cycle. What could be the minimum temperature of the hot reservoir? [800 K]
Solution
T2 = 400 K, Q1 = 250 J, Q2 = 125 J, T1 = ?
T Q
We know that 1 = 1
T2 Q 2
250
∴ T1 = × 400
125
T1 = 800 K
46. A reversible engine converts one-sixth of heat input into work. When the temperature of the sink is
reduced by 62 °C, its efficiency is doubled. Calculate the temperature of source and sink. [372 K, 310 K]
Solution
Q
W= 1
6
W 1
η1 = =
Q1 6
T 1 T 5
∴1 − 2 =  2 = …(1)
T1 6 T1 6
1 1
η2 = 2η1 = 2 × =
6 3
 T − 62  1  T2 − 62 
η2 =1 −  2   =1 −  
 T1  3  T1 
T2 − 62 2
or = …(2)
T1 3
Solving (1) and (2), we get T1 = 372 K and T2 = 310 K
47. One kg of coal generates 0.7 × 104 kcal of heat during combustion. Assuming that 2% of this energy is
utilized for mechanical purpose, find the mass of coal required per hour for running a 10 metric
HP engine. [45.2 kg]
(1 metric HP = 735.5 W, 1 cal = 4.186 J)
Solution
Power of the engine = 10 metric HP
= (10 × 735.5) W = 7355 W
Work required to run the engine for one hour = 7335 × 3600 J
7355 × 3600J
Amount of heat required = = 6325 kcal
4.186 Jcal−1
Since 2% (i.e., 2/100) of the heat of combustion of coal is used for mechanical purpose and one kg of
coal generates 0.7 × 104 kcal,
6325 kcal 100
mass of coal required to run the engine for one hour = −1
× = 45.2 kg
0.7 × 104 kcalkg 2
(As 2/100 = output/input, input = output × 100/2)
149
48. Calculate the change in internal energy when 5g of air is heated from 0°C to 2°C, the specific heat of air
at constant volume being 0.172 calg−1 °C −1. [7.2 J]
Solution
Since air is heated at constant volume, no external work is done, i.e., dW = 0
If m be the mass, Cv the specific heat at constant volume and dT the rise in temperature of the air, heat
absorbed by it, i.e.,
dQ = m × Cv × dT cal
= mCv dT × 4.186 J
= (5 × 0.172 × 2) × 4.186 J = 7.2 J
From first law of thermodynamics,
dQ = dU + dW or dQ = dU (as dW = 0)
Change in internal energy of air,
dU = dQ = 7.2 J
49. One kg of water at 373 K is converted into steam at the same temperature under one atmosphere
pressure. The volume of 1 m3 of water becomes 1671 × 10–3. Calculate change in the internal energy in
the process (latent heat of vaporization is 2268 × 103 J kg–1, density of water = 103 kg m–3).
[20.98 × 105 J]
Solution
Given: T = 373 K
P = 1.0129 × 105 N m–2
mass 1
Volume of 1 kg of water = = 3 = 10–3 m3
density 10
Volume of 1 kg of steam = 1670 × 10–3 m3
Change in volume dV = (1671 – 1)10–3 = 1670 × 10–3 m3
L = 2268 × 103 J kg–1
We know, dQ = m × L = 1 × 2268 × 103 J
dQ = 2268 × 103 J
= 22.68 × 105 J
We know, W = P dV = 1.0129 × 105 × 1670 × 10–3 = 1.6916 × 105 J
From, dQ = dU + P dV we write
dU = dQ – P dV = 22.68 × 105 – 1.6916 × 105
dU = 20.98 × 105 J
150
Competitive Corner
Classwork MCQs
1. A thermodynamic system goes from state (p, V) to (2p, V) and another from (p, V) to (p, 2V). Work
done in the two cases is
(A) zero, zero (B) zero, pV (C) pV, zero (D) pV, pV
Ans (B)
W = p∆V
In the first case, since ∆V = 0, W = 0
In the second case, W = p(2V – V) = pV
2. A given mass of a gas expands from state A to state B along the three paths 1, 2 and 3 as shown in
figure. If W1, W2 and W3 are the work done along the paths 1, 2 and 3 respectively then
p
(A) W1 > W2 > W3
(B) W1 < W2 < W3 A 3
2
(C) W1 = W2 = W3
1
(D) W2 > W1 > W3 B
V
Ans (B)
The work done during a thermodynamic process is measured by the area enclosed under the pV diagram.
Since the area enclosed by the curve 3 is maximum and that by the curve 1 is minimum,
W1 < W2 < W3
3. The heat energy absorbed during the cyclic process shown in the figure is
P (Pa)
7
(A) 10 πJ
(B) 102 πJ 40
(C) 104 πJ
20
(D) 10–3 πJ
V (in m3)
20 40
Ans (B)
From the first law of thermodynamics,
Q = ∆U + W. For a cyclic process ∆U = 0
Therefore Q = W
W = area enclosed by the p−V diagram
W = πR 2 = π(10)2 = 102 πJ ∴ Heat absorbed Q = W = 102 πJ
4. A cyclic process is shown in figure.
Work done during isobaric expansion is p (in pa)
(A) 1600 J A
2×102 B
(B) 100 J
(C) 400 J
102 D C
(D) 600 J
V (in m3)
O 1 2 3
Ans (C)
AB is isobaric expansion.
During this process work done = p(VB – VA) = 2 × 102 × 2 = 400 J.
151
5. The first law of thermodynamics is a special case of

(A) Newton’s law (B) Stefan’s law
(C) the law of heat exchange (D) the law of conservation of energy.
Ans (D)
According to I law of thermodynamics, the heat supplied to a body Q = U + W where U is the internal
energy and W is the work done. A part of the energy supplied appears as internal energy and the
remaining part is utilised to do work so that the total energy remains constant.
6. In a thermodynamic process, a system absorbs 2 k cal of heat and at the same time does 800 J of work.
The change in internal energy of the system is
(A) 7600 J (B) 2000 J (C) 4800 J (D) −7600 J
Ans (A)
Change in internal energy ∆U = Q − W
∴∆U = (2 × 103 × 4.2) J − 800 J = 7600 J.
7. One gram of water at 105 Pa is converted into steam at 100 °C. Volume of 1 gram of steam is 1671 cc. If
the latent heat of evaporation is 540lcal, the change in the internal energy due to evaporation is
(A) 167 cal (B) 540 cal (C) 500 cal (D) 581 cal
Ans (C)
105 (1671 − 1) ×10−6 167
∆U = Q – W = mL – = 1 × 540 – = 500 cal
4⋅2 4⋅2
8. The figure shows p-V diagram for two different gases during adiabatic processes. Curves 1 and 2 may
correspond to p
(A) helium and oxygen

(B) oxygen and helium
(C) hydrogen and oxygen 1
(D) helium and argon 2
O V
Ans (B)
Slope of curve 2 > slope of curve 1.
∴ γ2 > γ1 which is true for helium and oxygen respectively.
9. Figure shows the pV diagram of a thermodynamic process. During the process, along AB 600 J of heat is
added and during the process BC 200 J of heat is added to the system. The change in internal energy
from A to C is p
[8×104 Pa] B C
(A) 800 J
(B) 600 J
[3×104 Pa A D [5×10−3 m3]
(C) 560 J 2×10−3 m3]
(D) 400 J V
Ans (C)
Total heat energy absorbed by the system = Q = 600 + 200 = 800 J.
Work done during the process along AB is zero because change in volume is zero i.e., dV = 0.
Work done during BC, W = pB × (VC − VB) = pB (VD − VA)
152
 W = 8 × 104 (5 × 10−3 − 2 × 10−3) = 8 × 104 × 3 × 10−3 = 240 J.

∴ Change in internal energy U = Q − W = 800 − 240
 U = 560 J.
10. During an adiabatic process, the pressure p of a fixed mass of an ideal gas changes by ∆p and its volume
C ∆V
V changes by ∆V. If γ = p , then is given by,
Cv V
∆p ∆p ∆p ∆p
(A) − (B) −γ (C) − (D)
p p γp γ 2p
Ans (C)
pV γ = constant
Taking ln, ln p + γ ln V = ln (constant)
dp dV ∆p ∆V
Differentiating, +γ =0, = −γ
p V p V
∆V −1 ∆p
∴ =
V γ p
11. The temperature of 2 moles of a gas, which was held at constant volume, was changed from 100 °C to
120 °C. The change in internal energy was found to be 80 J. The specific heat of the gas at constant
volume is
(A) 2 J mol−1 K−1 (B) 4 J mol−1 K−1 (C) 6 J mol−1 K−1 (D) 8 J mol−1 K−1
Ans (A)
∆U = nCV ∆t
80 = 2CV 20
∴ CV = 2 J mol−1 K −1
12. The ratio of the slopes of isothermal and adiabatic curves on a p-V diagram is,
1 1
(A) (B) γ (C) 2 (D) γ2
γ γ
Ans (B)
For isothermal process  pV = constant
∴ p. ∆V + V. ∆p = 0
 −∆p 
∴ ( slope )iso =   …(1)
 ∆V 
For adiabatic process, pV γ = constant
∴ p.γ.V γ−1 .∆V + V γ .∆P = 0 ∴ γpV γ−1 .∆V = − V γ .∆p
p ∆p
∴ γ =− …(2)
V ∆V
 ∆p  1
∴ ( slope )adia = −   …(3)
 ∆V  γ
∴ from (1) and (2), the ratio of the slopes is equal to γ.
13. If the amount of heat given to a system be 35 J and the amount of work done by the system be −15J, then
the change in the internal energy of the system is,
(A) −50 J (B) 20 J (C) 30 J (D) 50 J
153
Ans (D)
dQ = 35 J. dW = −15 J  ∴ dQ = du + dw
∴ dU = dQ −dW = 35 – (−15) = 50 J
14. No heat flows between the system and the surrounding Then the thermodynamic process is
(A) isothermal (B) isochoric (C) adiabatic (D) isobaric
Ans (C)
Adiabatic process is a thermodynamic process in which there is no exchange of heat energy between
system and surroundings.
15. In a thermodynamic process (expansion), the temperature of the gas remains constant. The graph that
represents the variation of pressure and volume out of the following is
p p p p
(A) (B) (C) (D)
V V V V
Ans (B)
A constant temperature process is the isothermal process. The equation of state for the isothermal
1
process is pV = constant or p ∝ .
V
The graph obtained by plotting p v/s V is a rectangular hyperbola.
V
16. When an ideal gas is compressed isothermally to , its pressure becomes p1. V is the initial volume of
n
V p
the gas. If the gas is compressed adiabatically to , its pressure becomes p2. The ratio 1 is
n p2
(A) n (B) n γ (C) n (1−γ ) (D) 1
Ans (C)
V
For the isothermal compression pV = p1  p1 = np
n
γ
V
For the adiabatic compression pV γ = p2    p2 = pnγ
n
p np
 1 = γ = n1 − γ
p2 np
17. An ideal monoatomic gas is taken through a cyclic process ABCA as shown in the p-V diagram. The
work done per cycle is p
B (3p, 2V)
(A) 2 pV
(B) 6 pV
(C) 9 pV A (p, V) C (p, 3V)
V
(D) 0
Ans (A)
The work done by the cyclic process = area of ABC
1 1
= × BC × AC = (3p − p) × (3V − V) = 2 pV
2 2
154
18. During an adiabatic expansion of 3 moles of a gas, the change in internal energy was found to be equal
to –100 J. The work done during the process is equal to
(A) –122 J (B) 100 J (C) –300 J (D) 300 J
Ans (B)
In adiabatic process ∆Q = 0
∴ ∆U = – ∆W
∴ workdone = – (–100 J) = 100 J
V
19. Two samples A and B of a gas at the same initial state are compressed from volume V to ; A is
2
compressed isothermally and B adiabatically. The final pressure of A will be __________ that of B
(A) greater than (B) less than
(C) same as (D) greater than or equal to
Ans (B)
V
For A, p1V1 = p 2 V2 i.e., p 2 = p1 = 2p1
(V / 2)
For B, p1V1γ = p′2 V2γ i.e., p′2 V2γ
γ
 V  γ
i.e., p′2 = p1   = 2 p1
 (V / 2) 
∴ p 2 < p′2
20. An ideal gas undergoes a process according to the law p = av (where a is constant). Initial temperature of
the gas is 300 K. The change in temperature of the gas when its volume doubles is
(A) 500 K (B) 900 K (C) 1000 K (D) 1200 K
Ans (B)
As volume doubles, pressure also get doubled hence temperature becomes four times (as T ∝ PV).
Therefore change in temperature is 900 K.
21. When a work W is done on an ideal gas consisting of N monoatomic molecules in thermal isolation, the
temperature is increased by
W W 2W 2W
(A) (B) (C) (D)
2NK 2NK 3NK 5NK
Ans (C)
According to the first law of thermodynamics,
∆Q = ∆U + W
Since the process takes place under thermal isolation, heat supplied ∆Q = 0.
3
Therefore, internal energy is ∆U = W but ∆U = K∆T for mono atomic gas
2
3
∴ NK∆T = W
2
2W
The change in temperature ∆T = .
3NK
155
22. Two identical containers A and B with frictionless pistons contain an ideal gas of mass mA and mB
respectively at the same temperature, having same volume V. When gas is allowed to expand
isothermally in both A and B to same final volume 2 V, changes in pressure are found to be
∆p and 1.5 ∆p respectively then,
(A) 2 m A = 3 m B (B) 3 m A = 2 m B (C) m A = m B (D) 9 m A = 4 m B
Ans (B)
m mB
p A V = A RT pBV = RT
M M
mA mB
(p A + ∆p) 2V = RT (p B + 1.5∆p)2V = RT
m m
p A V = 2 p A V + 2 ∆pV p B V = 2 p B V + 3 ∆pV
 p A = −2 ∆p  p B = −3 ∆p
pA mA
=
pB mB
2 mA
=  3m A = 2m B
3 mB
23. The figure shows a plot of V v/s T at two different pressures p1 and p2. Choose the correct statement
V
(A) p1 = p2
p2
(B) p2 < p1
p1
(C) p2 > p1
(D) none of these T
O
Ans (B)
If we draw a line parallel to T-axis, we get T1 > T2
∴ p1 > p 2
24. 1 kg of water is heated from 40 °C to 70 °C. If its volume remains constant, then the change in internal
energy is (specific heat of water = 4148 J kg–1K–1)
(A) 2.44 × 105 J (B) 1.62 × 105 J (C) 1.24 × 105 J (D) 2.62 × 105 J
Ans (C)
Since volume of water remains constant, then work done ∆W = PdV = 0
According to first pair of thermodynamics
dQ = dU + dW, dU = dQ = ms∆T
= 1 × 4148 × (70 – 40) = 4148 × 30 = 124440 J = 1.244 × 105 J
25. Heat required to raise the temperature of 2 moles of an ideal gas at constant pressure from 30 °C to
35 °C is 70 cal. The amount of heat required to raise the temperature of the same gas from
50 °C to 55 °C at constant volume is
(A) 50 cal (B) 70 cal (C) 60 cal (D) 65 cal
Ans (A)
Q1 = nC p ∆t  70 = 2 × C P × 5
156
 C p = 7 cal mol−1 K −1
∴ C p = 7 × 4 ⋅ 2 J mol−1 K −1 ∴ C v = C p − R = 7 × 4 ⋅ 2 − 8 ⋅ 314 = 21 ⋅ 086
21 ⋅ 086
∴ Q = nC v ∆t = 2 × 21 ⋅ 086 × 5 J = 2 × × 5cal = 50 cal
4⋅2
26. Change in internal energy of the given mass of gas, when the volume changes from V to 2V at constant
pressure p is
R pV γ (pV)
(A) (B) (C) (D) pV
γ −1 γ −1 1− γ
Ans (B)
R p∆V pV
∆U = nC v ∆T = n ∆T = =
γ −1 γ −1 γ −1
27. A frictionless heat engine can have the efficiency η = 1 if its exhaust temperature is
(A) 0 °C (B) 0 K
(C) ∞ (D) equal to its input temperature
Ans (B)
T
The efficiency of the heat engine is given by η = 1 − 2 where T2 is the exhaust temperature
T1
(temperature of the sink). When T2 = 0 K, the efficiency η = 1.
28. An ideal Carnot’s engine working between the temperature limits T1 and T2 has an efficiency η. If the
temperature of both the source and the sink is raised by 100 K each, the new efficiency η′ of the engine
(A) η′ = η (B) η′ < η (C) η′ > η (D) η′ ≥ η
Ans (B)
T − T2
Initial efficiency η = 1 .
T1
T1/ − T2/
The final efficiency η/ =
T1/
(T + 100) − (T2 + 100)
= 1
T1 + 100
T − T2
= 1
T1 + 100
 ηT1 
 η/ =   η <η
/
T
 1 + 100 
29. Three designs are proposed for an engine operating between 500 K and 300 K. For 1 k cal of heat input,
design A claims to produce 3000 J of work, design B claims to produce 2000 J of work and design
C claims to produce 1000 J of work. The design which is possible is
(A) A only (B) B only (C) C only (D) All
Ans (C)
T
η =1− 2
T1
157
300 2
=1− = = 40%
500 5
W
η=
Q
2 W
∴ = 3  W = 1680 J
5 10 × 4.2
Since the work produced cannot be greater than 1680 J, designs A and B are not possible.
30. A Carnot’s engine works first between 200 °C and 0 °C and then between 0 °C and –200 °C. The ratio of
the efficiency in the two cases is
(A) 0⋅57 (B) 0⋅67 (C) 10 (D) 1
Ans (A)
473 − 273
η1 = ;
473
273 − 73
η2 =
273
η1 273
= = 0⋅57
η2 473
31. The p-V diagram of a certain process (carnot cycle) is as shown in the figure.
The process is represented as
A isothermal
adiabatic
B
adiabatic
D C
isothermal
D
T P T P
A B B C A B A
(A) (B) (C) (D) C
D C A D D C B
V V V T
Ans (C)
32. In the following indicator diagram, the net amount of work done will be
P
(A) positive
(B) negative 1 2
(C) zero
(D) infinity V
Ans (B)
W1 = Wclockwise = +ve,
W2 = Wanticlockwise = –ve
|W2| > |W1| ∴ Wnet is –ve
158
33. The graph that represents the relationship between internal energy U of an ideal gas and temperature T of
the gas is
U U U U
(A) (B) (C) (D)
O T O T O T O T
Ans (A)
34. Two Carnot’s engines A and B have the same efficiency. A receives heat from a source at 800 K and
rejects it to a sink at x K. B receives heat rejected by A and rejects to another sink at 300 K. The
temperature x is nearly
(A) 200 K (B) 480 K (C) 350 K (D) 515 K
Ans (B)
T  T 
ηA = ηB ∴  2  = 2 
 T1  A  T1  B
x 300
= =
800 x
∴ x = 24 × 104
2
x ≅ 4.8 × 102 = 480 K

35. Two perfect monatomic gases of n1 and n2 moles at temperature T1 and T2 are mixed. The temperature of
the mixture, if there is no loss of energy is
n T + n 2 T2 T + T2 n T + n 2 T2
(A) 1 1 (B) 1 (C) T1 + T2 (D) 1 1
2 2 n1 + n 2
Ans (D)
Ui = U f
U1 + U 2 = U
3  3  3  n T + n 2 T2
n1  RT1  + n 2  RT2  = (n1 + n 2 )  RT   T = 1 1 .
2  2  2  n1 + n 2
36. A Carnot’s heat engine working between the temperature limits 400 K and 800 K has a work input of
1000 J per cycle. The heat energy supplied by the source to the engine per cycle is
(A) 1500 J (B) 1000 J (C) 2460 J (D) 2000 J
Ans (D)
T Q
Efficiency, η = 1 − 2 = 1 − 2
T1 Q1
T Q Q 400
 2 = 2  2 =
T1 Q1 Q1 800
∴ Q1 = 2Q2
The workdone by the engine W = Q1 − Q2 = 1000 J
i.e., 2Q2 − Q2 = 1000 J (∵ Q1 = 2Q2) i.e., Q2 = 1000 J
∴ The heat energy supplied by the source to the engine is Q1 = 2Q2 = 2 × 1000 = 2000 J
159
37. N moles of a mono-atomic gas is carried round the reversible rectangular cycle ABCDA as shown in the
diagram. The temperature at A is T0. The thermodynamic efficiency of the cycle is
P
(A) 15% B C
2P0
(B) 20%
(C) 25% P0 A T0 D
(D) 50% V
0
V0 2V0
Ans (D)
At lower temperature T0 corresponding to point A,
P0 V0 = nRT0
PV
T0 = 0 0
nR
At higher temperature T ' corresponding to point B,
2P V
2P0 V0 = nRT ' ∴ T ' = 0 0 = 2T0
nR
T T
η = 1 − 2 = 1 − 0 = 0.5 = 50%
T1 2T0
38. The inside and outside temperature of a refrigerator are 273 K and 303 K, for every joule of work done,
the heat delivered to the surrounding will be,
(A) 10 J (B) 20 J (C) 30 J (D) 50 J
Ans (A)
Q T2 273 273 273
β= 2 = =  Q2 = W= ×1 J = 9 J
W T1 − T2 300 − 273 30 30
Q1 = Q 2 + W = 9 + 1 = 10 J
39. A refrigerator works between 0 °C and 27 °C heat is to be removed from the refrigerated space at the rate
of 50 K cal/min, the power of the motor of the refrigerator is
(A) 0.346 KW (B) 3.46 KW (C) 34.6 KW (D) 346 KW
Ans (A)
T2 Q
= 2
T1 − T2 W
273 50 × 103 27 × 50 × 103
= W= cal / min
300 − 273 W 273
W 4.2 × 27 × 50 × 103 −1
P= = J s = 346 watt = 0.346 KW
t 273 × 60
40. The freezer in a refrigerator is located at the top section so that.
(A) The entire chamber of the refrigerator is cooled quickly due to convection
(B) The motor is not heated
(C) The heat gained from the environment is high
(D) The heat gained from the environment is low
160
Ans (A)
The upper cold denser air goes down while the lower warmer air goes up. The convection currents so set
up quickly cool the chamber of refrigerator.
Assignment MCQs
1. An ideal gas goes from state 1 to state 2, as shown in the figure. The work done by the gas during the
process is p
(A) positive 1
(B) negative
2
(C) zero
O V
(D) independent of the pressure
Ans (A)
Since the volume is increasing, the work done is positive
2. The change in internal energy of the ideal thermodynamic system over one complete cycle is
(A) negative
(B) positive
(C) zero
(D) may be either positive or negative depending on the path.
Ans (C)
In a cyclic process, the initial and the final state of the system are one and the same. Therefore the
change in internal energy is zero.
3. An ideal monoatomic gas is taken through a cyclic process ABCDA as shown. The work done during
this cyclic process is p B (2p, V) C (2p, 2V)
(A) zero
(B) pV
(C) (PV/2) A(p, V) D (p, 2V)
(D) 4pV V
Ans (B)
Work done = area enclosed by the pV diagram = area of ABCD
Work done = AB × AD = (2p − p) × (2V – V) = pV
4. In a thermodynamic process, the pressure of a fixed mass of gas is changed such that the gas releases
20 J of heat and 8 J work is done on the gas. If the initial internal energy of the gas was 30lJ, then the
final internal energy will be
(A) 42 J (B) 18 J (C) 12 J (D) 60 J
Ans (B)
∆U = Q – W = (–20) – (–8) = –12 J
But ∆U = Uf – Ui  Uf = – 12 + 30 = 18 J
5. A given quantity of an ideal gas is at pressure p and absolute temperature T. The isothermal bulk
modulus of the gas is
2 3
(A) p (B) p (C) p (D) 2p
3 2
161
Ans (B)
 dp  p
In isothermal process, pV = constant ∴ pdV + Vdp = 0 or   = − 
 dV  V
 dp   dp   p  
Bulk modulus, B = –   = − V ∴ B = −  −  V  = p ∴ B = p
dV  dV   V  
 
 V 
Note: Adiabatic bulk modulus is given by B = γp
6. One mole of an ideal gas enclosed in a vessel is heated at constant pressure through 1 K. Work done by
the gas is
1
(A) 1 J (B) J (C) R J (D) R2 J
R
Ans (C)
W = Q – ∆U = nCp∆t – nCv∆t = Cp – Cv = R J
7. The change in internal energy of a system is independent of
(A) temperature
(B) the path along which the system is taken from initial to the final state
(C) work done
(D) pressure
Ans (B)
The change in internal energy depends only on the initial and final state of the thermodynamic system
but not on the path along which it is taken from one state to another state.
8. A thermodynamic system is taken from state A to state B along ACB and is brought back to A along
BDA as shown in figure. Net work done during one complete cycle is given by the area
p
B
(A) ACBDA p2 C
(B) ACBp2p1A p1 D
A
(C) AV1V2BDA
(D) BDAp1p2B O V1 V2
V
Ans (A)
This is a cyclic process.
9. A perfect gas goes from state A to state B by absorbing 8 × 105 J of heat and doing 6.5 × 105 J of
external work. It is now transferred between the same two states in another process in which it absorbs
1 × 105 J of heat. In the second process
(A) work done on gas is 105 J (B) work done on gas is 0.5 × 105 J
(C) work done by gas is 105 J (D) work done by gas is −0.5 × 105 J
Ans (D)
From first law of thermodynamics dU = dQ – dW
dU = 8 × 105 – 6.5 × 105; dU = 1.5 × 105 J
In the second process, dU remains the same.
dW = dQ − dU
= 1 × 105 − 1.5 × 105
dW = − 0.5 × 105 J
162
10. 1 mole of an ideal gas expands adiabatically from an initial temperature T1 to final temperature T2. Work
done by the gas is
Cv
(A) Cv (T2 − T1) (B) Cv(T1 − T2) (C) (D) zero
(T1 − T2 )
Ans (B)
Q = ∆U + W
O = ∆U + W
W = −∆U = − nC v ∆T = −1 × C V (T2 − T1 )
11. Work done by the gas in the cyclic process shown is
π V
(A) (p 2 − p1 ) 2
4
π
(B) (V2 − V1 ) 2 V2
4
π
(C) (V2 − V1 ) 2 V1
2
π
(D) (p 2 − p1 ) (V2 − V1 )
4
p1 p2 p
Ans (D)
 p − p1  V2 − V1  π
π 2   = (p 2 − p1 )(V2 − V1 ) .
 2  2  4
12. When an ideal monatomic gas is heated at constant pressure, the fraction of the heat energy supplied
which increases the internal energy of the gas is
2 1 3 4
(A) (B) (C) (D)
3 3 5 5
Ans (C)
Q = nC p ∆t
 ∆U = nC V ∆t
∆U C V 1 1 3
∴ = = = =
Q C p γ (5 / 3) 5
13. Of the following thermodynamic processes, the thermodynamic process in which the internal energy of a
gas remains constant is
(A) adiabatic (B) isobaric (C) isochoric (D) isothermal
Ans (D)
During the isothermal process, the temperature of the system remains constant. The internal energy is a
measure of the temperature of the system. Therefore the internal energy also remains constant.
14. Two identical Carnot engines A and B operate between the temperatures T1 and T2 with T1 > T2.
Suppose the source temperature of A is increased by θ, while the sink temperature of B is decreased by
θ, then
(A) the efficiency of A increases (B) the efficiency of A decreases
(C) the efficiency of B increases (D) both A and B
163
Ans (B) and (C)

T − T2
η= 1
T1
( T1 + θ ) − T2 T1 − ( T2 − θ )
ηA = and ηB =
T1 + θ T1
Clearly ηB > η and ηA < η
15. The temperature of 2 moles of a gas, which was held at constant volume, was changed from 100l°C to
120 °C The change in internal energy was found to be 80 J. The specific heat of the gas at constant
volume is equal to
(A) 2 J K−1 (B) 4 J K−1 (C) 6 J K−1 (D) 8 J K−1
Ans (A)
∆U = nC v ∆t
80 = 2C v 20 ∴ C v = 2 J mol−1 K −1
16. A stove is burning in kitchen room with its door and window open. Then
(A) temperature of the room increases
(B) temperature of the room decreases
(C) temperature of the room remains same
(D) data is insufficient to determine the variation in the temperature of the room
Ans (C)
The volume of the kitchen room is constant, pressure is atmospheric pressure and hence temperature
remains same.
17. In a Carnot’s engine, when heat is absorbed from the source, the temperature of the source
(A) increases (B) decreases
(C) remains constant (D) increases or decreases
Ans (C)
Since the source is of infinite thermal capacity, its temperature does not change.
18. An ideal heat engine exhausting heat at 77 °C has an efficiency of 30 %. It takes heat at a temperature of
(A) 227 °C (B) 722 °C (C) 327 °C (D) 500 °C
Ans (A)
T − 350 T − 350
η=  0.3 =  T = 227 °C.
T T
19. A Carnot engine takes heat from a source at 627 °C and rejects heat to a sink at 27 °C. In its 10 cycles of
operation, it rejects 600 J of heat energy to the sink. The heat absorbed per cycle of operation is
(A) 6000 J (B) 1800 J (C) 180 J (D) 1333.33 J
Ans (C)
600
Heat rejected per cycle, Q 2 = = 60 J
10
Q − Q 2 T1 − T2
η= 1 = or
Q1 T1
164
Q 2 900 − 300 2
1− = =
Q1 900 3
Q2 1
= ∴ Q1 = 3Q 2 = 3 × 60 = 180 J
Q1 3
20. A carnot engine operates between 327 °C and 27 °C. The amount of heat does it takes from the 327 °C
reservoir for every 100 J of workdone is
(A) 100 J (B) 200 J (C) 300 J (D) 400 J
Ans (B)
W = Q1 − Q 2
Q − Q 2 T1 − T2
η= 1 =
Q1 T1
 T1  600
∴ Q1 =  W = × 100 = 200 J
 T1 − T2  600 − 300
21. The efficiency of the reversible heat engine is nr and that of irreversible heat engine is nI. correct relation
is
(A) nr > nI (B) nr < nI (C) nr = nI (D) nr > 1 and nI > 1
Ans (A)
The efficiency of reversible engine is always greater than that of irreversible engine. In case of
irreversible engine, apart of the energy may be dissipated against friction, etc.
22. A Carnot engine working between 77 °C and 227 °C draws 800 J of heat from the source. The work
done by the engine during the process is
(A) 800 J (B) 640 J (C) 240 J (D) 536 J
Ans (C)
Work done by the engine = heat absorbed − heat rejected = Q1 − Q2
T Q
Efficiency, η = 1 − 2 = 1 − 2
T1 Q1
Q T 350 350 35
 2 = 2 =  Q2 = × Q1 = × 800 = 560 J
Q1 T1 500 500 50
23. Four moles of an ideal diatomic gas is taken in a vessel at temperature T. When heat ‘Q’ is supplied to
the gas, 2 moles of the gas dissociates into atoms, but temperature of the gas remains constant. Heat
supplied in the process is
(A) 2RT (B) RT (C) 4RT (D) 3RT
Ans (B)
 3 5   5 
Q = ∆U = U f − U i x =  4 × RT + 2 × RT  −  4 × RT  = RT
 2 2   2 
24. Equal amount of an ideal diatomic gas is taken in two cylinders A and B at 300 K. The piston of A is
free to move while that of B is held fixed. Same quantity of heat is given to both the cylinders. If the rise
in temperature of gas in A is 30 K, then the rise in temp of the gas in B is
(A) 84 K (B) 21 K (C) 30 K (D) 42 K
Ans (D)
For A, ∆Q = nC p (∆T)1
165
For B, ∆Q = nC v (∆T) 2  Cp∆T1 = Cv∆T2

Cp
∴ ∆T2 = ∆T1 = 1.4 × 30 = 42 K
Cv
1
25. A Carnot engine operating between temperature T1 and T2 has efficiency , when T2 is lowered by
6
1
62 K, its efficiency increases to , then T1 and T2 are respectively
3
(A) 372 K and 310 K (B) 372 K and 330 K (C) 330 K and 268 K (D) 310 K and 248 K
Ans (A)
T 1 T 5
η = 1 − 2 = or 2 =
T1 6 T1 6
When T2 is lowered by 62 K
1 T − 62 T 62
=1− 2 =1− 2 +
3 T1 T1 T1
62 T2 2 5 2 1
= − = − =
T1 T1 3 6 3 6
T1 = 372 K
5 5
T2 = × T1 = × 372 = 310 K
6 6
JEE Main
1. One mole of diatomic ideal gas undergoes a cyclic process ABC as shown in the figure. The process BC
is adiabatic. The temperature at A, B and C are 400 K, 800 K and 600 K respectively. choose the correct
statement: P
B
800 K
(A) The change in internal energy in the process AB is −350 R
(B) The change in internal energy in the process BC is −500 R
(C) The change in internal energy in whole cyclic process is 250 R 600 K
A 400 K C
(D) The change in internal energy in the process CA is 700 R
V
Ans (B)
5R
∆ UAB = n Cv (TB − TA) = 1 × (800 − 400) = 1000 R
2
5R
∆ UBC = n CV (TC − TB) = 1 × ( 600 − 200 ) = −500 R
2
∆U total = 0
5R
∆U CA = n C v (TA − TC ) = 1 × (400 − 600) = −500 R
2
2. 5.6 litre of helium gas at STP is adiabatically compressed to 0.7 litre. Taking the initial temperature to be
T1, the work done in the process is
9 3 15 9
(A) RT1 (B) RT1 (C) RT1 (D) RT1
8 2 8 2
166
Ans (A)
5.6 1
Number of mole of He = =
22.4 4
We have TVγ−1 = constant
T1 (5.6) γ−1 = T2 (0.7) γ−1
2
 1 3
T1 = T2    4T1 = T2
8
1
nR [ T2 − T1 ] R [3T1 ]
9
work done = − =− 4 = − RT1
γ −1 2 8
3
3. 100 g of water is heated from 30 °C to 50 °C. Ignoring the slight expansion of the water. The change in
its internal energy is (specific heat of water is 4184 J Kg−1 K−1)
(A) 4.2 KJ (B) 8.4 KJ (C) 84 KJ (D) 2.1 KJ
Ans (B)
∆Q = ms∆T = 100 × 10−3 × 4184 × 20
∆Q = 8.4 × 103 J
∆Q = ∆U + ∆W
 ∆U = ∆Q − ∆W (as ∆ W = 0)
∆U = 8.4 KJ
4. A diatomic ideal gas is used in a Carnot engine as the work substance. If during the adiabatic expansion,
the volume of the gas increases from V to 32 V, the efficiency of the engine is
(A) 0.5 (B) 0.75 (C) 0.99 (D) 0.25
Ans (B)
T
The efficiency of cycle is η = 1 − 2
T1
For adiabatic process TV γ−1 = constant
7
For a diatomic gas γ=
5
T1V1γ−1 = T2 V2 γ−1
γ−1
V 
 T1 = T2  2 
 V1 
7 2
−1
 T1 = T2 (32) 5 = T2 (25 ) 5
 T1 = 4T2
1 3
∴ η = 1 − = = 0.75
4 4
167
5. For the path ABC, heat given to the system is 60 J and work done by the system is 30 J. For the path
ADC, work done by the system is 10 J. The heat given to the system for path ADC is
P
(A) 100 J
B C
(B) 80 J
(C) 40 J
(D) 60 J A D
V
Ans (C)
Change in internal energy should be same.
In process ABC, ∆U = 60 − 30 = 30 J
In process ADC, ∆Q = ∆U + ∆W
∆Q = 30 + 10 = 40 J
6. Thermally insulated rigid container contains an ideal gas heated by a filament of resistance 100 Ω
through a current of 1A for 5 min then change in internal energy is
(A) 0 KJ (B) 10 KJ (C) 20 KJ (D) 30 KJ
Ans (D)
Volume of the ideal gas is constant
So W = P ∆ v = 0
Using first law of thermodynamics
∆Q = ∆U  ∆U = i2 Rt
= 12 × 100 × 60 × 5
= 30 × 103
= 30 KJ
7. A monoatomic ideal gas, initially at temperature T1, is enclosed in a cylinder fitted with a frictionless
piston. The gas allowed to expand adiabatically to a temperature T2 by releasing the piston suddenly if
L1 and L2 are the lengths of the gas column before and after expansion respectively then T1/T2 is given
by
2 2
 L 3 L L  L 3
(A)  1  (B) 1 (C) 2 (D)  2 
 L2  L2 L1  L1 
Ans (D)
T1V1γ−1 = T2 V2 γ−1
5 2
γ−1 γ−1 −1
T V  L A  L 3 T  L 3
 1 = 2  = 2  = 2   1 = 2 
T2  V1   L1A   L1  T2  L1 
2
8. A gas expands with temperature according to the relation V = KT 3 , then the work done when the
temperature changes by 30°C
(A) 10 R (B) 20 R (C) 30 R (D) 40 R
Ans (B)
2
RT
W =  pdv =  dv ∵ V = KT 3
V
168
1
2 − dV 2 dT
 dv = KT 3 dT  = (eliminating K)
3 V 3 T
T2 2 RT
Hence W =  dT
T1 3 T
2 2
= R(T2 − T1 ) = R(30) = 20 R
3 3
9. Cascaded Carnot engine is an arrangement in which heat sink of one engine is source for other. If high
temperature for one engine is T1. Low temperature for other engine is T2 (Assume work done by both
engine is same) Calculate lower temperature of first engine.
2T1T2 T + T2
(A) (B) 1 (C) 0 (D) T1T2
T1 + T2 2
Ans (B)
Let, QH : Heat input to 1st engine
QL : Heat rejected from 1st engine
QL : Heat rejected from 2nd engine
Work done by 1st engine = work done by 2nd engine
Q H − QL = QL − Q L
2Q L = QH + Q L
T T
2= 1 + 2
T T
T + T2
T= 1
2
C 4 C 5
10. Three moles of ideal gas A with P = is mixed with two moles of another ideal gas B with P = .
CV 3 CV 3
C
The P of mixture is (Assuming temperature is constant)
Cv
(A) 1.5 (B) 1.42 (C) 1.7 (D) 1.3
Ans (B)
n1 + n 2 m1 m2
= +
γ mix γ1 − 1 γ 2 − 1
3+2 3 2
= +
γ max − 1 4 − 1 5 − 1
3 3
γmax = 1.42
Numerical problems
11. If P-V diagram of a diatomic gas is plotted, it is a straight line passing through origin. The molar heat
capacity of the gas in the process is nR where n is an integer. Find value of n.
Ans 3
P ∝ V since graph is a straight line
PV–1 = constant
R R
For the process PVx = Constant, molar heat capacity is given by C = +
( γ − 1) (1 − x)
169
But here γ = 1.4 and x = −1

R R
So, C = + = 3R = nR (Given)
(1.4 − 1) (1 + 1)
So, n = 3
12. A vessel of volume 0.2 m3 contains hydrogen gas at temperature 300 K and pressure 1 bar. Find the heat
(in Kcal) required to raise the temperature to 400 K. The molar heat capacity of hydrogen at constant
volume is 5 cal/mol K.
Ans 4
As here volume of gas remains constant,
(∆Q) V = µCV ∆T, Here CV = 5 cal/mol K
And ∆T = (400 – 300) = 100 K
(10)5 × (0.2)
And so for ideal gas PV = µRT, µ= = 8 mol
8.31 × 300
(∆Q) V = 8 × 5 × 100 = 4 kcal
13. A vessel contains helium, which expands at constant pressure when 15 kJ of heat is supplied to it. What
will be the variation of the internal energy of the gas? (in kJ)
Ans 9
Here ∆Q = 15000 J (given)
In an isobaric process
∆Q = nCP ∆T, ∆U = nCV ∆T (always)
∆U nC V ∆T 1 ∆Q 3
= =  ∆U = or ∆U = × 15 = 9 kJ
∆Q nC P ∆T γ γ 5
14. A Carnot engine, having an efficiency of η = 1/10 as heat engine, is used as a refrigerator. If the work
done on the system is 10 J, the amount of energy absorbed from the reservoir at lower temperature is
[in J]
Ans 90
For Carnot engine using as refrigerator
T 
W = Q2  1 − 1
 T2 
1 T2 T2 9
It is given η =  η =1−  =
10 T1 T1 10
So, Q2 = 90 J (as W = 10 J)
15. An ideal refrigerator has a freezer at a temperature of − 13°C. The coefficient of performance of the
engine is 5. The temperature of the air (to which heat is rejected) will be [in °C]
Ans 39
Coefficient of performance
T2 (273 − 13) 260
K= 5= =
T1 − T2 T1 − (273 − 13) T1 − 260
 5T1 − 1300 = 260  5T1 = 1560
 T1 = 312 K → 39° C
170
NEET
1. One mole of helium is adiabatically expanded from its initial state (Pi, Vi, Ti) to its final state (Pf, Vf, Tf).
The decrease in the internal energy associated with this expansion is equal to
(A) Cv (Ti − Tf) (B) Cp (Ti − Tf)
1
(C) (C p + C v ) (Ti − Tf ) (D) (Cp − Cv) (Ti − Tf)
2
Ans (A)
Decrease in internal energy,
∆U = CV ∆T = C v (Tf − Ti ) = − C v (Ti − Tf )  ∆U = C v ( Ti − Tf )
2. The equation of a state of a gas is given by p(V −b) = nRT. 1 mole of a gas is isothermally expanded
from volume V to 2V, the work done during the process is
2V − b V−b V−v V
(A) RT ln (B) RT l n (C) RT 1n (D) RT l n
V−b V 2V − b V−b
Ans (A)
nRT
p=
V−b
2v 2v
dv
W=  pdv = nRT 
v v
v−b
(as T = constant)
 2v − b  2v − b
= nRT ln   = RT l n (as n = 1)
 v−b  v−b
3. In which of the following processes, heat is neither absorbed nor released by a system [NEET 2019]
(A) Isothermal (B) Adiabatic (C) Isobaric (D) Isochoric
Ans (B)
For an adiabatic process, Q = constant  ∆Q = 0
4. If an average person jogs, he produces 14.5 × 103 cal/min. This is removed by the evaporation of sweat.
The amount of sweat evaporated per minute (assuming 1 kg requires 580 × 103 cal for evaporation) is
(A) 0.25 kg (B) 2.25 kg (C) 0.05 kg (D) 0.20 kg
Ans (A)
Amount of sweat evaporated/minute
sweat produced / minute
=
Number of cal required for evaporation / kg
Amount of heat produced per minute in jogging
=
Latent heat (in cal / kg)
14.5 × 103 145
= = = 0.25kg
580 × 103 580
5. A gas undergoes A to B through three different processes 1, 2 and 3 as shown in figure. The heat
supplied to the gas is Q1, Q2 and Q3 respectively, then B
P
(A) Q1 = Q2 = Q3
(B) Q1 < Q2 < Q3 2
(C) Q1 > Q2 > Q3
A
(D) Q1 = Q2 > Q3 V
171
Ans (C)
∆U = same in all processes
W1 = +ve, W2 = 0 and W3 = − ve ∴ Q1 > Q2 > Q3
6. One mole of an ideal monotomic gas undergoes a process described by the equation PV3 = constant. The
heat capacity of the gas during this process is
3 5
(A) R (B) R (C) 2 R (D) R
2 2
Ans (D)
For polytropic process or index α
R
Specific heat capacity = C v +
1− α
∵ Process, pv = constant  α = 3
3
R fR R
∴ C = Cv + = +
1− α 2 1− 3
For monoatomic gas, f = 3
fR 3R 3R R
So, C v = = C= − =R
2 2 2 2
7. The temperature inside a refrigerator is t2°C and the room temperature is t1 °C. The amount of heat
delivered to the room for each joule of electrical energy consumed ideally will be
t1 t + 273 t + 273 t +t
(A) (B) 1 (C) 2 (D) 1 2
t1 − t 2 t1 − t 2 t1 − t 2 t1 + 273
Ans (B)
Q1 Q1 T1
For a refrigerator, we now that, = =
W Q1 − Q 2 T1 − T2
Where, Q1 = amount of heat delivered to the room
W = electrical energy consumed
T1 = room temperature = t1 + 273
T2 = temperature of sink = t2 + 273
Q1 t1 + 273 t + 273
∴ =  Q1 = 1
1 t1 + 273 − (t 2 + 273) t1 − t 2
8. A gas is compressed isothermally to half its initial volume. The same gas is compressed separately
through an adiabatic process until its volume is again reduced to half. Then [NEET 2016]
(A) Compressing the gas through adiabatic process will require more work to be done
(B) Compressing the gas isothermally or adiabatically will require the same amount of work
(C) Which of the case (whether compression through isothermal or through adiabatic process) requires
more work will depend upon the atomicity of the gas
(D) compressing the gas isothermally will require more work to be done
172
Ans (A)
The solution of this question can be understood by plotting a Adiabatic curve
p−V graph for the compression of a gas isothermally and isothermal curve
p
adiabatically simultaneously to half of its initial volume i.e.,
Since, the isothermal curve is less steeper than the adiabatic
curve. So, area under the p−V curve for adiabatic process has
V
more magnitude than isothermal curve. Hence, work done in V/2 2V
adiabatic process will be more than that of isothermal process. Volume V
9. A refrigerator works between 4 °C and 30 °C. It is required to remove 600 calories of heat every second
in order to keep the temperature of the refrigerated space constant. The power required is
[Take, 1 cal = 4.2 J] [NEET 2016]
(A) 23.65 W (B) 236. 5 W (C) 2365 W (D) 2.365 W
Ans (B)
Given, temperature of source, T = 30 °C = 30 + 273
T1 = 303 K
Temperature of sink, T2 = 4 °C = 4 + 273  T2 = 277 K
Q T Q + W T1
As, We know that 1 = 1  2 = ( ∵ W = Q1 − Q2)
Q 2 T2 Q2 T2
where Q2 is the amount of heat drawn from the sink (at T2), w is work done on working substance, Q1 is
amount of heat rejected to source (at room temperature T1).
 W T2 + T2 θ2 = T1 θ2
 WT2 = T1Q2 − T2Q2
 WT2 = θ2 (T1 − T2)
T   303 
 W = θ2  1 − 1  W = 600 × 4.2 ×  − 1
 T2   277 
 26 
 W = 600 × 4.2 ×    W − 236.5J
 277 
Work done W 236.5
∴ Power = = = = 236.5 W
Time t 1
10. Figure below shows two paths that may be taken by a gas to go from a state A to a state C. In process
AB, 400 J of heat is added to the system and in process BC, 100 J of heat is added to the system. The
heat absorbed by the system in the process AC will be [CBSE, AIPMT 2015]
P
4
6 × 10 pa B C
(A) 380 J
(B) 500 J
(C) 460 J 2 × 104 pa A
(D) 300 J
V
2 × 10−3 m3 4 × 10−3 m3
Ans (C)
Since, initial and final points are same
173
So, ∆U A →B→C = ∆U A →C …(1)

Also A → B is isochoric process P
6 × 104 pa B C
So dWA→B = 0 and dQ = du+ dw
So, dQA→B = dUA→B = 400 J
Next B → C is isobaric process
2 × 104 pa
So, dQ B→C = dU B→C + dWB→C = dU B→C + p∆VB→C A
(
 100 = dU B→C + 6 × 104 2 × 10−3 )
V
 dU B→C = 100 − 120 = −20 J 2 × 10−3 m3 4 × 10−3 m3
from equation (1), V
∵∆U A →B→C = ∆U A →C
 ∆U A →B + ∆U B→C = dQ A →C − dWA →C
 400 + (−20) = dQ A →C − (P∆VA + Area of ∆ABC)
 1 
 dQ A →C = 380 +  2 × 104 × 2 × 103 + × 2 × 10−3 × 4 × 104 
 2 
= 380 + (40 + 40)
dQ A →C = 460 J
1
11. A cannot engine, having an efficiency of η = as heat engine, is used as a refrigerator. If the work
10
done on the system is 10J, the amount of energy absorbed from the reservoir at lower temperature is
(A) 100 J (B) 99 J (C) 90 J (D) 1 J
Ans (C)
As, Q1 + W = Q2
1
Given, η =
10
T 1 T T 9
Now, using η = 1 − 1 So, = 1− 1  1 =
T2 10 T2 T2 10
Q T Q1 9
Now 1 = 1  =  10Q1 = 9Q1 + 9W  Q1 = 9W = 9 × 10 = 90 J
Q 2 T2 Q1 + W 10
12. A monoatomic gas at a pressure p, having a volume V expands isothermally to a volume 2 V and then
 5
adiabatically to a volume 16 V. The final pressure of the gas is  take, γ = 
 3
p
(A) 64 p (B) 32 p (C) (D) 16 p
64
Ans (C)
For isothermal expansion,
i.e., pV = p' × 2V [∵ v'= 2v]
p
p' =
2
for adiabatic expansion, pv' = constant
p 'V 'γ = p"V"γ
5 5
5
p 5
p  2V  3 p  1  3
2
[ ]
2V 3 = p"[16 V] 3
p" = 
2  16V 
=  
2 8 
174
p p
final pressure of the gas = [ 0.03125] = 0.0156 p =
2 64
13. Cp and Cv are specific heats at constant pressure and constant volume respectively. It is observed that
Cp − Cv = a for hydrogen gas
CP − Cv = b for nitrogen gas
The correct relation between a and b is
1
(A) a = b (B) a = b (C) a = 14b (D) a = 28 b
14
Ans (C)
Let molar heat capacity at constant pressure = Xp
and molar heat capacity at constant volume = Xv
Xp − Xv = R
R
MCp − MCv = R  Cp − Cv =
M
R
For hydrogen, a =
2
R
For nitrogen, b =
28
a
∴ = 14  a = 14b.
b
 7 
13. Three moles of an ideal gas  C P = R  at pressure PA and temperature TA is isothermally expanded to
 2 
twice its initial volume. It is then compressed at constant pressure to its original volume. Finally the gas
is compressed at constant volume to its original pressure PA. The correct P-V and P-T diagrams
indicating the process are
(A) (B) (C) (D)
Ans (A)
Let the process start from initial pressure PA, volume VA and temperature TA
(i) Isothermal expansion (PV = constant) at temperature TA to twice the initial volume VA
(ii) Compression at constant pressure to original volume
VA (i.e., V ∝ T)
(iii) Isochoric process (at volume VA) to initial condition (i.e., P ∝ T)
14. When an ideal monoatomic gas is heated at constant pressure, fraction of heat energy supplied which
increases the internal energy of gas, is
2 3 3 3
(A) (B) (C) (D)
5 5 7 4
Ans (B)
175
Cp 5
For monoatomic gas γ = =
Cv 3
We know that ∆Q = µCp∆T
and ∆U = µCv∆T
∆U C v 3 3
= = i.e., fraction of heat energy to increases the internal energy be .
∆Q C p 5 5
15. The temperature of an open room of volume 30 m3 increases from 17 °C to 27 °C due to sunshine. The
atmospheric pressure in the room remains at 1 × 105 Pa. If ni and nf are the number of molecules in the
room before and after heating, then nf − ni will be
(A) −1.61 × 1023 (B) 1.38 × 1023 (C) 2.5 × 1023 (D) − 2.5 × 1025
Ans (D)
n1 = initial number of moles
p V 105 × 30
n1 = 1 1 = ≈ 1.24 × 103
RT1 8.3 × 290
n2 = final number of moles
PV 105 × 30
n2 = 2 2 = ≈ 1.20 × 103
RT2 8.3 × 300
Change of number of molecules
nf − ni = (n2 − n1) × 6.023 × 1023
nf − ni = (1.20 × 103 − 1.24 × 103) × 6.023 × 1023
nf − ni = − 2.5 × 1025

1. The freezer in a refrigerator is located at the top section so that
(A) the entire chamber of the refrigerator is cooled quickly due to convention
(B) the motor is not heated
(C) the heat gained from the environment is high
(D) the heat gained from the environment is low
Ans (A)
2. A Carnot heat engine takes heat from a reservoir at 627°C and rejects heat to a sink at 27°C. Its
efficiency will be
3 1 2 200
(A) (B) (C) (D)
5 3 3 209
Ans (C)
Efficiency of Carnot engine,
T
η =1− 2
T1
27 + 273 300 600 2
η =1− =1− = = .
627 + 273 900 900 3
3. 310 J of heat is required to raise the temperature of 2 moles of an ideal gas at constant pressure from
25° C to 35°C. The amount of heat required to raise the temperature of the gas through the same range at
constant volume is
(A) 452 J (B) 276 J (C) 144 J (D) 384 J
176
Ans (C)
CP − CV = R
At constant pressure, heat (Q) = nCPθ
or 310 = 2 × CP × (35 − 25) = 20CP
310
or C P = = 15.15
20
At constant volume, heat required, Q = nCVθ
or Q = 2 × (CP − R) × (35 − 25)
or Q = 2 × (15.5 − 8.3) × 10
or Q = 2 × 7.2 × 10 = 144 J.
4. A Carnot’s engine operates with source at 127°C and sink at 27°C. If the source supplies 40 kJ of heat
energy, the work done by the engine is
(A) 1 kJ (B) 4 kJ (C) 10 kJ (D) 30 kJ
Ans (C)
T − T2 T
Efficiency, η = 1 =1− 2
T1 T1
( 273 + 27 ) 300 3 1
∴η = 1 − =1− =1− =
( 273 + 127 ) 400 4 4
work done by engine W
∴η = =
heat supplied by source 40 ( kJ )
1
∴ W = 40η = 40 × kJ
4
∴ Work done = 10 kJ.
5. An ideal gas is taken via path ABCA as shown in figure. The network done in the whole cycle is
P C
4P1
(A) 6 P1 V1
(B) zero
(C) 3 P1 V1 A
P1 B
(D) − 3 P1 V1 V
O V1 3V1
Ans (D)
The work done in a PV diagram is the area enclosed.
1
The work done = ( 3V1 − V1 ) ⋅ ( 4P1 − P1 )
2
 W = −3P1V1.
If the direction of change is clockwise it is positive.
Since here it is anticlockwise, work done is negative.
6. In which of the processes, does the internal energy of the system remain constant?
(A) Isobaric (B) Isothermal (C) Adiabatic (D) Isochoric
Ans (B)
The internal energy of system remains a constant when the temperature does not change
i.e., when the system is isothermal.
177
7. Which of the following is not a thermodynamic co-ordinate?

(A) Pressure (P) (B) Volume (V) (C) Temperature (T) (D) Gas constant (R)
Ans (D)
Gas constant is not a thermodynamic co-ordinate (P, V, T are thermodynamic co-ordinates)
8. A graph of pressure versus volume for an ideal gas for different processes is as shown. In the graph
curve OC represents
O A
(A) isothermal process
(B) isobaric process
P B
(C) adiabatic process
(D) isochoric process D C
Ans (C) V
Adiabatic curve is steeper than an isothermal curve.

9. The efficiency of Carnot’s heat engine is 0.5 when the temperature of the source is T1 and that of sink is
T2. The efficiency of another Carnot’s heat engine is also 0.5. The temperature of source and sink of the
second engine are respectively ________
T
(A) T1 + 5, T2 − 5 (B) T1 + 10, T2 − 10 (C) 2T1, 2T2 (D) 2T1, 2
2
Ans (C)
For 1st Carnot’s engine For 2nd Carnot’s engine
T T/
η =1− 2 η = 1 − 2/
T1 T1
T2 T2/
0 .5 = 1 − ...(1) 0 . 5 = 1 − ...(2)
T1 T/ 1
T2/ T2
From (1) and (2), =
T1/ T1
T1/ = 2T1 and T2/ = 2T2
10. One mole of an ideal gas is taken from A to B, from B to C and then back to A. The variation of its
volume with temperature for that change is as shown. Its pressure at A is P0, volume is V0. Then, the
internal energy
(A) at A and B are equal
(B) at A is more than at B
(C) at C is less than at B
D) at B is more than at A
Ans (A)
From A to B gas is compressed at a constant temperature. Isothermal compression internal energy
remains constant.
From B to C, T increases, U increases.
11. For which combination of working temperatures of source and sink, the efficiency of Carnot’s heat
engine is maximum?
(A) 600 K, 400 K (B) 400 K, 200 K (C) 500 K, 300 K (D) 300 K, 100 K
178
Ans (D)
T − T2
η= 1
T1
T1 - T2 is same in all options.
∴ η is largest when T1 is least. ∴ option (D)
12. What is the source temperature of the Carnot engine required to get 70% efficiency?
Given sink temperature = 27 °C
(A) 270°C (B) 1000°C (C) 727 °C (D) 90°C
Ans (C)
Given T2 = 27 °C, T1 = ?, η = 70 %
T
Efficiency η = 1 − 2
T1
T2
= 1− η
T1
70 7
= 1− = 1−
100 10
T2 3
=
T1 10
T2
= 0.3
T1
T2
So T1 =
0.3
300
T1 = = 1000K
0.3
1000 − 273 °C = 727 °C
13. A cycle tyre bursts suddenly. What is the type of this process?
(A) Isochoric (B) Isobaric (C) Isothermal (D) Adiabatic
Ans (4)
It is adiabatic process. It is a process in which neither the heat enters nor leaves the system, but the
pressure, volume and temperature of gas may all change. It proceeds very fast or suddenly.
14. The efficiency of a Carnot engine which operates between the two temperatures T1 = 500 K and
T2 = 300 K is
(A) 40% (B) 75% (C) 25% (D) 50%
Ans (A)
T 300
η =1− 2 =1− = 0.40  40%
T1 500
15. A Carnot engine working between 300 K and 400 K has 800 J of useful work. The amount of heat
energy supplied to the engine from the source is
(A) 3200 J (B) 3600 J (C) 2400 J (D) 1200 J
Ans (A)
T W W T
η = 1 − 2 and η =  =1− 2
T1 Q1 Q1 T1
179
800 300
=1−
Q1 400
Q1 = 3200 J
16. The S.I. unit of specific heat capacity is
(A) J mol–1 K–1 (B) J kg–1 (C) J kg–1 K–1 (D) J K–1
Ans (C)
The SI unit of specific heat capacity is Jkg−1K−1
17. For which combination of working temperatures, the efficiency of ’Carnot’s engine’ is the least?
(A) 100 K, 80 K (B) 40 K, 20 K (C) 80 K, 60 K (D) 60 K, 40 K
Ans (A)
T
n = 1− 2
T1
T  T 
For efficiency to be minimum,  2  must be maximum.  2  is maximum for T1 =100 K and T2 = 80 K
 T1   T1 
T2 80
= = 0.8
T1 100
18. A Carnot engine takes 300 calories of heat from a source at 500 K and rejects 150 calories of heat to the
sink. The temperature of the sink is
(A) 125 K (B) 250 K (C) 750 K (D) 1000 K
Ans (B)
Q1 = 300 cal, Q2 = 150 cal
W = Q1 − Q2 = 150 cal
W 150 1
η= = =
Q1 300 2
T
η = 1− 2
T1
1 T T 1
 =1− 2  2 =
2 500 500 2
T2 = 250 K
19. A thermodynamic system undergoes a cyclic process ABC as shown in the diagram. The work done by
the system per cycle is
(A) −750 J
(B) 750 J
(C) 1250 J
(D) − 1250 J
Ans (A)
Work done = p × ∆v
Work done = Area of triangle ABC
180
1
∴ W = (10 − 5) × (100 − 400)
2
5
= × ( −300) = − 750 J
2
The negative sign means the work is done by the system.
20. In an adiabatic expansion of an ideal gas, the product of pressure and volume
(A) remains constant (B) at first increases and then decreases
(C) decreases (D) increases
Ans (C)
In an adiabatic expansion, internal energy decreases and hence temperature T decreases.
From equation of state of ideal gas, PV = nRT
Hence the product PV decreases.
21. A number of Carnot engines are operated at identical cold reservoir temperatures (TL). However, their
hot reservoir temperatures are kept different. A graph of the efficiency of the engines versus hot reservoir
temperature (TH) is plotted. The correct graphical representation is
(A) (B) (C) (D)
Ans (B)
T
n = 1 − L At constant TL, efficiency increases with the increase in TH.
TH
22. “Heat cannot be itself flow from a body at lower temperature to a body at higher temperature”. This
statement corresponds to
(A) Conservation of momentum (B) Conservation of mass
(C) First law of thermodynamics (D) Second law of Thermodynamics
Ans (D)
Statement of II law of thermodynamics.
23. The P-V diagram of a Carnot’s engine is shown in the graph below. The engine uses 1 mole of an ideal
gas as working substance. From the graph, the area enclosed by the P-V diagram is [The heat supplied to
the gas is 8000 J]
(A) 2000 J
(B) 3000 J
(C) 1000 J
(D) 1200 J
181
Ans (B)
PA VA µRT1
=
PC VC µRT2
1600 × 2.5 T1
=
400 × 6.25 T2
T1 10
=
T2 6.25
T
n = 1− 2
T1
6.25
n = 1−
10
3.75
n=
10
n = 0.375
⸫ W.D = n × Q
= 0.375 × 8000 = 3000 J
24. γ represents the ratio of two specific heats of a gas. For a given mass of the gas, the change in internal
energy when the volume expands from V to 3 V at constant pressure P is
3PV 3PV 2PV 2PV
(A) (B) (C) (D)
( γ − 1) ( γ + 1) ( γ + 1) ( γ − 1)
Ans (D)
Change in internal energy (∆U) = nCV(∆T)
 R 
= n  ( T2 − T1 )
 γ −1 
nRT2 − nRT1 P ( 3V ) − P ( V ) 2PV
∴ ( ∆U ) = = =
( γ − 1) ( γ − 1) ( γ − 1)
5
25. 400 cc volume of a gas having γ = is suddenly compressed to 100 cc. If the initial pressure is P, then
2
the final pressure will be
P
(A) (B) 8 P (C) 32 P (D) 16 P
32
Ans (C)
5
Here V1 = 400 cc, V2 = 100 c; γ =
2
P1 = P, P2 = ?
Sudden compression is an adiabatic process.
For an adiabatic process, PVγ = constant
γ 52
γ γ  V1   400 
As P2 V2 = P1V1 or P2 = P1   = P   = 32 P
 V2   100 
26. A refrigerator is to maintain eatables kept inside at 9 °C. The coefficient of performance of the
refrigerator if room temperature is 36 °C, is
(A) 10.4 (B) 11.4 (C) 12.4 (D) 13.4
182
Ans (A)
Here, T1 = 36 °C = 36 + 273 = 309 K
T2 = 9 °C = 9 + 273 = 282 K
The coefficient of performance of a refrigerator is given by
T2 282 282
α= = = = 10.4
T1 − T2 309 − 282 27
27. Consider a heat engine as shown in figure Q1 and Q2 are heat added to heat bath T1 and heat taken from
T2 in one cycle of engine. W is the mechanical work done on the engine. If W > 0, then possibilities are
(i) Q1 > Q2 > 0
(ii) Q2 > Q1 > 0
(iii) Q2 < Q1 < 0
(iv) Q1 < 0, Q2 > 0
(A) (i) and (ii) (B) (i) and (iii)
(C) (ii) and (iii) (D) (ii) and (iv)
Ans (B)
Here the given figure represents the working of a refrigerator
Q1 = Q2 + W
If, W > 0, then Q1 > Q2 > 0
If Q2 is negative, Q1 is also negative (but less negative as W > 0)
∴ Q2 < Q1 < 0
Hence, (iii) is also correct.
28. A balloon carries a total load of 185 kg at normal pressure and temperature of 27 °C. What load will the
balloon carry on rising to a height at which the barometric pressure is 45 cm of Hg and the temperature is
−7 °C? Assuming the volume constant.
(A) 214.15 kg (B) 123.54 kg (C) 219.07 kg (D) 181.46 kg
Ans (B)
Here, P1 = 76 cm of Hg, T1 = 27 °C = 300 K, P2 = 45 cm of Hg and T2 = −7 °C = 266 K
We know that, PV = RT or P = ρRT
P ρT ρ P  T M  P  T 
or 1 = 1 1 or 1 =  1  × 2 or 1 =  1  ×  2  (∵ ρ ∝ M )
P2 ρ2 T2 ρ2  P2  T1 M 2  P2   T1 
T  P  300 × 45 × 185
or M 2 =  1  ×  2  × M1 or M 2 = 266 × 76 = 123.54 kg
 T2   P1 
29. Two ideal Carnot engines operate in cascade (all heat given up by one engine is used by the other engine
to produce work) between temperatures, T1 and T2. The temperature of the hot reservoir of the first
engine is T1 and the temperature of the cold reservoir of the second engine is T2. T is temperature of the
sink of first engine which is also the source for the second engine. How is T related to T1 and T2, if both
the engines perform equal amount of work?
2T1T2 T1 + T2
(A) T = T1T2 (B) T = 0 (C) T = (D) T =
T1 + T2 2
Ans (D)
For first engine:
183
Q2 T  Q   T
W1 = Q1 − Q2 and = ∴ W1 = Q1 1 − 2  = Q1 1 − 
Q1 T1  Q1   T1 
For second engine:
Q'2 T2
W = Q 2 − Q 2' and =
Q2 T
 Q'   T2 
∴ W2 = Q 2 1 − 2  = Q 2 1 − T 
 Q2 
∴ Work done by first engine (W1) = work done by second engine (W2)
 T  T 
Q1 1 −  = Q 2 1 − 2 
 T1   T
Q1 1 − T2 T  T1 [1 − T2 T ]
=  =
Q 2  1 − T T1  T [1 − T T1 ]
T + T2
T1 − T = T − T2  T = 1
2
30. The given diagram shows four processes i.e., isochoric, isobaric, isothermal and adiabatic. The correct
assignment of the processes, in the same order is given by
(A) d a c b
(B) d a b c
(C) a d b c
(D) a d c b
Ans (B)
In an isochoric process, volume remains constant while in isobaric process, pressure remains the same.
P
Slope of an isothermal process is given as −
V
γP
while for an adiabatic process, slope of P − V curve is − , where γ > 1.
V
∴ Adiabatic curve is steeper than isothermal curve.

th
1
1. A monoatomic gas is suddenly compressed to   of its initial volume adiabatically. The ratio of its
8
5
final pressure to the initial pressure is (given the ratio of the specific heat of the given gas to be )
3
40 24
(A) 32 (B) (C) (D) 8
3 5
Ans (A)
Cp 5
Given ; =r=
Cv 3
For an adiabatic process,
P1V1r = P2 V2r
r 5/3
P2  V1   8 
= =  = 32
P1  V2   1 
184
2. In a pV diagram for an ideal gas (where p is along the y-axis and V is along the x-axis), the ratio of the
slope of the adiabatic curve to the slope of the isothermal curve at any point will be _____ where the
symbols have their usual meanings.
Cp C
(A) (B) V (C) R (D) CP + CV
CV CP
Ans (A)
pV γ = constant
∆p ∆V ∆p p ∆p p
∴ =γ or = γ and pV = constant ∴ = .
p V ∆V V ∆V V
3. In an open system, for maximum work, the process must be entirely,
(A) irreversible (B) reversible (C) adiabatic (D) isothermal
Ans (B)
A reversible process gives the maximum work.
4. A piston cylinder contains air at 600 kPa, 290 K and a volume of 0.01 m3. A constant pressure process
given 54 kJ of work output. The final volume of air is
(A) 0.05 m3 (B) 0.01 m3 (C) 0.10 m3 (D) 0.15 m3
Ans (C)
Work done W =  PdV = P∆V
W 54 × 103
∴ ∆V = = = 0.09 m3
P 600 × 103
V2 = V1 + ∆V = 0.01 + 0.09 = 0.10 m3
5. If Q, E and W denote respectively the heat added, change in internal energy and the work done in a
closed cyclic process then,
(A) W = 0 (B) Q = W = 0 (C) E = 0 (D) Q = 0
Ans (C)
In a cyclic process the initial state and final state coincide with each other. Hence, the change in internal
energy is zero, as it depends only on the initial and final states. But Q and W are non zero during a cyclic
process.
6. Choose the incorrect statement for a thermodynamic process,
(A) in an isochoric process pressure remains constant.
(B) in an isothermal process the temperature remains constant
(C) in an adiabatic process pvr = constant
(D) in an adiabatic process the system is insulated from the surroundings.
Ans (A)
In an isochoric process volume remains constant whereas pressure remains a constant in isobaric
process.
185
p
7. An ideal gas is taken from state A (pressure p, volume V) to state B (pressure , volume 2V) along a
2
straight line path in the pV diagram shown below. Select the correct alternative(s) from the following.
(A) Work done by the gas in the process A to B exceeds the work that would be done by it if the system
p
were taken from A to B along the isotherm.
(B) In the T-V diagram, the path becomes part of a hyperbola p A
B
(C) In the p-T diagram, the path becomes part of a hyperbola p/2
(D) In going from A to B, the temperature T of the gas first decreases and
then increases V
V 2V
Ans (A)
Area covered under isotherm is less than area covered under straight line AB. ∴ (A) is correct
p V
Equation of a straight line AB can be written as + = 1
a b
RT RT V RT V aV  V  aV aV 2
Now p = ∴ + = 1 or =1− or T = 1 −  = −
V aV b av b R  b R Rb
This is the equation of a parabola. Hence (B) is incorrect.
Similarly, it can be shown that pT curve is also a parabola. Hence, (C) is incorrect.
Since the isothermal curve passing through A and B lies below straight line AB, it is clear that between
the points A and B, the temperature will be higher than that on the isothermal and will have a maximum
at some point. Hence (D) is incorrect.
dV
dp
8. Which of the following graphs correctly represents the variation of β = − with p for an ideal gas at
V
constant temperature?
β β β β
(A) (B) (C) (D)

p p p p
Ans (A)
dV
dp
β=− = compressibility of gas
V
1 1
= and β = under isothermal conditions
bulk modulus of elasticity p
Thus, β versus p graph will be a rectangular hyperbola.
9. The following are the p-V diagrams of cyclic process for a gas. In which of these processes is heat
absorbed by the gas?
p p V
V
(A) (B) (C) (D)
V p p
O O V O
O
186
Ans (B)
In a cyclic process, heat is absorbed by the gas when the work done by it is +ve, i.e. when work is done
by the gas. Work is done by the gas if the direction of the closed curve in a p-V diagram is clockwise,
with p on the y-axis and V on the x-axis. If the axes for p and V are interchanged, work done is +ve for
an anticlockwise curve.
10. In the given P-V diagram, the isochoric, isothermal isobaric and isotropic parts respectively are
P
(A) BA, AD, DC, CB A B
(B) DC, CB, BA, AD
(C) AB, BC, CD, DA C
(D) CD, DA, AB, BC D
V
Ans (D)
11. The p-V graph for a thermodynamical system is shown in figure. The work done by the system in the
process A to B is p (Nm–2)
A
20
(A) 90 J
(B) 60 J
10 B
(C) 0 J C
(D) 30 J
V(m3)
6 12
Ans (A)
Area of triangle ABC + Area of rectangle
1
W = × 6 × 10 + 6 × 10
2
W = 30 + 60 = 90 J
12. One mole of an ideal gas undergoes a cyclic process abca. If ab is an isothermal process, then the
equivalent p-T diagram is
V
c
b
O T
p p p
p
a a b a
a
(A) (B) (C) (D)
c b c
c b b c
O T O T O T O T
187
Ans (B)
∆Q ∆Q
13. The ratio of and in isobaric process is
∆U ∆w
γ −1 1 γ
(A) (B) (C) (D) (γ −1)
γ γ −1 γ −1
Ans (D)
∆Q nC p ∆T C p
= = =γ
∆U nC v ∆T C v
∆Q
∆Q ∆Q nC p ∆T Cp γ
= = = =  ∆U = γ − 1
∆W ∆Q − ∆U nC p ∆T − nC v ∆T C p − C v γ − 1 ∆Q
∆w
14. The ratio of the slope of isothermal and adiabatic curves on an p-V diagram is
1 1
(A) (B) γ (C) 2 (D) γ2
γ γ
Ans (B)
For isothermal process, pV = constant
∴ p∆V + V∆p = 0
−∆p
(Slope) is 0 = …(1)
∆V
For an adiabatic process, pVγ = constant
∴ pr Vγ−1 ∆V ≠ Vγ ∆p = 0
r pVγ−1 ∆V = − Vγ ∆p
p −1 ∆p −1 ∆p
 = (OR) (slope)adia = …(2)
V r ∆P γ ∆V
From, (1) and (2) the ratio of slopes is ‘γ’.
15. In an adiabatic expansion of a diatomic gas, volume increases by 10 %, the percentage change in
pressure is
(A) 7 % (B) 14 % (C) 10 % (D) 0.1 %
Ans (B)
pV γ = constant For diatomic gas γ = 1.4
p γ V γ −1 dV + V γ dp = 0
dV dp
γ =−
V p
dV dV 1
Given × 100 = 10  =
V V 10
 1  −dp dp 1
1.4   =  × 100 = 1.4   × 100 = 14 %
 10  p p  10 
16. Starting with the same initial conditions, an ideal gas expands from volume V1 to V2 in three different
ways, the work done by the gas is W1 if the process is purely isothermal, W2 if purely isobaric and W3 if
purely adiabatic, then
(A) W2 > W1 > W3 (B) W2 > W3 > W1 (C) W1 > W2 > W3 (D) W1 > W3 > W2
188
Ans (A)
Area under the graph gives the work done by the gas. P
(Area)2 > (Area)1 > (Area)3
A 2
∴ W2 > W1 > W3
1
V
V1 V2
17. A certain amount of an ideal gas passes from state A to state B in 2 paths (1 and 2). If Q1 and Q 2 are
the heat required, then P
(A) Q1 < Q 2 1
(B) Q1 = Q 2 A B
(C) Q1 > Q 2 2
(D) Q1 = Q 2 = 0
V
Ans (C)
Here ∆U1 = ∆U 2 , W1 > W2
 Q1 > Q 2 as Q = ∆U + W
18. Iodine gas is filled in a tube at 400 K. A standing wave is generated in the tube with nodes 6.77 cm apart
when the frequency is 1000 Hz. γ of iodine is (Atomic weight of iodine is 127)
(A) 1.33 (B) 1.4 (C) 1.6 (D) 1.67
Ans (B)
λ
= 6.77 × 10−2 or λ = 13.54 × 10−2 m
2
C = νλ = 1000 × 13.54 × 10−2 = 135.4 m s−1
γp m
Also C = . For an ideal gas pV = RT
ρ M
ρ  m p RT
p= RT ∵ ρ =   =
M  V  ρ M
γRT γ × (8.3 × 1000) × 400
∴C=  135.4 =
M 127 × n
n = atomicity of iodine molecules
 γ = 0.7 n
When n = 1, γ = 0.7 which is not acceptable; n = 2, γ = 1.4
Therefore, iodine gas is diatomic.
19. One mole of an ideal gas is heated by supplying 1.6 kJ of heat under isobaric condition. In the process its
temperature increases by 72 K. The work done by the gas and change in its internal energy
(A) 600 J, 1002.4 J (B) 597.6 J, 1002.4 J (C) 500 J, 1002.4 J (D) 500 J, 800 J
Ans (B)
n = 1, Q = 1.6 kJ, ∆T = 72 K
189
Workdone W = P∆V = nR∆T = 1 × 8.3 × 72 = 597.6 J

∴ ∆U = Q − W = 1600 – 597.6 = 1002.4 J
20. A Carnot engine takes in 2000 k cal of heat from a heat reservoir at 927 °C and gives it to a sink at
27 °C. The work done by the engine is
(A) 63 × 105 J (B) 31.5 × 105 J (C) 63 × 106 J (D) 31.5 × 106 J
Ans (A)
W T
η= =1− 2
Q T1
 300  3
W = 2000 × 103 × 4.2 1 −   W = 2000 × 103 × 4.2 × = 63 × 105 J .
 1200  4
21. The efficiency of Carnot’s heat engine is 0.5 when the temperature of the source is T1 and that of sink is
T2. The efficiency of another Carnot’s heat engine is also 0.5. The temperature of source and sink of the
second engine are respectively
T
(A) 2T1, 2T2 (B) 2T1 , 2 (C) T1 + 5, T2 − 5 (D) T1 + 10, T2 − 10
2
Ans (A)
T
Efficiency of Carnot’s heat engine, η = 1 − 2
T1
T
For first Carnot’s heat engine, 0.5 = 1 − 2
T1
T′
For second heat engine, 0.5 = 1 − 2
T1
Efficiency remains the same when both T1 and T2 are increased by same factor.
Therefore, the temperature of source and sink of second engine are T1′ = 2T1 , T2′ = 2T2 .
22. The efficiency of a Carnot heat engine
(A) is independent of the temperature of the source and the sink.
(B) is independent of the working substance.
(C) can be 100%
(D) is not affected by the thermal capacity of the source or the sink
Ans (B)
T
η =1− 2
T1
 5  7
23. A Carnot engine uses first an ideal monoatomic gas  γ =  and then an ideal diatomic gas  γ =  as
 3  5
its working substance. The source and sink temperatures are 411°C and 69°C respectively and the engine
extracts 1000 J of heat from the source in each cycle. Then
(A) The efficiencies of the engine in the two cases are in the ratio 21: 25
(B) The area enclosed by the p-V diagram in the first case only is 500 J
(C) The area enclosed by the p-V diagram in both cases is 500 J
(D) The heat energy rejected by the engine in the first case is 600 J while that in the second case is
714.3 J
190
Ans (C)
T 342 1
η =1− L =1− =
TH 648 2
W 1 W
Now, η = or = or W = 500 J
Q 2 1000
24. One of the most efficient engines ever developed operates between 2100 K and 700 K. Its actual
efficiency is 40%. Its maximum possible efficiency is
(A) 40% (B) 60% (C) 66.67% (D) 33.37%
Ans (C)
T 700 2 2
η =1− L =1− = ; % η = × 100 = 2 × 33.33 = 66.66%
TH 2100 3 3
25. An ideal Carnot engine, whose efficiency is 40%, receives heat at 500 K. If its efficiency is 50%. Then,
the intake temperature for the same exhaust temperature is
(A) 600 K (B) 700 K (C) 800 K (D) 900 K
Ans (A)
40 T 50 300
= 1 − 2  T2 = 300 =1− 1
1ω 5ω 1ω T1
T11 = 600 K.
26. Carnot cycle (reversible) of a gas represented by a pressure volume curve is shown in the diagram.
Choose the correct statement L
(i) Area ABCD = workdone on the gas

M (T1)
(ii) Area ABCD = Net heat absorbed
P
(iii) Change in the internal energy in cycle = 0 O N (T2)
V
(A) (i) only (B) (ii) only (C) (ii) and (iii) (D) (i), (ii) and (iii)
Ans (C)
27. A reversible engine converts one-sixth of the heat input into work. When the temperature of the sink is
reduced by 62 °C, the efficiency of the engine is doubled. The temperature of the source and sink are
(A) 80 °C, 37 °C (B) 95 °C, 28 °C (C) 90 °C, 37 °C (D) 99 °C, 37 °C
Ans (D)
W 1 1 1
η= = η′ = 2 × =
Q1 6 6 3
T T 1 5 T 5
η =1− 2 ∴ 2 =1− = i.e., 2 =
T1 T1 6 6 T1 6
(T − 62) T − 62 1 2 T 62 2
Now, η′ = 1 − 2 ∴ 2 = 1 − = i.e., 2 − =
T1 T1 3 3 T1 T1 3
5 2 62
∴ − = ∴ T1 = 372 K i.e., T1 = 99 °C
6 3 T1
5
∴ T2 = 372 × = 310 K i.e., T2 = 310.273 = 37 °C
6
191
1
28. A refrigerator with coefficient of performance releases 200 J of heat to a hot reservoir, then the work
3
done on the working substance is
100 200
(A) joule (B) 100 joule (C) joule (D) 150 joule
3 3
Ans (D)
Q2 1 Q2
β=  =
Q1 − Q 2 3 200 − Q 2
Solving we get Q2 = 50 joule
W = Q1 − Q2 = 200 J − 50 J = 150 joule
29. A diatomic gas initially at 18 °C is compressed adiabatically to one-eighth of its original volume. The
temperature after compression will be
(A) 10 °C (B) 887 °C (C) 668 K (D) 144 °C
Ans (C)
TVγ − 1 = constant
0.4
γ−1
 
V  V
 T2 = T1  1  = (273 + 18)   = 668 K
 V2  V
8 
30. A sample of 0.1 g of water at 100 °C and normal pressure (1.013 × 105 Nm–2) requires 54 cal of heat
energy to convert to steam at 100 °C. If the volume of the steam produced is 167.1 cc, the change in
internal energy of the sample, is
(A) 104.3 J (B) 208.J (C) 42.2 J (D) 84.5 J
Ans (B)
Initial volume = 0.1 cc
Final volume = 167.1 cc
∆V = 167 cc
Work done w = 1.013 × 105 × 167 × 10–6 = 16.9171 J
Heat supplied = 54 × 4.18 = 225.72 J
From first law Q = ∆U + W
225.72 = ∆U + 16.9171
∆U = 225.72 – 16.9171 = 208.7 J
***
192

Anc Ment 638607125039291167

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Anc Ment 638607125039291167

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

CONTENT

Solution to Chapter 9, 10 and 11

Topics Page no.

9. Mechanical Properties of Fluids 1

10. Thermal Properties of Matter 71

11. Thermodynamics 142

(1) (2) (3)

Short Answer questions (SA)

Long Answer questions (LA)

Force exerted by the heel on the floor: F = mg = 50 × 9.8 = 490 N

ρ1h1 13.6 ×103 × 0.76

9.2 Fluid Dynamics

9. Write the Bernoulli’s equation.

13. What is venturimeter?

14. Define dynamic lift.

Short Answer Questions (SA)

Long Answer questions (LA)

33. Give the proof of Bernoulli's theorem.

9. How does viscosity of gases vary with temperature?

Short Answer questions (SA)

Long answer questions (LA)

9.4 Surface Tension

4. Why are brick walls plastered with cement?

16. Why drops and bubbles are spherical in shape?

Short Answer questions (SA)

26. Explain formations of drops and bubbles.

Long Answer questions (LA)

Angle of contact between the bore surface and water, θ = 0

So, ρgh = 2Patm

3. From the following figure, the correct observation is

10. In the figure, the velocity V3 will be

If p1,2 is the pressure at junction,

Solving for p1, 2, we get p1, 2 = 0.7644 m (of mercury).

1. Stream-line flow is more likely for liquids with

Sense of curvature is concave towards smaller bubble.

Now, the surface energy of a drop of radius r is given by S = 4πr2σ

(A) (B) (C) (D)

Oil Water Water

(A) (B) (C) (D)

Energy of 64 drops = 64 (T × 4πr ) = 64 T × 4π   

In the first, case,

Self Assessment Test 9.1

Where, r is the radius of the capillary tube.

10. The ratio of hydraulic stress to the corresponding strain is known as

21. Water rises in plant fibres due to

(A) (B) (C) (D)

(A) (B) (C) (D)

30. For a surface molecule,

Self Assessment Test 9.2

Therefore p = ρgh = constant. θ θ

the water in both the vessels is same

Work ∝ change in surface area ∝ n(4πr2) − 4πR2

Short answer questions (SA)

(ii) Let the required temperature be x°

10.2 Thermal Expansion

5. Why are telephone wires often given a snag?

Short answer questions (SA)

22. Graphically represent the variation γ of a solid with respect to temperature.

Long answer questions (LA)

8.69 = 8.7 [1 + 1.2 × 10–5 (T2 – 300)]

Increase in temperature ∆T = 45° – 27° = 18° C = 18 K

10.3 Specific Heat and Latent Heat

8. Do water and ice have the same specific heats?

Short answer questions (SA)

18. Is mechanical equivalent of heat (J) a physical constant or a conversion factor?

Long answer question (LA)

10.4 Heat Transfer

8. What is natural convection?

Short answer questions (SA)

29. State and explain Newton’s law of cooling.

Long answer questions (LA)

40. Explain why: